Postgraduate Prospectus 2013 by King's College London

Postgraduate Prospectus 2013

Why King’s? Reputation King’s is ranked as one of the world’s top 30 universities (QS World University Rankings 2012). Founded in 1829, we are one of the two original members of the University of London and one of England’s oldest and most prestigious university institutions. Academic excellence Academics here are international leaders in their fields, giving you a first-class academic experience. Our student satisfaction scores are above the national, and Russell Group, averages with PhD completion rates in the top 10 nationally.

Research-led King’s has played a major role in many of the advances that have shaped modern life, from pioneering of modern day nursing through to the discovery of the structure of DNA. We are also Europe’s largest centre for medical and professional healthcare education. Location Located in the heart of the capital, with a wealth of research facilities and academic societies on your doorstep, our campuses are just minutes away from London’s world-class theatres, concert arenas, national museums, libraries and academic institutions. Diversity With more than 24,500 students, almost every country, ethnic and cultural group from around the globe is represented at King’s. Support and guidance Dedicated tutors and student advisers provide a full cycle of academic and English language support. State-of-the-art campuses King’s has invested over £550 million in new facilities over the past few years.

Connected Research and teaching is linked with some of the world’s best-known cultural and political organisations, including the British Museum, the British Library, the Ministry of Defence and the Foreign & Commonwealth Office.

A distinguished network You will join a distinguished network of King’s scholars and alumni; ten people associated with King’s have been awarded the Nobel Prize.

Employability King’s graduates enjoy one of the best employment rates and starting salaries in the UK. The College was ranked third in the UK for the employment rate of our graduates (as reported in The Telegraph’s ‘Top 10 universities for getting a job’, July 2012).

Visiting King’s Experience our world-renowned academic staff in action by attending one of the regular seminars, conferences and other prestigious events hosted at King’s. Book a place on an open day and find out about campus tours at www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/visit For information about accessible routes throughout the King’s Estate visit www.disabledgo.com/en/org/kings-college-london See King’s campuses through our 360 degree virtual tour at www.kcl.ac.uk/tour

Apply to King’s Online at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradapply Your referees can use our online ‘Referee Portal’ to submit references.

Applicants’ portal To manage your application, update personal information and view real time application status updates and messages from the admissions office. Details will be sent to you when you apply to the College.

Website Access information on all our programmes via our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus Connect with King’s Connect with life at King’s via social media www.kcl.ac.uk/connect

Front Cover: maughan library

Welcome to King’s King’s College London is one of the UK’s most historic and prestigious university institutions, based in the heart of London. We have more than 24,500 students from 140 countries, nine Schools of study and a growing number of specialist centres and institutes: • Arts & Humanities • Biomedical Sciences • Dental Institute • Dickson Poon School of Law • Medicine • Natural & Mathematical Sciences • Nursing & Midwifery • Institute of Psychiatry • Social Science & Public Policy

King’s Schools, Departments and Divisions ACADEMIC SCHOOLS Dental Institute Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Institute of Psychiatry School of Arts & Humanities Classics Comparative Literature Culture, Media & Creative Studies Digital Humanities English Language & Literature European & International Studies Film Studies French German Hellenic Studies History Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Music Palaeography & Manuscript Studies Philosophy Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Theology & Religious Studies School of Biomedical Sciences Analytical & Environmental Sciences Research Division Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences Centre Chemistry Institute of Pharmaceutical Science MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology MRC HPA Centre for Environment & Health Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases (CARD) Dickson Poon School of Law School of Medicine Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology Research Division Cancer Studies Research Division Cardiovascular Research Division Cicely Saunders Institute of Palliative Care & Rehabilitation Diabetes & Nutritional Science Research Division Genetics & Molecular Medicine Research Division Health & Social Care Research Division Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering Research Division Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease Research Division Medical Education Research Division Transplantation Immunology & Mucosal Biology Women’s Health Research Division School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences Informatics Mathematics Physics School of Social Science & Public Policy Defence Studies Education & Professional Studies Geography Gerontology Language Discourse Communication Management Political Economy Social Science, Health & Medicine War Studies Other units English Language Centre Global Institutes Graduate School Institute of Contemporary British History King’s Learning Institute Modern Language Centre

Contents Introduction to King’s About King’s

King’s Schools 4

Highlights of King’s achievements

Connected to London

Our location and links

Postgraduate study

Study options at King’s

International community

Support for international students

student life

Social, sporting and other opportunities at King’s

Key information

Global Institutes

Research opportunities Taught programmes

36 38

Arts & Humanities

Research opportunities Taught programmes

42 46

Biomedical Sciences

Research opportunities Taught programmes

56 59

Dental Institute

Research opportunities Taught programmes

64 66

16 20 24 28 30

the dickson poon school of Law

Research opportunities Taught programmes

72 73

Medicine

Index

Inside back cover

Campus map

Inside back cover

Research opportunities Taught programmes

78 81

Disclaimer

Inside back cover

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Research opportunities Taught programmes

88 91

florence nightingale school of Nursing & Midwifery

Research opportunities Taught programmes

96 97

Postgraduate support King’s campuses Fees and funding Applying Accommodation

(please read in conjuncion with the rest of this prospectus)

Institute of Psychiatry

100

Research opportunities Taught programmes

102 106

Social Science & Public Policy

110

Research opportunities Taught programmes

112 117

King’s Learning Institute

126

Research opportunities and taught programmes

English Language Centre

127

Taught programmes

Institute of Contemporary british History

128

Research opportunities Taught programmes

129 129

4 About King’s

About King’s We are one of England’s oldest and most prestigious university institutions, and are ranked in the world’s top 30 universities. With over 90 per cent of our research internationally recognised, you benefit from an intellectually rigorous environment supported by welcoming and caring traditions. franklin-wilkins building

Introducing King’s ‘Every student aspires to excel, outshine and reach the epitome of brilliance, and King’s College London was the perfect place for me to fulfill these ambitions. The ambience, the classrooms, the library facilities and the cooperative attitude of staff made the whole experience worthwhile for me. One feature of this programme was its multicultural student body, which gave me an opportunity to learn from other cultures.’

King’s is: • A member of the Russell Group, a coalition of the UK’s top 20 research-based universities. • A College of the University of London, offering its own degrees. • A constituent of King’s Health Partners, the UK’s largest Academic Health Sciences Centre. • Among the top seven UK universities for research earnings (£147m in 2010-11). • The most successful higher education institution in winning grants from the Department of Health. • A leading higher education provider of services to external organisations, with consultancy income of £13.8m, and professional and executive education income of £15.8m, in 2010-11. • One of the top 10 UK universities for graduate level employment. • Among the top universities in England for PhD completion rates for international students. • Rated excellent by the Quality Assurance Agency for students’ educational experience.

Zara Ahmed, Human Resource Management MSc

International King’s exceptionally diverse international student body represents 140 countries worldwide, with more than 30 per cent of students from outside the UK. To add to your international experience at King’s, our range of global partnerships provides exciting opportunities to enhance your research, whilst enabling knowledge transfer and exchanges. These include formal associations with Hong Kong University; the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; the University of California San Francisco; Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi; the National University of Singapore; Renmin University of China; and the University of São Paulo, Brazil.

Research assessment King’s outstanding reputation for cutting-edge research was confirmed by the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, in which 23 of the College’s departments were ranked in the top quartile

of British universities. Over half of our academic staff work in departments that are in the top 10 per cent in the UK in their field and can thus be classed as worldleading, and the College achieved one of the top two ratings for research impact in health sciences subjects. Subject areas that have 30 per cent or over of their research activity designated world leading include: • Dentistry • Nutritional Sciences • Management Studies • Centre for Computing in the Humanities (Library and Information Management) • Education • Portuguese • Classics, Ancient History, Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies • Philosophy • Film Studies (Dance, Drama and Performing Arts) • Music.

King’s Health Partners This is a pioneering global collaboration between King’s and three of London’s most successful NHS Foundation Trusts. Seeking and bringing about faster and more effective improvements in health and well-being for patients in London and people worldwide, our scientists are combining the best basic and translational research, clinical excellence and world-class teaching to deliver ground-breaking advances in physical and mental healthcare.

Global Institutes Our international reach is continually being extended through the establishment of King’s innovative Global Institutes and Centres. These comprise the College’s Brazil Institute, China Institute, India Institute, Institute of North American Studies, Centre for Middle East & Mediterranean Studies and African Leadership Centre. The new Russian Institute, opening in 2013, plans to become the leading international centre for the study of contemporary Russia.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

strand campus

King’s in the news King’s and the Olympics In partnership with GlaxoSmithKline (GSK), King’s world-renowned Drug Control Centre played a key role in antidoping testing for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games. Led by Professor David Cowan, scientists worked around the clock to analyse over 6,000 athletes’ samples – more than any other Games. The King’s/GSK Scientists in Sport programme beat 230 other projects to win gold in the ‘Get Set Award for Inspiring Learning’ category of the Podium Awards for London 2012. Scientists in Sport provided an opportunity for young people across the UK to learn about the science behind the Games and highlighted the huge array of careers on the track and in the lab, in order to encourage 11-14 year olds to pursue a career in science.

outside somerset house east wing

Spanish American Literature at King’s from the late 1960s and became an Honorary Fellow of the College in 2005.

and his carbolic spray dispenser; speakers included the editor of The Lancet and the President of the Royal Society.

Lister celebrated

hapTEL wins

2012 was the centenary of the death of Joseph Lister, known as ‘the father of antisepsis’, who was Professor of Clinical Surgery at King’s from 1877 to 1893. An international conference, organised by Professor Brian Hurwitz, Director of the Centre for the Humanities & Health, marked the occasion by looking at his lasting impact on medicine and surgical practice, including his development of antiseptic surgery. Lister advocated the importance of keeping instruments clean before, during and after operations to avoid infection: a process he professionalised and ensured as the standard for future medical care. The conference featured an exhibition of Lister’s instruments

A new virtual-reality, haptic (sense-of-touch) ‘dental chair’ system to teach the next generation of dentists, developed by King’s academics, won the ‘Best Educational Innovation’ award in the dental and oral health category at the prestigious Medical Futures Innovation Awards in 2011. Operating on virtual teeth shown in 3D on a screen, this system allows trainee dentists to reflect what would be seen in real life and features a foot pedal to control the speed and settings of the dental drill.

National Theatre Live King’s was one of the first academic venues to participate in the hugely popular National Theatre Live broadcasts of

the best of British theatre to cinemas around the world. Productions streamed live to the Anatomy Theatre & Museum at the College’s Strand Campus recently have included One Man, Two Guvnors; Collaborators, and She Stoops to Conquer. The collaboration with the NT is part of an innovative programme of events in the Anatomy Theatre Museum and takes its place alongside a range of other collaborations between academic faculty within the School of Arts & Humanities and the cultural and creative industries.

Tracking the tiger’s stripes King’s researchers have provided the first experimental evidence confirming the 1950s theory of the great British mathematician, Alan Turing, of how biological patterns such as tiger stripes or leopard spots are formed. The study demonstrates a mechanism likely to be relevant

New Nobel King’s recently gained its tenth Nobel laureate when Mario Vargas Llosa, who is a former member of staff and honorary fellow of King’s, was awarded the 2010 Nobel Prize in literature. Vargas Llosa is one of Latin America’s most significant novelists and a leading author of his generation and a literary critic of great importance. He is also well known as a politician and ran for the Peruvian presidency in 1990, advocating neoliberal reforms. He was a lecturer in

Queen opens new wing Somerset House East Wing – the new front door to King’s at the Strand Campus – was opened by Her Majesty The Queen in February 2012. This elegant and historic building is now home to dedicated cultural space the Inigo Rooms; the Executive Education suite, and to The Dickson Poon School of Law. Discovery is at the heart of our endeavours. King’s has produced some of the world’s greatest innovators and today we are one of the UK’s leading universities for research funded by the government and by business and industry. Our research informs and supports everything we offer our postgraduate students.

6 About King’s

strand campus

in vertebrate development and provides confidence that pattern-controlling chemicals called morphogens can be used in regenerative medicine to differentiate stem cells into tissue. Researchers from the Department of Craniofacial Development identified the pair of morphogens working together as ‘activator’ and ‘inhibitor’ to influence where each ridge is formed.

Tailoring cancer treatment King’s research is helping to revolutionise the way women with breast cancer will be diagnosed and treated in the future. Results from the largest global gene study of breast cancer tissue ever performed suggest that, by reclassifying the disease into 10 completely new categories based on the tumour’s genetic ‘fingerprint’, doctors could one day predict survival more accurately and better tailor treatment to the individual patient. Researchers from the Breakthrough Breast Cancer Research Unit at King’s were part of an international collaboration that gathered and analysed the DNA and RNA of 2,000 tumour samples from women with breast cancer, thereby discovering completely new genes that drive the disease, all of which are potential targets for the development of new types of drugs.

First class honours in Green League King’s has achieved a First Class Honours Award in the People & Planet Green League 2012. This ranking, compiled by student campaign network People & Planet, highlights the environmental and ethical performance of 145 universities, awarding first class ‘degrees’ to the greenest. The league reveals how UK universities are doing more to improve graduate prospects and prepare them for a low-carbon future, by responding to growing student demands for sustainability issues to be included in all curricula.

Ageing genes identified Researchers at King’s, in collaboration with the Wellcome Trust Sanger Institute, have identified key genes that switch off with ageing, highlighting them as potential targets for anti-ageing therapies. Studying twins from the TwinsUK cohort based at King’s, the study showed that natural mechanisms called epigenetic factors influence the rate of healthy ageing and potential longevity, suggesting that these processes are likely to be initiated from an early age and will continue through a person’s life.

Personalised vaccine for brain cancer A brain cancer trial that uses a patient’s tumour to develop their own personalised vaccine is being piloted for the first time in the UK. King’s and King’s College Hospital are jointly trialling the DCVax® immune therapy where, after removing as much of a patient’s tumour as possible, the therapy is administered as a series of simple injections. In two initial clinical trials in the US the vaccine delayed the recurrence of the tumour from 12-18 months to two years and extended patients’ average survival to three years, without toxic side effects.

Preventing diabetes A project to develop a new therapy for Type 1 diabetes has been launched at King’s. It is hoped this will control the autoimmune responses which underlie the inflammation that leads to diabetes and prevent it from developing. Type 1 diabetes affects some 290,000 people in the UK, predominantly children and young adults, and its incidence in Europe and North America is increasing. The project is the culmination of drug discovery efforts in the Department of Immunobiology and will be supported by a translation award of £2.3 million from the Wellcome Trust.

In 2010, the College launched an ambitious campaign, World questions|King’s answers, with the goal of addressing several of the most pressing issues facing humankind, such as how societies can accommodate ever-ageing populations, developing effective treatments for cancer and improving children’s health. These are huge challenges, demanding major investments. With a fundraising target of £500 million, World questions|King’s answers is the largest campaign for any UK institution other than Cambridge and Oxford. The College is now well over halfway towards this goal. A portion of the campaign funds will be used for internal purposes: to improve facilities across the College campuses, support student organisations and provide scholarships and bursaries. Refurbishment of Somerset House East Wing, one of the campaign’s noteworthy achievements, has given King’s a presence in one of London’s most stately landmarks in the heart of the capital. Opened by Her Majesty The Queen in February 2012, it is the new home for The Dickson Poon School of Law.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

reggie the lion at the strand campus

guy’s campus

‘King’s is a university that has maintained and provided an excellent standard of education. Throughout my time as a PhD student I have learnt that the key to successfully completing a PhD is having an intellectually enriching environment that is constantly challenging you to new heights. King’s is a truly multidisciplinary school with world-renowned experts who are always willing to support and encourage prospective students.’ Neeta Patel, Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences PhD

What are universities for? King’s has joined forces with the Institute for Public Policy Research (IPPR) to host a yearlong series of lectures tackling critical issues facing Britain’s university sector. Politicians, policy-makers, academics and university leaders are coming together to look collectively at the future of British higher education, feeding into the IPPR’s Commission on the Future of Higher Education, of which Professor Rick Trainor, Principal of King’s, is a member.

Secrets of paracetamol unlocked Researchers from King’s Wolfson Centre for Age-Related Diseases have discovered how one of the most common painkillers works. Although very widely marketed since the 1950s, exactly how paracetemol relieves pain was unknown. Now a study funded

by the Medical Research Council and published in November 2011 has identified a protein called TRPA1, found on the surface of nerve cells, as a key molecule needed for paracetamol to be an effective painkiller. If researchers can identify other analgesic compounds that use the same TRPA1 pathway to prevent pain signals sent by nerve cells to the brain, it is possible they can find a compound that does not have paracetemol’s toxic effects and will reduce the risk of overdose.

New MSc in Endodontics King’s Dental Institute’s new MSc in Endodontics has been developed for general dental practitioners who want to enhance their existing clinical abilities and acquire advanced skills whilst remaining at their original work place. The first cohort of students begins the three-year programme in

January 2013. The programme is delivered via a multi-media online environment with materials and resources produced specifically for flexible learning and features short face-to-face courses in London, enabling students to experience a complete technical and academic package. Delivery is based on the success of the flexible learning programmes now in their third decade of delivery from the Dental Institute. The new MSc covers the scientific basis of endodontology, diagnosis and treatment planning for patients with complex endodontic problems, clinical treatment of patients with endodontic and other restorative problems and learning research methodology.

Our stars For centuries King’s has been producing innovators who have helped to make the world a better place. Among our stars are: Sir Charles Lyell founder of modern geology Sir Charles Wheatstone pioneer of current electricity and wireless telegraphy John Frederic Daniell inventor of the constant-cell battery Thomas Hodgkin identifier of Hodgkin’s disease James Clerk Maxwell Einstein’s predecessor in electromagnetism and relativity Lord Lister inventor of antiseptic surgery, known as ‘the father of modern medicine’ Florence Nightingale founder of the first professional school of nursing John Keats romantic poet Thomas Hardy novelist William S Gilbert of Gilbert and Sullivan fame Virginia Woolf author and critic Arthur C Clarke science fiction writer.

8 Connected to London

Connected to London As a student at the most central of all London’s universities, your learning and career will benefit from our close connection with the UK’s professional, political, legal, commercial, scientific, artistic and cultural life, and from our partnership with three leading NHS hospital foundation trusts. st paul’s and the ‘gherkin’

Location in London Four of King’s campuses are located within a single square mile between the Houses of Parliament and London Bridge, with our Denmark Hill Campus a short journey away in south London. See pages 20-23 for further details of our sites and the facilities at each.

Academic resources At King’s you will have extraordinary access to the country’s leading cultural and scientific institutions, academic institutes and societies, most of which are based in London. These include the Royal Society, the British Academy, the Royal Geographical Society, the Institute of Physics, the London Mathematical Society and the Royal Astronomical Society. You will be able to use the enviable information resources of London’s libraries and museums, which include the British Library, the University of London Library and many other specialist collections (see also www.studylondon.ac.uk).

The London advantage There are many other advantages to being a student in London, whichever subject you are studying at King’s. For health programmes, London gives you unique access to an extremely diverse patient population, as well as our NHS partnerships through King’s Health Partners, one of the UK’s five Academic Health Sciences Centres. The

Dickson Poon School of Law is ideally positioned for access to the heart of legal London, and we hold many events where the legal world visits King’s. Our location means we play host to a huge range of public speakers and events, many of which are open to students.

Affordable London As a student, it can cost you less to enjoy London than at any other time of your life. With around 16 per cent of the UK total student population living in London, the capital is well geared up for students. There are many student discounts to take advantage of, on travel, shops, eating out and more, plus a range of free entertainment events that happen daily.

Cultural connections We have direct links with many of the capital’s cultural and arts organisations, and co-teach master’s programmes with, for example, the Southbank Centre, the British Museum and the

British Library (see pages 46, 53 and 47). Other organisations that King’s works closely with are: • Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre • Tate Gallery • National Portrait Gallery • Royal Academy • British Film Institute • English National Opera • V&A Museum • The Cultural Capital Exchange.

Cultural highlights • The School of Arts & Humanities throws open its doors in October every year for its annual week of lectures, debates and exhibitions showcasing the diversity and impact of its research on society. • The first joint event between King’s Global Institutes – a debate entitled ‘Who wants to be the next superpower?’ – was held in November 2011. King’s Brazil, China and India Institutes bring together expertise to study 21st century

cultural, political and economic powers on their own terms, to shape the research agenda, and to build links with government and industry (see page 34). • In January 2011, the awardwinning production company The Opera Group commenced a three-year residency at the Department of Music at King’s. • A round-table debate in May 2012 with Greg Dyke, former Director General of the BBC, formed part of the launch of ourBeeb, a digital campaign to widen discussion about the role, purpose and future of the BBC, with which King’s Department of English has an official partnership. • A weekend festival celebrating the music of George Benjamin, one of the greatest British composers of the 20th century and Professor of Composition at King’s, took place at the Southbank Centre in May 2012 as part of London 2012.

‘London is an incredible city to live in. The most amazing thing for me is the possibility to hear over 15 languages in a single day; the diversity that exists here is amazing. Cultural events are going on all around the city, from classical music to reggae, from economic seminars to postmodern art exhibitions, there’s always something new to explore. And as a student you get reduced or free access to almost everything!’ Luciana Ludlow Paz, Global Environmental Change MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

‘big ben’

regents park

british museum

british museum oxford

street piccadilly

circus TRAFALGAR buckingham SQUARE hyde palace

park

chelsea

houses of parliament westminster tate abbey britain

• To celebrate Charles Dickens’s 200th birthday in February 2012, King’s created a new

st paul’s

city COVENT GARDEN financial cathedral district

tower of London

the london eye

tate modern

tower bridge borough market

london aquarium

imperial war museum

BATTERSEA PARK

• A boat marking the London 2012 Cultural Olympiad was launched in May 2012 by Gregg Whelan, creative research fellow at King’s. The 30-foot sailing boat was created from hundreds of wooden objects donated by people from across the South East, including a sliver of Jimi Hendrix’s guitar and a Victorian policeman’s truncheon.

Visitors to King’s

online exhibition showcasing a selection of writings by and documents related to Dickens from the College collections. • The former Creative Director of the Royal Opera House, Deborah Bull, joined King’s in March 2012 as the first Executive Director of King’s Cultural Institute: a crossdisciplinary initiative with innovative collaboration across the cultural sector at its heart.

1 Strand Campus 2 Waterloo Campus 3 Guy’s Campus 4 St Thomas’ Campus 5 Denmark Hill Campus

Because of our distinction and location halfway between Westminster and the City of London, King’s attracts many eminent visitors and speakers. In 2011-12 these included: • Her Majesty The Queen, who opened the renovated Somerset House East Wing at King’s in February 2012, and HRH The Duke of Edinburgh (see page 5); • François Hollande, now President of France; • Rt Hon William Hague MP, Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs; • Rt Hon David Willets MP, Universities and Science Minister; • Professor Dame Sally Davies, the Chief Medical Officer; • Senator George Mitchell, former US Special Envoy for Middle East Peace; • Nobel Laureates, Sir Tim Hunt and Professor Christiane Nusslein-Volhard; • Archbishop Emeritus and Nobel Laureate Desmond Tutu; • King’s alumnus Professor Peter Higgs, proposer of the ‘Higgs Boson’ particle; • London Mayor Boris Johnson and broadcaster David Dimbleby.

10 Postgraduate study

Postgraduate study King’s academics are redefining the world and helping to make it a better place. With the support of our specialist Graduate School you can follow in this tradition and graduate to the highly distinguished company of King’s alumni, through one of over 300 taught postgraduate programmes and an extensive range of research opportunities. maughan library

Research-led teaching As an integral part of one of the world’s leading research-intensive universities, our postgraduate students are taught or supervised by academics who are national or international leaders in their fields and familiar with the latest ideas and developments in their disciplines. You will be supported by the central Graduate School, which champions the needs of our postgraduates in College decisionmaking and delivers training, services and facilities centrally. Your own academic department and School are responsible for academic matters and for local training, support, guidance and administration. Most of our taught programmes provide students with the opportunity to undertake research. We value scholarly enquiry and independence of thought, and our students enjoy high levels of staff contact, with free and open discussion. We bring together the postgraduate opportunities from the Schools to provide a vibrant research environment and high quality taught postgraduate experience, within a supportive environment, helping ensure your welfare and success.

Postgraduate qualifications at King’s Taught programmes: • Postgraduate Certificates and Diplomas (PG Cert, PG Dip). • Master’s (MA, MBA, MSc, LLM, MClinDent, MPH, MMus, MTL). • Master’s by research (MRes).

Undergraduate level programmes: • Graduate Certificates and Diplomas (Grad Cert, Grad Dip, equivalent to final year undergraduate study).

Research degrees:

Research degrees A research degree can be the first step in an academic career, but it is also valued by many other employers who are looking for flexible and critical thinkers. Supervision is key to your success so we ensure that all of our supervisors are trained and rewarded, and your progress is regularly reviewed against pre-agreed milestones. Whether you study full or part-time, your research degree will require an enormous commitment from you and from King’s, so we strongly advise you to discuss your research aims in-depth with us before you apply. Guidance on applying for a research degree can

• MPhil. • MPhilStud. • MD(Res). • PhD. • Joint PhD programmes with international partners.

Professional doctorates: • Doctorate in Clinical Psychology (DClinPsy). • Doctorate in Education (EdD). • Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing, DHC). • Doctorate in Healthcare (Pharmacy, DHC). • Doctorate in Theology and Ministry (DThM). • Doctorate in Professional Studies (DrPS).

be found on page 28 and in the individual programmes section. King’s also offers a number of joint PhD programmes with our international partner institutions, see page 12 for more details.

Professional doctorates If you want to continue your postgraduate study to doctoral level (equivalent to a traditional PhD), already have a master’s level qualification and several years’ professional experience, a professional doctorate will allow you to combine professional and academic work. Professional doctorates vary in length and study mode. Apart from our doctorate in Clinical Psychology, all are part-time programmes.

Modes of study Full-time, part-time, distance learning and elearning. • Designed to be as flexible as possible, many programmes are offered on an optional full or part-time basis. • Because of the nature of the subject or the specific content, some are offered only as full or part-time study. • Where appropriate, modules are timetabled to fit with work or personal commitments. • Some postgraduate programmes are offered in the early evening. • Many include an element of web-based learning. • We also run a small number of distance learning and elearning programmes. • Most programmes start in late September or early October. • They run full-time for around nine months (usually for postgraduate diplomas), or the full calendar year (usually for master’s programmes). • A small number have a January start and PhD study starting in the autumn.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Taught master’s by research ‘In both a personal and professional capacity I have found the teaching staff to be outstanding; both approachable and helpful in their conduct. A stand-out experience has been the opportunity to teach history alongside my PhD, allowing me a new perspective on what it means to work in academia, as well as an insight into the need to balance the research/ teaching workload.’ Gillian Kennedy, Middle East & Mediterranean Studies PhD

Taught programmes We cater for many different needs and aspirations. You may be carrying straight on from your first degree, studying as you work, taking time out from work to enhance your professional expertise, returning to study, or joining us from overseas. Whatever the case, you will find an understanding and encouraging environment at King’s. Some programmes are professionally accredited and are highly specialised, others have a range of entry routes. Many are multidisciplinary, both in content and the students they attract.

Credit framework All taught postgraduate programmes operate within a credit framework. Programmes are made up of a number of modules, each with a credit value – for a standard master’s programme the overall credit value is 180. Credit relates to the amount of learning required for a

particular module or programme, with one unit of credit equating roughly to 10 hours of learning, including teaching, private study, revision and assessment. This is an estimate, as we recognise students learn at different paces, but the credit framework will give you an indication of the amount of time you will need to spend studying.

Graduate certificates and graduate diplomas These are at a level equivalent to the final year of an undergraduate honours degree and are generally suitable for students who have studied to degree level but do not have the necessary specific area of expertise to undertake a specialist master’s programme.

Postgraduate diplomas Usually these contain the same taught elements as a master’s programme, but do not require a dissertation. They are a good option if you wish to participate in

a taught programme without the research element. Alternatively, some postgraduate diplomas are designed as a prerequisite for a specialist master’s programme – successful completion allows you to progress to your chosen master’s.

Taught master’s We offer around 300 different master’s programmes, including specialist programmes (where a closely related first degree is required) and programmes of broader academic scope (some of which are interdisciplinary in approach). There are programmes leading to careers in research, specific commercial or healthcare sectors and, of course, programmes for your own personal development and enjoyment. One constant in this diversity is our continued commitment to excellence and research-led teaching. All master’s programmes include a research project or dissertation.

Certain Schools within the College offer MRes programmes and some offer research-related master’s programmes. They all contain in-depth, specialist research training. They are useful if you are considering an academic or commercial research career. If you are unsure whether a PhD is the right option for you, or want to enhance your research skills before embarking on one, a research-based master’s degree may be a viable alternative, or helpful first step.

Short courses and professional development A number of Schools and departments across King’s offer professional development and short courses not listed in this publication. Details will be given within our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus

12 International community

International community A leading university situated in the heart of a dynamic global city, King’s reputation for academic excellence and world-class research attracts some of the best international students from all over the world, creating a vibrant and diverse student community.

World-class institution

Vibrant community

Ranked in the top 30 universities worldwide, we are renowned for providing a welcoming environment for talented students from all over the globe. There is a vast range of study opportunities here and, whichever you choose, you will work with academics who are leaders in their fields, offering you access to some of the most exciting, cutting-edge research in the world.

At King’s you will find a vibrant international community situated in one of the most lively and diverse cities in the world, with over 7,000 international students from 140 different countries. Our staff bring expertise from many corners of the globe, ensuring there is always an international perspective to your studies at King’s. Our students’ union, KCLSU (run by students for students), will help you make the most of all the student activities that are on offer, from sports to arts and culture and volunteering in the community. Visit www.kclsu.org for more details.

The London advantage As a King’s student you will be in the heart of the cultural capital with an abundance of research facilities and academic societies on your doorstep. You will benefit from close connections with the UK’s professional, political, legal, scientific and cultural life, and from our partnership with three leading NHS hospital foundation trusts. Our unrivalled location has enabled us to forge mutually beneficial links with institutions such as Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the British Museum and the British Library. Our location also allows you the opportunity to connect with employers from multinational companies, to government and NGO, organisations, helping to facilitate your career. If you are looking to contribute to an exciting, forward-thinking environment and to the local, national and international community, then King’s is the place for you.

Global Institutes A number of Global Institutes reside at King’s, encouraging interest amongst our staff and students in key overseas nations

through the development of teaching and research programmes. These include the Brazil, China, India, Russia and North America Institutes as well as the African Leadership Centre and Centre for Middle East & Mediterranean Studies. Each Institute offers students an opportunity to follow a master’s or a PhD programme in a dedicated centre for interdisciplinary study of these regions. To find out more visit www.kcl.ac.uk/aboutkings/ worldwide/global

Accommodation We understand that moving to another country can be a daunting experience, so our Accommodation Service offers you advice and support for finding suitable accommodation. For more information, please see page 30.

Entry qualifications We will consider students with a wide variety of international qualifications. For further advice on whether your qualifications meet our entry requirements, please visit the online postgraduate prospectus at www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus or contact the department to which you are applying directly. You will also find some countryspecific information on our international country pages which give you some insight into the qualifications that we will accept: www.kcl.ac.uk/study/ international/yourcountry

International partners and study abroad We are proud to have wide-ranging partnerships with leading institutions across the world and aim to encourage progressive research, facilitate knowledge transfer, elevate learning and enhance the student experience through these partnerships. An increasing number of postgraduates have the chance to spend a semester or year abroad at a partner institution as part of their studies, at universities such as Georgetown in the USA and the University of São Paulo in Brazil. We offer an increasing number of joint PhD programmes where you will have the opportunity of living and studying both in London and at partner institutions such as the National University of Singapore, Hong Kong University and Humboldt University in Germany, where you will receive a single PhD awarded by both institutions. To find out more visit www.kcl.ac.uk/aboutkings/worldwide

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

Connect with King’s ‘London stands out as one of the most important international cities in the world. With this reputation comes a diverse demography, superior academic resources and a plethora of experiences to fill one’s time in the city. King’s caters well for international students, offering convenient housing situated in central London and close to campus facilities. With such a diverse international student body the atmosphere at King’s is one of acceptance and discovery.’ Anthony Eames, Global, International & Comparative History MA

English Language Centre

Fees and funding information

To follow our programmes successfully, you must have a good command of English and be able to apply this effectively in an academic environment (the minimum requirements are set out on page 29). Our British Council accredited English Language Centre (ELC) offers a range of two-year master’s programmes run in collaboration with King’s schools, as well as pre-master’s and pre-sessional programmes, and free language and study skills support during your postgraduate studies. If you do not meet the minimum English language entry requirements you may therefore be able to study at the ELC before starting your postgraduate degree to get the extra English language training you require. Further details can be found on page 29 and at www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

Fees for our programmes can be found within our online prospectus. See page 24 for general information and details about scholarships. Information is also available at www.kcl.ac.uk/ international/finance and at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Support King’s is renowned for its supportive, friendly atmosphere. You will receive help and advice at every stage of your application process, as well as a special three day orientation programme for international students when you arrive and continuing expert support throughout your studies. The College also has dedicated international student advisers offering guidance on visa and immigration issues – see page 18 for further information. The King’s Careers Service and the Internships Officer are also on hand to help you find employment in and outside the UK – see page 18 for details.

International students website King’s has a dedicated area on the website for international students: www.kcl.ac.uk/international Here you will be able to find information tailored to students from over 140 nations as well as comprehensive pre-departure and arrival information.

King’s visits your country King’s international marketing team visits several countries throughout the year. To find out when we are next in your country or region please visit: www.kcl.ac.uk/study/ international/yourcountry You can also contact the team by emailing them at international@kcl.ac.uk or on +44 (0)20 7848 3388.

We understand that many of our international students will not be able to visit King’s prior to attending the College so we have created a number of online features to enable you to feel part of the King’s community and explore what the College has to offer: King’s virtual campus tour (www.kcl.ac.uk/virtualtour) gives you a 360 degree tour of our campuses and accommodation. King’s Facebook page (www.facebook.com/ kingscollegelondon) provides updates about the College and enables you to meet fellow students online prior to arriving. Finally, you can keep up to date on our international news and activities by following us on twitter: @KingsGlobal or Weibo: 伦敦王国学院时事

14 Student life

Student life At King’s you become part of London: one of the world’s most vibrant cities for arts, culture, learning and entertainment. Our mix of students of all levels and fields of study creates a friendly atmosphere in which to study, socialise and flourish.

The King’s experience

Getting involved

The King’s experience encompasses far more than study. Our students like to get involved, and there is plenty to get involved with. Besides a host of events, including high-profile speakers, exhibitions and debates, the College and the Students’ Union bring together groups of like-minded students in clubs, societies, volunteering projects and socially at our cafés and bars. Our alumni network also keeps you up to speed after you graduate.

Whether you have been doing an activity for years or you feel like trying something new, there are an enormous variety of sports clubs, societies, volunteering opportunities and campaigning groups where you can really get involved and make the most of your university experience.

King’s College London Students’ Union (KCLSU) We are a student-focused charity organisation that puts your wants and needs at the heart of what we do, helping you to have the most rewarding experience whilst studying here. As a King’s student, you will automatically be a member of KCLSU and will benefit from support given by our committed team of over 200 student-staff and permanent staff, volunteers and elected student members. We work very closely with King’s to affect the changes you want and create more opportunities for you.

Activity groups and sports The majority of sports teams take part in nationally recognised fixtures in British Universities and Colleges Sport (BUCS) leagues. If you’re more of a beginner, there is still plenty of opportunity to play just for fun, from rugby to ultimate frisbee, rowing to kung fu. KCLSU has access to all King’s-owned facilities, including

four sports grounds close to central London and strong links with other University of London teams. There are over 200 activity groups and 50 competitive sports teams to choose from, including groups specifically aimed at postgraduate and mature students, most religions and nationalities, political parties, performing arts, and many more. Each society has its own social programme and many organise events and showcases throughout the year.

Free time KCLSU has some amazing places to get together with new friends in a safe and secure environment whilst taking in the stunning London sites. Our two bars, the Waterfront (Strand Campus) and Guy’s Bar (Guy’s Campus), serve

a range of food and drinks all day. Tutu’s (named after alumnus Desmond Tutu) hosts a range of lively club nights and is home to our live gig programme. Recent appearances have included The Hoosiers, Scouting for Girls, Snow Patrol, Hot Chip, Hanson, Tim Westwood, Lawson, Pigeon Detectives and Bobby Friction. If you want to work off the calories or just keep fit and healthy, Kinetic Fitness Club provides high quality gym facilities at great value prices. All King’s students receive discounted membership with access to cardiovascular and resistance equipment, free weights and a comprehensive range of classes.

Music As well as signing up for KCLSU music societies, students wishing to pursue musical interests can also join: • College Chapel Choir – the internationally renowned choir undertakes a wide variety of formal and informal engagements, as well as certain College chapel services. Entry is by audition for a choral scholarship. For more details contact David Trendell, the College Organist (Department of Music, King’s College London, Strand Campus, Strand, London WC 2R 2LS, david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk). • College Orchestra – which always welcomes suitably qualified musicians. The orchestra rehearses weekly, leading to a concert performance at the end of each semester. • Guy’s, King’s and St Thomas’ Hospitals’ Music Society – open to staff and students from the three hospital campuses. • Music Department Choir – which is open to experienced singers from other departments. For more details contact music@kcl.ac.uk

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

kinetic fitness club

kclsu, strand campus

‘Being a student in London gives you access to all the things a vibrant, cosmopolitan city has to offer – ranging from theatres and museums, bars and cafés, great shopping, to major political and financial institutions. I like London’s diversity and anonymity. With a little experience and knowledge of London’s neighbourhoods one can have a great time even with a limited budget.’ Elaine Korzak, War Studies MPhil/PhD

Advice and support We want you to have the best possible experience at King’s but, if sometimes things go wrong, we are here to help. Our confidential and impartial Advice Service is available to help you deal with issues relating to your educational experience and also help you access other support services provided by King’s. KCLSU Student Centres can be found at Guy’s, Strand and Waterloo Campuses and are your first point of call for information on anything relating to KCLSU. You can also buy events tickets, get NUS Extra cards and join sports clubs or societies. Off campus, you can access KCLSU services via our website, www.kclsu.org

Volunteering We support over 50 groups and clubs involved in volunteering projects, locally, nationally and internationally. And, if you can’t find what you’re looking for, KCLSU will support you in

getting your own volunteering project off the ground. Also, to make sure you leave university with a really full CV, we provide workshops and courses to give you more opportunities to grow, improve your employability skills and recognise your achievements – helping you bridge the gap between College life and your career aspirations. The King’s Leadership Award is a programme we run in conjunction with King’s Careers & Employability Service, and will really give you the skills to help your CV shine. Go to www.kclsu.org/ bridgethegap to see what you can do to improve your CV or get involved with worthwhile volunteering projects.

After you graduate When you graduate, you will automatically become a member of the King’s College London Association, a worldwide network of nearly 130,000 former students of King’s and its merged colleges.

Membership is free and lasts a lifetime. Being part of our alumni network provides a wide range of benefits, including events such as alumni weekend and the annual Principal’s concert, reunions specific to class years and subject areas, a dedicated website (www.alumni.kcl.ac.uk) to connect you with friends and make new contacts, and In Touch, our free, twice-yearly alumni magazine. You can also continue to benefit from free access to King’s libraries, discounts at the Kinetic Fitness Club, language courses and worldwide discounts on travel and entertainment.

Postgraduate spaces and socialising We have created Graduate Lounges on each campus where postgraduates can meet students from other departments over a coffee and we are adding Skype to make it easier for you to phone home. We have two graduate zones, postgraduate-only workspaces in our libraries where

you can go if you need quiet time to think or write. Together with KCLSU, we also organise a series of social events called ‘Unlocking London’ that help you get to know the capital and its vibrant social life. Previous events include a visit to the world-renowned Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, an evening cruise on the historic River Thames and a festive flight on the London Eye to take in the stunning views across London.

Associateship of King’s College (AKC) Postgraduates are eligible to take the Associateship of King’s College (AKC). This optional free course, unique to King’s, considers aspects of ethics, philosophy and theology, Biblical studies and Christian doctrine. Lectures for general students in 2012-13 were on ‘The Search for God’, and Church History. Students in the Department of Theology & Religious Studies follow a separate course. In 2012-13 these lectures were given by staff from the Music Department and the Institute of Psychiatry. For more information contact the AKC Course Administrator, +44 (0)20 7848 1844, akc@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/akc

Key information

Postgraduate support In enhancing your postgraduate experience at King’s and helping you fulfil your potential, we recognise the importance of creating and nurturing the next generation of research leaders; equipping you to take key roles in academia, in public service and in industry.

Your community

Induction

Established in 2006, the Graduate School at King’s helps attract the best postgraduate students in the world and ensures a world-class experience while studying for doctorates or master’s degrees. We do this by providing services and facilities for our 2,450 doctoral students, and by ensuring that other College service-providers have the particular needs of all of our 10,000 postgraduates in mind when developing provision.

Graduate School support begins with a comprehensive induction programme for new research students so that you know what support and facilities are available from day one. These complement induction events organised by each academic School and special Graduate School induction sessions for international students.

their research to their peers, to academic staff and to invited specialists. In the Health Schools, prizes are then awarded for the best paper presentation.

students feel this is useful practice for the final oral examination. In some Schools you are also required to make an oral presentation on your research.

Commercial opportunities

Skills training

King’s has a specialist business and innovation team that fosters commercialisation and enterprise activities.

Research students

Supporting entrepreneurialism

Once you are settled into your studies the Researcher Development Unit based in the Graduate School has lead responsibility for co-ordinating the delivery of the skills training you will need to successfully complete your thesis and to get a job. We encourage you to undertake 10 days of personal development per year, some with your supervisor and some with the Graduate School. The key skills that the researcher development programme is seeking to develop are focused around the four domains of Vitae’s Researcher Development Framework (www.vitae.ac.uk/rdf):

Research-intensive King’s is a research-intensive institution and this enriches our doctoral and master’s programmes. Our staff are experts in their fields and will seek to ensure that you are taken to the research frontier of your discipline whilst also being provided with the personal skills you will need to succeed in life, whether you then choose to be an academic or not.

Investment in facilities Regardless of whether you are studying for a master’s or a doctorate you will benefit from the significant investment we have made in our estate and infrastructure. We have spent over £550 million on our estate and libraries in the last 20 years and are currently investing heavily in major improvements to our IT infrastructure and services. King’s has also recently invested in its English Language Centre and its Modern Language Centre, both of which can help you acquire new skills or improve existing ones.

The Graduate School publishes the College’s Core Code of Practice that is made available to every student on registration. This document sets out policies that will affect you and explains what your responsibilities are, as well as those of your supervisor, department and School. It describes how your progress will be monitored and it gives you a timeline of key events in your journey towards submission of your thesis. Every doctoral student has two supervisors whose job it is to guide your professional and academic development. You will normally also be part of a research group that will provide the research culture and environment within which you will work. Many research groups organise research seminars, journal clubs and discussion groups. Others provide training in research methods that are unique to your field. Some Schools organise ‘Research Showcases’ in which postgraduates are invited to present the results of

King’s supports student enterprise through an annual business plan competition for postgraduates. The programme aims to develop your business and commercial awareness and your entrepreneurial capabilities. The competition enhances postgraduate student career prospects and professional and personal skills.

Monitoring progress Each School has a committee that monitors the progress that you are making toward submitting your thesis. You will have your first progress review after three months and then every six months until your thesis is submitted. A major review of progress takes place when you seek upgrade from MPhil to PhD status. The purpose of this review is to ensure that you are capable of completing your project on time. This review usually involves you submitting a substantial piece of work to a panel of assessors and being interviewed by them. Many

• Knowledge and intellectual abilities, including research methods, developing creativity and problem-solving skills. • Personal effectiveness including time management, career management and networking skills. • Research governance and organisation including learning about research integrity and appropriate practice, research strategy and project management.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

maughan library

• Engagement, influence and impact including teaching, public engagement, team working and communication skills. A programme of IT courses (eg bibliographic software, information retrieval, Office software) is offered, as well as advice and training from King’s Careers Service. Further details of Schools-specific provision are outlined in the programme listings. These are delivered either through courses, online resources or through one-to-one coaching. All Researcher Development Programme courses are bookable online, through Skills Forge, which also records the training you have completed and allows you to produce a transcript to show employers. We also host the College’s two Royal Literary Fund Writing Fellows who offer one-to-one advice on how best to write your thesis. And we are one of the few universities in the UK to have dedicated postgraduate careers advice provision. An additional element of the Researcher Development Unit’s provision is our open competition that allows groups of students to bid for funding for development initiatives. Our law students, for example, won funds to organise a European conference for law postgraduates and publish the proceedings.

Conferences and overseas study Because academic networking is so important the Graduate School has a competition to allow doctoral students to bid for funds to deliver papers at conferences. We also operate a scheme that funds doctoral students to spend time overseas working in one of our partner universities (see page 12). We are also developing joint and dual doctoral degrees with some of these partners. Wherever your programme is based, you will receive the same high standards of help and support.

Supervisory excellence The Graduate School also has responsibility for the quality of research supervision you receive. We already have some of the highest doctoral submission rates in the UK but we want to improve further so we have organised conferences and training and discussion groups for King’s academics to make sure they are excellent supervisors as well as world-class researchers. Supervisory excellence awards have been introduced to reward outstanding supervisors.

Teaching experience For doctoral students who wish to pursue an academic career, many Schools offer the option of undertaking some teaching. King’s Learning Institute offers a training programme that gives you the skills to teach at university level.

Graduate Language Programme at the Modern Language Centre The Modern Language Centre (MLC) and the Graduate School have teamed up to offer a wide range of assessed modules free of charge for postgraduate taught or research students: • Choose from a range of language modules and skill levels. • Take for credit as part of a taught degree programme, or to support a research degree. • Take extra-curricular language courses, either by joining an undergraduate assessed module, evening classes or a tailor made course. • King’s students also receive a discounted rate for evening classes. There is no cost to postgraduate taught students taking a language module as a part of their degree programme. There are also a limited number of free places for taught and research graduates who wish to take a language module, ‘outside’ of their programme of study, in order to support their studies.

The MLC offers a variety of languages, including: Arabic, Bengali, Brazilian Portuguese, Catalan, Dari, Farsi, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Mandarin, Panjabi, Pashto, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Sanskrit, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish and Urdu. There is also a range of specialised courses including languages for business, for lawyers and for health professionals. All teaching takes place in small seminar groups, covering both language and linguistics. Classes are assessed by oral and written examinations and formative written course work.

Open Learning Centre Students taking MLC modules also have access to the Open Learning Centre (OLC). The OLC provides a friendly learning environment and is only accessible to students engaged in language-learning. It offers state-of-the-art language learning facilities and multilingual learning advisors who are on hand to help students make the most of the facilities available. Students have access to satellite foreign TV, newspapers, language books, films and documentaries. Find out more at www.kcl.ac.uk/mlc modern.language@kcl.ac.uk or +44 (0)20 7848 2890

Key information

guy’s campus

Facilities & services The Compass The Compass student support desks, situated on the Strand, Waterloo, Guy’s and Denmark Hill campuses, help with enquiries relating to living and learning experiences. The service is accessible remotely 24 hours a day by logging into Compass online, which has answers to frequently asked questions and a letter/student card request facility. If you require more specialised support, Compass staff members liaise with colleagues across the College and make referrals where necessary. Drop-in sessions with specialised student support teams are hosted by the Compass on a regular basis. The centre at the Strand offers a comfortable space for quiet study between lectures. King’s students can contact the Compass via Compass Online, email, telephone or just drop in and speak to a member of the support team. For more information and contact details, see www.kcl.ac.uk/thecompass

•A n extensive portfolio of remotely accessible electronic resources: bibliographic and full text databases, electronic journals, international library catalogues, internet resource discovery tools, subject gateways, data sets, multimedia resources, ebooks and online research support services. • Access to a team of subject information specialists. • Print and electronic document delivery services. • Individual and group study spaces. • Excellent information retrieval and IT training opportunities, including free programmes and consultancy services. Postgraduate students also have access to the wealth of specialist libraries, archives and collections in and around London, including the University of London and the British Library. Within each library are enquiry desks where qualified staff can offer advice and assistance.

Library services

IT services

Managing the College libraries, archives and special collections are the Library Services, who also provide access to the key services and resources that support research and learning. These include:

• A network of over 1,200 student PC workstations with access to software, email, internet resources, printing, data storage and remote login facilities. Some computer rooms are open 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Internet and PC access, including wireless, are available at all College residences.

• A huge multidisciplinary print and electronic information resource base that includes over two million books and thousands of journals.

•A ccess to specialist departmental software and personal files from any PC/ laptop with an internet/wireless connection via the Global Desktop. • Laptop loan service – laptops are available for loan from each of our College libraries • Software advice and distribution services, including discounted software deals. Find out more about Library and IT services on the ‘About King’s’ section of the College website. For a comprehensive list of Library and IT services, download the booklet Library and IT for…Postgraduates from the Library Services webpages at www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife

Careers & Employability Careers & Employability supports you in every aspect of your career planning, from exploring options and developing professional skills to writing high-quality applications and performing well at interview. There is a careers consultant dedicated to working with postgraduate researchers. Skills training sessions are delivered by this consultant within the Researcher Development Programme, which underpins and promotes the research activity of the College by developing skilled professional research students.

There is also the opportunity to work one to one with the consultant to talk through your options and develop a career management action plan. The Graduate School also works closely with King’s Careers & Employability to run events through which employers can meet with research students on campus, and ensure that up to date labour market information and careers advice is made available through all our major social network platforms and communication channels. For all postgraduate students in all of our academic disciplines, knowledgeable careers consultants will guide you, bring employers in to College and publish the latest labour market information on all the major social network platforms and communication channels. Find out more at www.kcl.ac.uk/careers

Student advice, international student support and counselling Student advisers support all students (current and prospective) across all campuses, offering free and confidential advice. They have expertise in a range of subjects including immigration, finance, welfare benefits, housing rights, legal issues and many other practical matters. Advisers are experienced in helping international students with specific concerns relating to matters such as their immigration status, dependants

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

maughan library

and employment in the UK both during and after their studies. For further information and contact details, please visit www.kcl.ac.uk/advice The Students’ Union is available to help with academic issues such as exam results, disciplinary hearings and mitigating circumstances. Confidential counselling on personal problems is offered through the Student Counselling Service. The team includes professionally trained counsellors, psychologists, psychotherapists, group analysts and a consultant psychiatrist.

Childcare Childcare support and guidance for student parents (including advice on funding childcare) is provided by the Student Advice & International Support Service.

strand campus

If you would like to talk more about your childcare needs, please contact a student adviser. Student advisers offer advice via email, telephone and through one-to-one appointments. Further information about childcare for student parents is available on the Student Support webpage: www.kcl.ac.uk/campuslife/ services/student-advice-support

Health and dental care King’s has a comprehensive Student Health Centre at the Strand Campus. This is a National Health Service (NHS) General Practice service run by nurses and doctors. Full and part-time students are entitled to NHS healthcare. For international students, full access to the NHS is available if you are following a programme lasting more than

Disabled students There is a wide range of support available for students with disabilities or specific learning difficulties such as dyslexia or dyspraxia. Disabled students from the UK can apply for funding towards extra disability-related costs they may incur on their programme. Eligibility rules differ depending on the funding body. Overall, the Disabled Students’ Allowance (DSA), or its equivalent, is available for full and part-time students incurring disability-related costs. There is a dedicated King’s fund for international and EU disabled students. In addition, King’s can provide dyslexia workshops, loan of assistive software and associated training, dedicated IT and Library facilities, one-to-one tuition, advice and guidance. For more information contact the Disability Advisory Service on +44 (0)20 7848 3398, email disability@kcl.ac.uk, or visit www.kcl.ac.uk/disability

six months but, if your country does not have a reciprocal health agreement with the UK, it is essential that you take out health insurance. Dental care is available at two sites associated with the College’s Dental Institute. Student dentists give free supervised treatment to suitable cases.

Equality and Diversity The College’s Equality & Diversity Unit is open to all students for information and advice on any equalities-related issue. Some examples are listed below: • Information on the College’s equality and diversity policies, strategies and initiatives. • Advice and support for personal issues concerning inequality, discrimination, harassment or victimisation and College procedures for addressing these matters.

Religious provision and pastoral care The Dean of the College, the Reverend Professor Richard Burridge, is responsible for ensuring that the religious and spiritual aims of the College are met. The major world faiths are represented and the rights and views of students of all beliefs and backgrounds are fully respected. Provision is made for people to practise their faith; the College has two chapels, one at the Strand Campus and one at Guy’s Campus, in which prayers are held daily and the internationally known Chapel Choir sing. There are also quiet rooms at the Waterloo and Denmark Hill Campuses, and all three are open to everyone for private prayers and reflection. There are also dedicated Muslim prayer rooms on the main campuses. The Dean and the Chaplaincy are part of the College’s pastoral provision.

For more information contact Debbie or Sandra on +44 (0)20 7848 3767/3378, email equality@kcl.ac.uk, or visit our webpages at www.kcl.ac.uk/equality

Details of the chaplains, chapel services and other activities are available at www.kcl.ac.uk/chaplaincy The Rabbi to Jewish students in London works with the Chaplaincy, and visits King’s regularly. There are also religious student societies.

Students should contact the Disability Advisory Service (see above) for disability support and resources.

For more information contact the Dean’s Office on +44 (0)20 7848 2333 or dean@kcl.ac.uk, www.kcl.ac.uk/dean

• Guidance about equality and diversity legislation.

Key information

King’s campuses King’s is at the heart of London, one of the world’s most exciting cities. Each of our campuses has a distinctive set of buildings and atmosphere; four of these are next to the River Thames between the Houses of Parliament and London Bridge, making us London’s most central university. guy’s campus

Guy’s Campus

School of Biomedical Sciences (also at Waterloo), Dental Institute, School of Medicine, some teaching in the Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

for reinvention. In addition to the many bars, restaurants and creative businesses here, you will find Hay’s Galleria and the vibrant Borough Market, as well as Southwark Cathedral, worldrenowned Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and Tate Modern.

AR K BR ID GE RD

HH IG

ND PO

UG RO

SN OW SF IEL

Y ST

Wolfson House

RD S PL CI BA EN AN TA RD GA

AR K

The Shard ST

DSE

Great Dover Street Apartments

NEW

ELEPHANT & CASTLE

KEN

T RO A

MON

RIM

G PIL

SO UT HW

RD RO

O ’S

ER OR

BOROUGH

K ST

T NS

AT GE

STO

BER

AR S RO HA AD LS E

LONDON BRIDGE

K PO C O C

BOROUGH

Moonraker Point

UNION ST

BR ID G E

BLACKFRIARS ROAD

New Hunt’s House & Library

SOUTHWARK

Guy’s Campus

GREATM A

R TH AM

HMS Belfast

HS T

ARK

RIVE

Southwark Cathedral

SO UT HW

THW

LOND ON B R ID G E

Tate Modern

SOU

Standing next to Guy’s Hospital, our Guy’s Campus is a mix of old and new, from atmospheric colonnades to the remodelled and refurbished students’ union and New Hunt’s House (NHH), opened in 2000, with its state-ofthe-art lecture theatres, seminar

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre

D ST FOR

What’s on site?

OUT HW A B R ID R K GE

TAM

MILLENNIUM BRIDGE

BLACKFRIARS BRIDGE

The fashionable area of London, Bridge Quarter, stands at the heart of this vital community. Architectural masterworks of the Shard and The Place, the transformed transport hub, the new retail space and the landscaped public realm all reveal the city’s confidence and capacity

NEW KEN T ROA D

rooms, library, laboratories and IT services. Nearby are two halls of residence (Great Dover Street Apartments and Wolfson House). In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find: • The Compass: student support desk (co-located in the NHH library) providing student enquiry and support services, and facilitating access to specialist advice. • KCLSU Student Centre (for information and advice, student activity membership, academic advice, NUS Extra cards, events tickets). • Student Advice & International Student Support. • The Careers & Employability Service. • Chapel and chaplaincy. • Gym and swimming pool. • New Hunt’s House Library. • IT facilities including a 24/7 Student computing room. • Flexible study spaces. • Keats Room and Wills Library, open 24/7 all year round. • Gordon Museum of Pathology. • Museum of Life Sciences. • Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students). • Places to eat and socialise, including Guy’s Bar, Keats Café and the Unity restaurant.

Every day as I walk through the passages of Guy’s Campus I feel blessed that I got this opportunity to study at such a great institution. The supervisors and professors here are among the best in their fields. Being a doctor I realise that the research at King’s in the field of medicine is excellent, with conferences and seminars from world experts on a regular basis.’ Saima Ajaz, Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences PhD

OL D

KE NT

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

strand campus

Strand Campus

School of Arts & Humanities, Dickson Poon School of Law, School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences, School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at Waterloo)

Most buildings directly overlook the Thames, midway between the Houses of Parliament and St Paul’s Cathedral, next door to Somerset House, and almost opposite the Royal Courts of Justice. Within five minutes’ walk of the Strand are the world-famous shopping haven of Covent Garden, many West End theatres, and the notable Trafalgar Square, home to both the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery.

What’s on site?

• The Compass: a centre providing enquiry and support services for students, as well as

An historic site, originally opened in 1831, the Strand has seen the first

RD ST

Old Vic Theatre

Y LIS

E RO AD

WATERLOO

EDER

MFO

ALL

STA

RNW

London Eye

Stamford Street Apartments

BFI Imax

JU BI LE E GA RD EN S

Royal Festival Hall

VIC TO RIA EM BA NK ME NT

ER F BR ORD IDG E

UPP

Franklin-Wilkins Building & Library

Southbank Centre NG

W H IT

EHAL

National Theatre

OXO Tower N D OU

Waterloo Campus

AC NG LO

EMBANKMENT

BELV

ST MA RT IN’ S LA NE

ES RIVER THAM

RDS

EMBA NKME NT

TEMPLE

EGUA

VI CT OR IA

HORS

D AN

FLEET ST

ARU

YCH

OO E RL TE IDG WA BR

Trafalgar Square

ST STR Courtauld London Institute Transport Museum Somerset D House AN

CHARING CROSS

National Gallery

The Maughan Library

Strand Campus

Coliseum

LEICESTER SQUARE

Royal Courts of Justice

KIN

Royal DR UR Opera W E YL LL AN House IN E

COVENT GARDEN

National Portrait Gallery

English Language Centre

CER AN CH LANE

TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD

facilitating access to specialist support. Accommodation Services staff will be on hand daily to help with queries. The centre also provides a comfortable area for quiet study.

phase of a major redevelopment, restoring many of the original elegant features and creating new and improved teaching and social spaces. The newly redeveloped East Wing of Somerset House provides world-class facilities for The Dickson Poon School of Law and a dedicated cultural space for King’s. A short walk away is King’s magnificent Maughan Library, one of London’s most distinguished Victorian buildings, formerly the Public Records Office. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

Location

•S tudent Advice & International Student Support. •K CLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, NUS Extra cards, events tickets). •T he Maughan Library at Chancery Lane incorporating library, IT and study facilities, with dedicated work space for postgraduates. •K ing’s Employability & Careers office. •T utu’s (nightclub and live music venue). •C afés & restaurants, including Chapters, The Terrace and The Waterfront. •C ounselling, welfare and health Clinic. •C hapel and chaplaincy. •E nglish Language Centre. •M odern Language Centre and Open Learning Centre. •G raduate lounge (social space for postgraduate students). •C entre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Office. SOUTHWARK • Foyle Special Collections Library. •C ollege Archives and Liddell Hart Centre for Military Archives.

‘What I found most attractive at King’s College London was initially its central location. I spend my days between the Strand Campus for classes or meetings and Camden Town where I work. Looking back, I realise this was an ideal environment for me to reach my goals. The campus is great, wellequipped and smartly organised.’ Jonathan Guillemot Gerontology PhD

Key information

waterloo campus

Waterloo Campus

School of Biomedical Sciences (also at Guy’s); Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery; School of Social Science & Public Policy (also at Strand); London Dental Education Centre (LonDEC), part of the Dental Institute

Vic theatres add to your choice of superb local theatre venues.

Location The South Bank of the Thames has always played a significant role in the rise of London as a world city – an economic, social and cultural magnet that draws people to live, work and study in the area. Our Waterloo Campus is next door to the arts and cultural quarter here, which includes the National Film Theatre and BFI Southbank, the Royal Festival Hall, the Hayward Gallery and the Royal National Theatre. Three minutes’ walk away is Waterloo Station and, just down the road, the Young Vic and Old

School offices are based on the Waterloo Campus, in the Waterloo Bridge Wing of the Franklin-Wilkins Building. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

What’s on site? Waterloo Campus has three main buildings. The FranklinWilkins Building (FWB) is one of London’s largest university buildings. Over the road are the Stamford Street Apartments, with en-suite accommodation for over 550 students. The Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery, the Principal and College administration are based in the James Clerk Maxwell Building (JCMB). The Graduate ES RIVER THAM

LACE RD PA

H B IS P A R H O P ’S K

ARC

E RO AD

EDER

W H IT

VIC TO RIA EM BA NK ME NT

NK M IL LB A

LAM

BET

The Rectory

MA R S H A M

TON

St Thomas’ House Library

Brian Creamer House

Old Vic Theatre

LAMBETH NORTH

N IN G

St Thomas’ Campus

KEN

Westminster Abbey

R MA

ALL

RIA

VIC

WE S TMI N ST E R BRID GE

RD ST

RNW

WATERLOO

WESTMINSTER Houses of Parliament

MFO

Stamford Street Apartments

BFI Imax

London Eye

STA

RDS

Royal Festival Hall

EGUA

ER F BR ORD IDG E

ER UPP

Franklin-Wilkins Building & Library

HORS

National Theatre

Southbank Centre NG

BELV

JU BI LE E GA RD EN S

Trafalgar Square

EHAL

EMBANKMENT

OXO Tower N D OU

Waterloo Campus

Y LIS

CHARING CROSS

National Gallery

OO E RL TE IDG WA BR

National Portrait Gallery

RG E Imperial War ’ S

R D Museum

HARMSWORTH PARK

• The Compass: student support desk (co-located in the FWB library) providing enquiry and support services to students, as well as facilitating access to specialist advice. • Student Advice & International Student Support. • The Counselling service. • KCLSU Student Centre (information and advice, student activity membership, academic advice, NUS Extra cards, events tickets). • Kinetic Fitness Club. • Café and bar. • Franklin-Wilkins Library – technology rich, providing flexible study and a dedicated SOUTHWARK Graduate Zone. • IT facilities, including a 24/7 student computing room. • Chaplaincy. • Student Funding Office. • Disability & Dyslexia Support Service. • Graduate lounge (social space for postgraduate students). • Academic Services, including RO Examinations and Student AD Registration Offices.

‘The Waterloo Campus has good amenities for students and nice areas to study if you fancy a change of scenery. The library provides extensive resources, which helps me complete my assignments to the best of my ability. My accommodation has been fantastic and the underground system has ensured travelling around London has been quick and efficient.’ Zara Mahmood, Education & Professional Studies MA

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

st thomas’ campus

denmark hill campus

St Thomas’ & Denmark Hill Campuses

Institute of Psychiatry (Denmark Hill), some programmes and teaching in the School of Medicine (St Thomas’ and Denmark Hill), Dental Institute (Denmark Hill), School of Biomedical Sciences (St Thomas’)

of Parliament. The Rectory and Brian Creamer House halls are located nearby.

Location These campuses provide contrasting environments for King’s medical and dental students. Denmark Hill Campus (a few minutes’ walk from Denmark Hill station) in south London is close to the Dulwich Picture Gallery (the oldest purpose-built public art gallery in England), the Horniman Museum and Crystal Palace National Sports Centre, an international venue for athletics meetings. The St Thomas’ Campus overlooks the Thames opposite the Houses

What’s on site?

MB ER WE

NE LA R OU RB HA

A RW

St Thomas’:

DENMARK HILL

PAR IO N

• Library and IT services. See map on page 22 for St Thomas’ Campus.

LAN

Salvation Army Training College

Cicely Saunders Institute King’s College Hospital

Maudsley Hospital

GRO

E EM

Institute of Psychiatry

AN EL

IA ET

AR YP

N VE

LOUGHBOROUGH JUNCTION

Weston Education Centre

IG N

Rayne Institute

LIL

DE Dental Institute

SP CRE

Denmark Hill Campus

James Black Centre

• On-call student residences building for students on medical rotation. • Student access to the King’s College Hospital staff bar and social club. • Student/staff refectory with patio and garden quadrangle area. • Newly modernised library, IT and study facilities including a coffee lounge. • Graduate Lounge (social space for postgraduate students). • The Compass: student support desk (co-located in the WEC library) providing enquiry and support services to students, as well as facilitating access to specialist advice.

CH S T

DENM ARK HILL

Denmark Hill:

The Weston Education Centre, which opened in 1997, and the world-renowned Institute of Psychiatry are both at Denmark Hill. King’s College Hall, an accommodation that will be newly-redeveloped by autumn 2014, is a short walk away. On site at St Thomas’ is a museum dedicated to Florence Nightingale, founder of the M BNursing SchoolCAof & Midwifery ERW E LL CH UR

now at King’s. St Thomas’ is five minutes’ walk along the river from the Waterloo Campus. In addition to teaching facilities, you’ll find:

HE RN

King’s College Hall

closed for redevelopment

DE NM AR K HIL L

R NE

RUSKIN PARK

I MP

Campus investment Massive investment in our estate (over £550 million in the last decade) has reached a new stage with our acquisition of the East Wing of Somerset House, as an extension to the Strand Campus. This has given us access to one of London’s most beautiful and iconic buildings and provides stylish new accommodation for The Dickson Poon School of Law, space for arts and cultural activities, continuing education, and a learning centre. Working together with the Somerset House Trust we have created a new cultural hub for Londoners in a building which will bridge the worlds of higher education, policy and the arts.

Viewing the campuses See inside front cover for details of visiting King’s.

Key information

Fees & funding King’s provides a wide range of scholarships, some funded by the College, some by UK Research Councils, some by national governments and some by commercial sponsors. In total there are over 400 awards per year.

Fees Fees vary from programme to programme and are subject to revision each year. The following table gives an indication of fee levels for 2012 entry, but is subject to revision for 2013. Fees for all taught and research programmes can be found listed alongside individual programmes on the online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus

TAUGHT PROGRAMMES 2012 entry* yearly tuition fee minimum £ (FT, PT fees, where option available, generally 50 per cent of FT per year)

2012 entry* yearly tuition fee maximum £ (FT, PT fees, where option available, generally 50 per cent of FT per year)

Typically the lowest fees are for home/EU status students on graduate diploma level programmes

Typically the highest fees are for overseas status students on master’s level programmes

Global Institutes

7,500

15,000

Dental Institute

5,800

35,750

English Language Centre

9,150

12,800

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

6,900 (NB many programmes NHS funded)

20,800 (NB many programme NHS funded)

Institute of Psychiatry

3,350

21,200

King's Learning Institute

Contact the Institute

Equivalent or lower level qualifications

School of Arts & Humanities

4,650

15,995

School of Biomedical Sciences

4,600

23,150

The UK government has changed arrangements for home/EU students who are seeking to obtain an equivalent or lower level qualification (known as ELQ) than they already hold. This means that if a student has already studied for a qualification of an equal or higher level the College does not receive any public funding (there are some exemptions, notably teacher training qualifications).

School of Medicine

5,400

27,350

School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences

3,500

21,500

School of Social Science & Public Policy

2,300

21,250

The Dickson Poon School of Law

6,700

17,500

Students who think they fall into this category are advised to contact the admissions office for their programme for advice on how this might affect their tuition fees.

RESEARCH PROGRAMMES (MPhil/PhD) 2012 entry FT yearly tuition fee minimum £ (PT fees, where option available, generally 50 per cent of FT per year)

2012 entry FT yearly tuition fee maximum £ (PT fees, where option available, generally 50 per cent of FT per year)

Typically the lowest fees are for home/EU status students

Typically the highest fees are for overseas status students

Arts-based subjects (includes Geography research – arts based and Mathematics but excludes Law and Education)

3,900

13,800

Science-based subjects (includes Geography research – science based)

3,900

16,450

Clinical-based subjects (including MDs)

3,900

32,600

Education

3,900

13,800

Institute of Psychiatry (IoP staff)

1,250

5,000

Institute of Psychiatry (MPhil/PhD)

5,000

15,850

Institute of Psychiatry (MD Res)

3,900

13,800

Law

6,300

14,600

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

4,600

14,800

Higher Doctorate

1,000

*Tuition fees are likely to change for future years, so you should use these as a guide only and always check all programme fees with the relevant School or Admissions Office to which you are applying.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

waterloo campus

‘I applied to do research at King’s because I wanted to play a part in developing new therapies for people with Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis. I entered on our NIHR Biomedical Research Centre’s (BRC) “Clinical Research Training Fellowship” (CRTF) programme. This provided salary and consumables for an initial year allowing me to develop a research idea and gain laboratory experience. I was then successful in receiving doctoral funding from NIHR.’ James Canavan, Transplant Immunology & Mucosal Biology PhD

Instalments and deposits You can pay tuition fees in two equal instalments. If you are selffinancing and pay in full by the stipulated date you will receive a two per cent early settlement refund. For certain programmes, a fee deposit scheme is in operation. When you are offered a place to study on one of our programmes, you will be advised whether you are required to pay a deposit (likely to be around 10 per cent of the fee).

Funding When applying for postgraduate study it is important to consider availability of finances for both tuition fees and living costs. Sources of finance are wideranging and vary for individual students. The majority of students on taught or research programmes pay their tuition fees through private sources, whether by industrial sponsorship, borrowed money, or scholarships from

agencies and charities. However, King’s administers and provides an extensive range of funding opportunities throughout the year.

Scholarships King’s provides a wide range of scholarships, some funded by the College, some by UK Research Councils, some by national governments and some by commercial sponsors. In total there are over 400 awards per year. The College has also invested heavily in scholarships which are designed to attract the best students from around the world and which are awarded on merit in open competitions. For 2013, King’s will be investing in an additional 20 fully funded awards for international students and 20 more Graduate Teaching Assistantships to be allocated to Schools across the College. These 40 new awards will be added to the approximately 150 the College already funds.

King’s reputation is such that external funders (such as banks or national governments) frequently approach us about co-funding scholarships for students resident in particular countries or parts of the world. We therefore have schemes specifically for Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Commonwealth countries, Malaysia, Mexico, sub-Saharan Africa, the US and are negotiating additional scholarships for 2013 for those from Ecuador, Malaysia, Thailand, Uruguay and Vietnam. Schools and departments also fund their own scholarships and details of these can be found either in the online funding database or on School webpages.

Funding database Our online funding database lists all of these as they become available, giving information on eligibility, application procedures and closing dates. This database can be found at www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding King’s offers approximately 100 studentships per year funded by the UK Research Councils.

Key information

Fees & funding Further details about all of the issues in this section can be found on our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/study/pg/funding

somerset house east wing

Other sources of funding for overseas fee status students If you are a student who requires a student visa to study in the UK you must have sufficient funds to cover both fees and maintenance (for both yourself and any dependants in the UK) for your study. This is a condition of your student visa; more information can be found by contacting the College’s Student Advice & International Student Support Service, www.kcl.ac.uk/advice Aside from the funding available through King’s Graduate School sources of finance for overseas students may include: funding by your government or sponsorship by your employer; private sources – a student’s own savings or funds borrowed from family; scholarships and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities. Contact your nearest British Council Office or education department for advice on scholarships from your country. Additionally, some students obtain funding through scholarships and funding provided by the British Government.

Other sources of funding for home fee status students Some of the possible sources of funding for students of home fee status are: private sources; part-time work; the support of their employer; scholarships and bursaries offered by private agencies and charities; and loans. Student loans are not available for postgraduate students, but preferential rates may be obtained through some professional organisations, eg the Law Society.

Hardship funds The following funds are for students who have unexpected financial difficulties after joining the College. These funds are limited and therefore it is not possible to guarantee that all cases of hardship can be addressed.

Access to Learning Fund This fund is available for distribution to those students who can demonstrate their financial hardship with documentary evidence. Full-time and some part-time postgraduate ‘home’ registered students can apply. Please note that the Access to Learning Fund cannot be used to assist students to pay their tuition fees.

Choral and organ scholarships

International Hardship Fund The College has established a hardship fund to which international and EU fee status students can apply. Applications are accepted from those students who encounter unexpected financial hardship after joining their course of study. Contact the Student Funding Office for further details at funding@kcl.ac.uk, or see www.kcl.ac.uk/funding

Finance

The College offers about nine choral scholarships and one organ scholarship each year to students from all departments, each currently worth £350 (auditions are held between January and March). Please contact David Trendell, college organist, for more details at david.trendell@kcl.ac.uk

Living expenses Your living expenses will depend on your commitments (eg if you have children) and the lifestyle that you have. King’s provides more detailed guidance about costs and planning your money during the application process but for further guidance you can visit the following websites: www.studentcalculator.org.uk or, especially for international students, go to the Living in the UK section at www.educationuk.org

‘I am thrilled that the Medical Research Council, who funded my PhD, have awarded me an MRC early career fellowship which will allow me to stay on at King’s as a post-doctoral research fellow for an additional nine months after completing my PhD. During this time I will be able to conduct more outstanding research and add to my collection of already growing publications.’ Dipen Rajgor, Cardiovascular Research PhD

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

maughan library

‘Last year I received a grant from the Graduate School Open Competition to set up an Arts & Humanities Researchers’ Society for early career researchers at King’s. Founding and running this society has been a highlight of my time at King’s because of the people I have met through doing it, as well as the skills I’ve developed in events management, publicity and public speaking.’ Laura Speers, Culture, Media & Creative Industries PhD

International students

Paid work

All students requiring a visa to study in the UK are required by the UK Border Agency to demonstrate that they have access to at least £1000 per calendar month to cover living costs. We therefore advise all EU/ overseas students to budget this amount as a minimum. It is your responsibility to ensure that you have sufficient funds to cover all your expenses once you arrive.

Our central London location is a great benefit if you are looking to work part-time during your studies. King’s Careers & Employability advertise vacancies via their online jobs database JobOnline and provide support throughout the job hunting process, from CV writing to interview technique. Many students also work on-campus; registering for these roles is simple and convenient through the Direct Temping agency, which works alongside Careers & Employability. A wide range of work is also available in the Students’ Union.

Estimated living expenses International postgraduate student 2012-13. Single student: £12,503 Couple: £19,419

Unless your visa specifically prohibits you from working, you will generally be permitted to work up to 20 hours per week in term-time and full-time during your official College vacations.

After graduating, students with a job offer can usually apply for a Tier 2 visa, provided that their prospective employer is registered with the UKBA and the role meets certain salary requirements. More information can be found by contacting the College’s Student Advice and International Student Support Service www.kcl.ac.uk/advice

Other sources of financial support Research Councils The principal sources of funding (UK/EU students only) are: • Arts & Humanities Research Council (AHRC, www.ahrc.ac.uk) • Biotechnology & Biological Sciences Research Council (BBSRC, www.bbsrc.ac.uk) • Economic & Social Research Council (ESRC, www.esrc.ac.uk) • Engineering & Physical Sciences Research Council (EPSRC, www.epsrc.ac.uk) • Medical Research Council (MRC, www.mrc.ac.uk) • Natural Environment Research Council (NERC, www.nerc.ac.uk) • Science & Technology Facilities Council (STFC, www.scitech.ac.uk) Awards can be available for both taught programmes and research. Applications are usually made through the College. Programmes with funding are listed on our funding website database and on our online prospectus.

Key information

Applying King’s seeks to admit the brightest and the best students with the potential to make the very most of our world-class facilities and academic staff. In this section, find out how your application will be considered and how you can make the most competitive application possible. Further information is available on our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/study/pg

Online application

Entry requirements

Research degrees

Disabled students

You can apply for all of our postgraduate programmes (except the PGCE) through the King’s applicant online portal, called ‘myApplication’. This provides an easy and secure way to submit your application, references and required documents. The portal then allows you to track the status of your application, view information on King’s and respond to an offer of a place all via your own King’s webpage. International applicants can also view information specific to their needs such as information on the new UK ‘points-based’ visa system.

King’s welcomes students with a wide range of qualifications from all over the world. Our Admissions Service will consider your application on its individual merits and provide you with a decision on a timely basis.

If you would like to apply to study a research degree at King’s, your next step will depend on your area of interest:

Entry requirements vary for each programme of study. The minimum requirements for entry are included within each programme listing. You should make sure that you fulfil all the entrance requirements for the programme to which you are applying, including English language requirements if relevant. Please note that competition for places for some programmes is extremely high and that the minimum requirement given may not be sufficient to secure an offer. Please check the details given for your programme of interest and if you are unsure about what is required contact prospective@kcl.ac.uk

Supervisors in these subject areas usually devise research projects, win funding for them and then advertise them. If there is a project you are interested in, you should contact the named individual advertising the project initially, or follow any other instructions in the advertisement.

We welcome applications from disabled students. Disclosing a health condition, specific learning difficulty or disability will not affect the academic assessment of any application. It is helpful to know about the nature of any disability so we can seek to address specific needs and ascertain whether facilities are available. Simply complete the relevant sections of the application form, contact the Disability Advisory Service or the relevant School Disability Adviser prior to applying to seek advice, and ideally make an information visit.

To access myApplication, follow the instructions for applying to your course on the online prospectus (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus) We do not normally accept paper applications. However, if you are unable to access or complete our online application form please contact the Admissions Office at King’s for assistance at prospective@kcl.ac.uk Applicants for our PGCE (teacher training) programmes should apply online through the national Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR) at www.gttr.ac.uk and select King’s as one of your choices. GTTR will forward your application to King’s and we will notify you if you have been selected for interview.

Depending on your subject, there may be additional requirements for entry onto our programmes. These could include occupational health, Criminal Records Bureau or Academic Technology Approval Scheme (ATAS) clearance. ATAS applies to students who require a visa to study in the UK, and are intending to undertake study in certain science, engineering or technology subjects. (You can find more information about visas and immigration on our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/studying/pg/ international and ATAS at www.fco.gov/atas).

Sciences and health sciences:

Arts, humanities and social sciences: You are often expected to devise your own research project before applying. This is best done in conjunction with a potential supervisor so you should ensure that staff at King’s are undertaking research in the field that interests you. You can do this by viewing potential supervisors on our website where you will find a ‘staff and groups’ tab within each programme entry on our online prospectus www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus Applicants are usually encouraged to contact the potential supervisor directly before submitting an application. All applicants, once you have identified a project and a supervisor, should then submit a formal application via our online system, myApplication.

For information about the accessibility of the King’s estate, please look at DisabledGo at www.disabledgo.com This research will enable you to make a personal and realistic assessment of facilities and provision in relation to your disability, so you can decide whether the College provides you with a suitable study environment or whether you would need to request reasonable adjustments. Departments may be able to provide: adjustments to seating, handouts and book lists in advance, extended book loans, rearranged timetables, extra time for examinations, and consideration with coursework. Additional disability-related funding is available to disabled students to assist and support their learning while at King’s. For more information on this and other support initiatives, contact

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

English Natural & language Mathematical requirements Sciences (excluding MSc in Computing, IT Law and Management)

IELTS

Biomedical & Health Sciences, Dentistry, Medicine, Psychiatry, MSc in Computing, IT Law and Management

6.5 overall; minimum 5.5 7.0 overall; minimum 6.0 in all skills in all skills

Nursing & Midwifery (excluding the PGDip leading to registration),

Social Science & Public Policy (excluding Gerontology, Management) and MA Arts & Humanities (excluding MA Culture Culture & Creative & Creative Industries) Industries and MA/ MSc Creative Cities

Law, Management, Gerontology, Nursing & Midwifery leading to registration

International Pre-masters Programme (IPP)

Two year Graduate Diploma

7.0 overall; minimum 6.5 in Writing & Reading, 6.0 in Listening & Speaking

7.0 overall; minimum 7.0 in all four skills

For students joining in September: IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in listening and speaking).

For Biomedical Sciences and Scientific English: IELTS 5.5 (with no skill below 5.5)

7.0 overall; minimum 7.0 in Writing & Reading, 6.5 in Listening & Speaking

For students joining in January: IELTS 6.0 (with a minimum of 5.5 in all skills)

TOEFL (internet)

93 + minimum 24 in Reading and Writing, 22 in Listening and Speaking

100 + minimum 24 in Reading and Writing, 22 in Listening and Speaking

109 + minimum 24 in all skills

For students joining in September: 71 iBT (with a minimum of 16 in Listening and Speaking, 17 in Reading and Writing).

For International Studies and Academic English : IELTS of 6.0 (with no skill below 5.5)

80 (minimum of 18 in Reading, Listening and Writing, and 20 in Speaking )

For students joining in January: 80 iBT (no skill below 17).

Cambridge advanced

Not accepted

Contact ELC directly

Cambridge proficiency

Contact ELC directly

King's College London International Pre-master's Programme (IPP)

B+

N/A

King's College London Pre-sessional Programme (PsP)

65%

70%

N/A

60%

the Disability Advisory Service at disability@kcl.ac.uk or call on +44 (0)20 7848 3398. The website, www.kcl.ac.uk/ disability provides a range of information that might be useful to consider at this stage.

Admissions policy For further detailed information on King’s admissions policies please see www.kcl.ac.uk/study/ pg/admissions This provides applicants with answers to many more of the frequently asked questions pertaining to admissions policy.

English language requirements To follow our programmes successfully and fulfil student visa requirements, you must have a strong command of English and be able to apply this in an academic environment. International students will therefore usually be required to provide certificated proof of competence in English before starting your studies. This

requirement may be waived, but only if the College is satisfied that your previous academic record clearly demonstrates your ability to study and be examined in the English language. The table above shows our minimum requirements.

with King’s Schools. These programmes form the first year of your two-year master’s degree and are currently available for a range of master’s programmes in Social Science & Public Policy (see page 110) and Biomedical Sciences (see page 54).

For entry onto any of the English Language Centre programmes, please refer to details given on the English Language Centre’s website www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

The international pre-master’s programme is also available, with September and January entry points, which provides a more general preparation for postgraduate study in the UK. Summer pre-sessional programmes are available for those who already hold conditional degree offers but whose English is not yet at the required entry level. These programmes run throughout the summer, have different English language entry points and help you achieve the language and skills levels required for postgraduate entry. Students holding unconditional offers are also welcome to apply for the short pre-sessional.

The English Language Centre (ELC) The ELC offers a number of programmes to help students reach their required language and academic skills level for entry onto our postgraduate programmes. Successful completion of an ELC programme at the required level fulfils any linguistic entry condition. Options for those wishing to study at postgraduate level include graduate diploma programmes, which guarantee conditional offers for your chosen master’s and are run in collaboration

Key information

Accommodation King’s offers a range of accommodation options as well as advice about renting privately. Wherever you decide to live, you’ll be part of a thriving London-based student community.

moonraker point (Courtesy of UNITE)

College, nominated and University accommodation If you are a prospective fulltime postgraduate, you can apply to live in a designated King’s, University of London intercollegiate hall or nominated residence. There is a variety of accommodation on offer, including catered and selfcatered, en-suite apartments, studios and traditional halls. Lillian Penson Hall and the Rectory are reserved for postgraduate and mature students only. If you are offered a place on one of our programmes you will be able to apply online; full details are contained in the My accommodation brochure which is available online. There is accommodation at the College and intercollegiate residences for couples. Families with children may apply directly to International Hall which is one of the intercollegiate residences. Students are strongly advised not to bring dependants with them to London until they have found somewhere suitable for them to live. For current details of the accommodation, please check our website at www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm

International students We recognise how important it is for international students to secure accommodation; therefore priority is given to those who have not lived or studied in the UK before. Those who apply by 30 June and are holding an unconditional firm offer with

King’s will be included in the first round of allocations. Due to the limited number of places in our residences, it may not be possible to offer accommodation to postgraduates attending the College on a non-degree/ exchange programme applying from a partner university within the EU; such applicants are unlikely to be considered prior to the start of session. These applicants are advised to check the Accommodation Services and University of London Housing Services webpages for details of alternative private housing options and should not assume that College/nominated/ Intercollegiate accommodation will be available for the period of their stay.

Privately rented accommodation Most students will live in privately rented accommodation at some time during their studies and this provides a great opportunity to gain experience

of living in London. London offers an enormous range of accommodation; you will need to think about the options and plan well in advance, but finding a place to live outside the College/ nominated/University residences need not be a daunting task.

Here are a few pointers: • General guidance: The London Student Housing Guide is produced by the University of London Housing Services and is packed full of useful information and helpful tips. Their website also offers helpful guidance on a number of housing related topics and issues www.housing.london.ac.uk • Housing Database: The University of London Housing Services manages a comprehensive database of privately let accommodation. You can register for access from their website at www.housing. lon.ac.uk using your email address and King’s student identity number.

• Housing events: during the spring and summer, the College and University of London arrange a number of useful talks, drop-in sessions and other events for students who are planning to look for accommodation in the private rented sector; for further details on dates and venues, please visit the Accommodation Services webpages for regular updates www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm • Independent hostels and private halls: The University of London Housing Services website also provides comprehensive details of independent hostels and private halls with approximate costs and links to their websites. Lists of hostels and information on private halls are also available from the College Accommodation Services. International Students House is an example of an Independent Hostel. Please see www.ish.org.uk for more information.

‘As an international postgraduate student, my first choice was to stay at King’s halls and I was allotted accommodation at Wolfson House which I think was the best possible choice at an affordable rent in London. As an international student here it’s a big financial challenge to study abroad and especially in London, but King’s offers a range of scholarships for studying as well as accommodation.’ Fauzia Zamir, Dental Public Health MSc

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details

•T he Compass (see page 18) email thecompass@kcl.ac.uk www.kcl.ac.uk/thecompass

Example accommodation costs Type of residence rent range: (based on 2012-13 costs, 40 week let). Self-catered residences/apartments

From

Single room

£4,370.80

£4,782.40

Single ensuite room

£6,286.00

£7,800.00

Single ensuite studio at Moonraker Point

£9,200.00

Double room/flat (for a couple)

£6,426.00

Single studio (no meals) at International Hall (38 week let)

£8,312.50

Catered intercollegiate residences (38 week let)

From

Single room

£6,583.50

£6,916.00

Single ensuite room

£8,711.50

£8,489.60

Lilian Penson Hall (postgraduates only) 51 week let Share of a twin ensuite room

£6,604.50

Single ensuite room

£8,568.00

£9,817.50

Single ensuite studio

£9,639.00

£10,888.50

Double room (where kitchen facilities are included = self-catered)

£12,495.00

£13,155.45

One bedroom flat

£14,280.00

NB Family flats at International Hall (self catered and for 51 week let)

£14,637.00

• London also has a number of private halls which are not linked to a particular college or university and are provided for students. This can be more expensive but these halls are generally built to a high standard and are an opportunity to live with a diverse range of young people. Please see the Accommodation Services webpages for more information. • Finding someone to share with: The University of London Housing Services also holds a list of students who wish to share a house or flat with other students, outside the College or University accommodation.

The College and University Accommodation Services hold events in August and September to inform students about looking for private sector accommodation. They also provide an opportunity for attending students to meet and potentially form groups to house/flat hunt together. • Temporary summer and interview accommodation: A place in a College residence is usually available during the summer vacation if you need a base to look for somewhere to live and/or if attending an interview at King’s (contact King’s Conference Services, service desk).

£22,491.00

• Good planning will help prevent difficulties: The London Student Housing Guide provides lots of advice on what to do when you have found somewhere to live to ensure things don’t go wrong. This guide is available at www.housing.london.ac.uk

For further information • Accommodation Services: The Compass B1 Macadam Building Strand Campus Surrey Street London WC2R 2NS Tel +44(0)20 7848 2759 Fax +44(0)20 7848 2724 www.kcl.ac.uk/accomm

• University of London Housing Services Fourth Floor, ULU Building Malet Street London WC1E 7HY Tel +44 (0)20 7862 8880. • King’s Conference Services (for temporary accommodation during the summer vacation) Tel +44(0)20 7848 1701 Fax +44(0)20 7848 1717 • Prospective students can also contact our Student Advice & International Student support team for advice (see page 18). A limited quota of places in King’s, university and nominated residences is allocated to postgraduate students; priority for places is given to new international students who have never lived or studied in the UK before and who apply before the deadline of 30 June. Most postgraduates with a home address in the UK will find accommodation in the private rented sector. Applicants may talk with an Accommodation Services advisor in person at the Compass counter between 14.00 and 16.00 Monday to Friday or, if not convenient, book an appointment for another time. Applicants should use the online accommodation application facilities. Full details will be provided with your offer of an academic place.

Key information

hampstead residence

Accommodation map

1 Lord’s Cricket Ground 2 University of London Union 3 University Library

HAMPSTEAD HEATH

4 British Museum 5 Barbican Centre

Hampstead Residence

6 St Paul’s Cathedral 7 Tower of London and Tower Bridge

ISLINGTON

HAMPSTEAD

8 Covent Garden

Liberty House PRIMROSE HILL

9 Marble Arch 10 National Gallery and Trafalgar Square 11 South Bank Complex 12 Buckingham Palace 13 Lambeth Walk

VICTORIA PARK14 Museums

REGENT’S PARK

15 Tate Modern

BLOOMSBURY

16 Houses of Parliament 17 Westminster Abbey

Intercollegiate Halls

18 Tate Gallery

CITY WEST END

HOLLAND PARK

KENSINGTON GARDENS

HYDE PARK GREEN PARK

19 Royal Courts of Justice 20 London Eye

Moonraker Point ST JAMES’S PARK

Wolfson House

WESTMINSTER The Rectory OVAL

Great Dover Street Apartments Stamford Street Apartments

Brian Creamer House

BATTERSEA PARK

CHELSEA

DENMARK HILL CLAPHAM COMMON

RUSKIN PARK

WANDSWORTH

King’s College Hall BROCKWELL PARK

Closed for redevelopment until September 2014

PECKHAM RYE COMMON

Schools Global Institutes

Arts & Humanities

Biomedical Sciences

Dental Institute

the Dickson poon school of Law

Medicine

Natural & Mathematical Sciences

florence nightingale school of Nursing & Midwifery

Institute of Psychiatry

100

Social Science & Public Policy

110

Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Learning Institute

126

English Language Centre

127

Institute of Contemporary british History

128

Global Institutes King’s College London has established a network of Global Institutes to promote understanding of fast changing parts of the world and encourage engagement with 21st century powers. Four Global Institutes – the Brazil, Russia, India and China Institutes – focus on the influential ‘BRIC’ economies, as part of a commitment to engage with contemporary issues in these nations and to deepen international understanding of their growth challenges and opportunities. The emphasis is on the contemporary, with a remit to understand the cultural, economic and political significance of these places in the 21st century. This contemporary theme also characterises the Institute for North American Studies, which focuses on a region that continues to have great cultural, economic and political significance. The International Development Institute is designed to complement this expertise in 21st century powers, with a focus on deepening understanding and bringing positive impacts to nations and peoples with more challenging development prospects. Part of this emphasis will be an explicit focus on what lessons can be learnt for less prosperous nations and areas from understanding the dynamism of fast growing economies, alongside examining the causes and consequences of unevenness in societal gains from rapid growth.

staff Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 35

About the Global Institutes • Forming a core part of the College’s international strategy, the Global Institutes are designed to build connections – through study, staff and student exchange, research collaboration and knowledge sharing. Their mission is to understand better the key drivers for change in the 21st century and to contribute to their more effective harnessing for societal improvement. • Ideally situated in central London with unrivalled access to government, business, cultural and creative sectors, the Global Institutes act as a hub of excellence for original research and engagement with key regions, working closely with strategic university partners and King’s overseas offices in Delhi and Washington.

‘The MA programme offers students an introduction to domestic and international issues in Brazil today, as well as analytical tools for understanding the dynamics of change and continuity from historical, global, and crosscountry perspectives, especially in relation to two other BRICs, China and India, as well as Latin America. We feel that one of the most attractive aspects of this MA is the ability students will have to put developments in Brazil in context, while studying in a dynamic global city.’ Professor Anthony Pereira Brazil in Global Perspective MA, Director of King’s Brazil Institute

• The Global Institutes span the multiple disciplines offered by the nine Schools of study at King’s, covering a range of research areas from arts, humanities and cultural studies, to social science and policy, and health and medicine. They also serve as a hub for the development of long-lasting relationships with university partners in their respective countries, based on mutuality and reciprocity. • The Lau China Institute and the King’s India Institute offer joint PhD programmes with strategic partner universities overseas and further collaborative programmes of this type are expected to be developed in the near future. • The two newest Institutes – the King’s Russia Institute and the International Development Institute – will be launched in 2013 and will offer their first postgraduate programmes from October 2013.

Induction & training

Facilities

Graduate students at King’s will have access to many training programmes, services and resources to help them succeed in their chosen pathway. The Institutes offer particular opportunities and support for interdisciplinary and comparative study, and organise regular events allowing students to benefit from the resources and expertise of the Institutes as a group.

Most programmes in the Global Institutes are currently based at the College’s Strand Campus, in the heart of central London. The Maughan Library provides impressive teaching and learning facilities, and the China Institute, for example, has its own China Reading Room, housing an extensive collection of publications from China. A range of social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are provided on campus and the College’s location in the cultural and social heart of London offers students easy access to world-class museums, collections, libraries and archival resources.

Funding

Location Strand Campus Address King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Science Admissions Tel +44 (0)20 7848 7210/2574 (taught programmes) +44 (0)20 7848 7208/2555 (research programmes) Email nms-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/globalinstitutes

King’s offers a wide range of funding opportunities for taught programmes and research degrees throughout the year for UK, EU and international students. A number of dedicated PhD studentships are available in the Institutes: please check individual Institute websites for more detailed information.

Career destinations Taught degree programmes are intended to prepare graduates for both research and non-academic professional careers in government, business and the corporate sector, media and publishing, international agencies and NGOs and policy research. Research graduates have commonly gone on to pursue university-based academic careers or careers in both the public and private sector.

Global Institutes

Research opportunities • The Global Institutes offer a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of key nations and regions for the 21st century. These include a number of particularly significant countries – the USA, Brazil, Russia, India and China – as well as the group of leading middle income economies, the so-called ‘emerging markets’, and poorer nations and regions. • The Institutes are able to draw on academic expertise in a range of disciplinary departments across the College. Supervision may be provided from within the Institute or jointly with other staff from the College. • Each Institute offers a lively and thought-provoking programme of seminars, workshops and colloquia, all of which encourage interaction between graduate students, research staff and a wider audience. • The Institutes also regularly host internationally renowned visiting fellows who add an important dimension to our stimulating academic environment. Entry Requirements American Studies Research MPhil/PhD A first class or good 2:1 BA degree and/or taught MA qualification or overseas equivalents. Degrees do not have to be in American Studies but some demonstrable knowledge of American culture, history or literature is required. Brazilian Studies Research MPhil/PhD Chinese Studies Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU or NUS Contemporary India Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with NUS A master’s degree or, in exceptional circumstances only, a first class or good 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent.

American Studies Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Current number of academic staff: 3 (plus associates in a number of other departments). Current number of research students: 5. Recent publications and current research projects: see website for details www.kcl.ac.uk/globalinstitutes Partner organisations: the Department is regularly involved in collaborative partnerships with major cultural and academic institutions. Informal and formal exchange relationships for postgraduate students are in place with the University of North Carolina and the University of Hong Kong.

Staff profile Dr Uta Balbier Co-ordinator, Institute of North American Studies Research interests: • 20th Century United States. • The relationship between religion, politics, and consumerism in contemporary America. • History of U.S. sports. • Cultural history of globalisation. • Trans-nationalisation of American Studies. Current projects: • She is completing her book, Billy Graham’s Cold War Crusades. Mass Evangelism, Consumerism, and the Free World in Europe and the United States. Building on her interest in the interplay of politics, culture and the dynamics of transnational movements, she explores how US and European evangelicalism affected and in turn was changed by the creation of an international consumer culture and the political framework of the Cold War.

strand campus

The Institute of North American Studies offers a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of the United States. In addition to the academic expertise of its own staff, the Institute is able to draw on expertise in a range of disciplinary departments across the College. Research strengths cover a broad range of historical periods and disciplines, with staff committed to interdisciplinary explorations and contextual understanding. Publications and research interests include: interdisciplinary approaches to US political culture; cultural history of the US; sports and religion; globalisation of American Studies; transparency and secrecy in the digital age; the politics of knowledge production and dissemination and cultural theory; examinations of American art, literature and history from the 16th-21st centuries; relations between poetry and trends in phenomenology and aesthetics; new ways of conceptualising queer cultural history; the incarceration of Japanese Americans in the context of race discourse and the built environment; visual culture and photographic theory, history, and practice; the dialectic of the section and the nation, with particular attention to constructions of the West and the South; literatures of migration, mining, extraction and strike action; transatlantic studies and the Caribbean South. Head of Programme Dr Uta Balbier, Co-ordinator, Institute of North American Studies

Brazilian Studies Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Current number of academic staff: 4 (plus associates in a number of other departments). Current number of research students: 4. Recent publications and current research projects: see website for details www.kcl.ac.uk/globalinstitutes Partner organisations: the Institute is closely involved in the College’s key partnership with the University of São Paulo, as well as a number of other institutional and departmental partnerships in Brazil, with the possibility of research exchanges for postgraduate students.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 37

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Staff profile Dr Jeff Garmany Lecturer in Brazilian Studies Research interests: • Brazil in the twenty-first century. • The geographies of religion and their connection to governance and globalisation. • Emergent forms of civil association relative to state-based rule. • The relationships between drugs, violence and death in contemporary urban space. Current projects: • Through several years of ongoing fieldwork in a favela community in the city of Fortaleza in northeast Brazil, Dr Garmany’s research contributes to an emergent body of literature that queries the intersection of urban and community development, socio-political cohesion and governance, and global processes that are becoming increasingly important for understanding space and place contexts. • Several new research projects have emerged from this fieldwork, including an investigation of religion and spirituality and their links to governance at the community level, complicating traditional narratives of neoliberalism in Brazil and Latin America; and a consideration of the changes in Brazilian urban space that have been brought on by violence and shifting assemblages in global networks.

The King’s Brazil Institute offers a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of Brazil. In addition to the academic expertise of its own staff, the Institute is able to draw on expertise in a range of disciplinary departments across the College. Staff research interests include the history of thinking about economic development in Brazil; the relationship between access to education and labour markets in Brazil; regional inequality and economic development in Brazil; social networks and knowledge in developing countries’ city-regions (India and Brazil); governance in favelas in Brazil; religiosity and churches in poor communities in Brazil; the landless workers’ movement; globalisation and Brazil; Brazilian cinema in the 1920s and 1930s; social and cultural theory in Brazil; the military regime in Brazil; democratisation and the struggle for human rights in Brazil; new institutions of accountability in Brazilian public security.

Staff profile

Dr Suzanne Xiao Yang Lecturer in Chinese Studies and International Relations

Professor Sunil Khilnani Avantha Professor and Director, King’s India Institute

Research interests: • International Organisations, principally UN Security Council. • International Relations Theory, particularly the significance of traditional concepts in IR theorising in contemporary China. • Foreign Policy Analysis focusing on China. • Views and attitudes in China towards Global Governance as (i) a normative framework and (ii) practice for democratic governance beyond the state. Current projects: • Senior Research Fellow in International Relations (NonResidential) at the Centre for International Strategic Studies, Peking University. • Dr Yang’s first monograph book, forthcoming in the Routledge New International Relations series, is titled Conflicting Understandings, Competing Preferences: China in UN Security Council Decision-making in Relation to Iraq, 1990-2002. She is currently working on her second book on conceptions of world order and justice in contemporary China.

The Lau China Institute offers a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of China, Hong Kong, Taiwan and Singapore. The Institute is able to draw on academic expertise in a range of disciplinary departments across the College. Supervision may be provided from within the Institute or jointly with other staff of the College. Staff research interests include: comparative ethics; Confucianism and Chinese religions; contemporary Chinese culture and identity; China’s international relations; the social anthropology of contemporary China; business, social and political entrepreneurship; local governance and local public finance, migration and education. The degree may be taken as a joint degree with the University of Hong Kong or the National University of Singapore. Head of Programme Professor Xinzhong Yao, Director, Lau China Institute

Contemporary India Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with NUS

Head of Programme Professor Anthony Pereira, Director, King’s Brazil Institute

Research profile

Chinese Studies Research

Recent publications: see website for details www.kcl.ac.uk/globalinstitutes

MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU or NUS Research profile Current number of academic staff: 8 (plus affiliates in a number of other departments across the College). Current number of research students: 12. Partner organisations: the Institute is closely involved in the College’s key partnerships with Hong Kong University and the National University of Singapore, with both of which a joint degree may be taken, and also with Renmin University of China, which will allow possible research exchanges for postgraduate students.

Current number of academic staff: five (with 15 affiliates in other departments).

Current research projects: democracy in India; Jawaharlal Nehru; Legal understandings of culture in India; Subnational Political Regimes and Poverty: Small Farmers and the State; The sociology of science in 20th-century India. Partner organisations: the Institute is closely involved in the College’s key partnership with Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, with a programme of research exchanges for postgraduate students; it also receives visiting fellows from the Indian Council for Cultural Relations (ICCR) and the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI).

Research interests: • Intellectual history and the study of political thought. • The history of modern India. • Democratic theory in relation to its recent non-Western experiences. • The politics of contemporary India. • Strategic thought in the definition of India’s place in the world. Current projects: He is completing a book on India’s global role and prospects, while he continues to research studies of Jawaharlal Nehru and the history of democracy in India – two of his long-term projects.

The King’s India Institute offers a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of India. The Institute is able to draw on academic expertise in a range of disciplines. Supervision may be provided from within the Institute or jointly with other faculty within the College. Staff research interests include: the history and politics of modern India; law in contemporary India; science and technology; politics and development; security studies and international relations. Head of Programme Professor Sunil Khilnani, Avantha Professor and Director, King’s India Institute

King’s Russia Institute The King’s Russia Institute will launch its new MPhil/ PhD programme in October 2013, focussing on the study of contemporary Russia and its relations with the countries of the former Soviet Union, or Eurasia. Further details will be published in the online prospectus and on the Institute website in due course.

International Development Institute The International Development Institute will launch its new MPhil/PhD programme in October 2013, encouraging research on the following themes: the comparative investigation of emerging economies; understanding how emerging economies promote equitable or inclusive development; how far development policies from higher performing economies can be drawn on to help bring improvements to poorer regions and nations. Further details will be published in the online prospectus and on the Institute website in due course.

Global Institutes

Taught programmes • The Global Institutes offer master’s programmes with a strong focus on contemporary issues, allowing students to examine the recent social, cultural, economic and political development of specific nations/regions. • All our programmes are interdisciplinary in nature, giving students the opportunity to deepen their understanding in a range of subject areas; they also encourage students to gain a comparative perspective and to relate fundamental problems in one nation to those in another, by taking modules offered in other Institutes. • Programmes in the Brazil, Russia, India and China Institutes also offer students the opportunity to study a relevant language.

American Studies MA

Entry Requirements American Studies MA Minimum 2:1 honours degree or equivalent in an appropriate discipline (eg American Studies, English, History, Social Sciences). Brazil in Global Perspective MA China & Globalisation MSc Governance in Contemporary China MSc Modern India MA Minimum 2:1 first degree or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university. Contemporary India MRes Minimum 2:1 honours degree or equivalent. Applicants must ordinarily have 60 per cent if applying with an undergraduate degree from India, 57 per cent average if an Arts, Humanities or Social Sciences degree from the Universities of Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata or Mumbai.

Staff profile Dr Vanesa Pesqué Cela Dr Abraham Lue Lecturer in Chinese Entrepreneurship Research interests: • The political economy of entrepreneurship and private sector development in transitional and developing countries. • Entrepreneurship and China’s economic and social development. • The social and political participation of Chinese private entrepreneurs. • Local governance and public goods provision in rural China. Teaching modules: • Dissertation (module convenor). • Chinese Business in the Global Market. • Chinese Entrepreneurship.

A master’s in American Studies enables students to gain a full appreciation and understanding of American culture, politics and society within an interdisciplinary framework. Ideal foundation for research or careers in North American institutions, teaching, public relations, media and publishing or the financial sector. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Brazil in Global Perspective MA Brazil in Global Perspective offers a distinctive approach to understanding recent changes in Brazil and the causes and impacts of its social, cultural, economic and political development. Equips students with conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of contemporary issues in Brazil and allows them to study Brazil in global and comparative perspective. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September (PT students can also start in January). Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

China & Globalisation MSc China and Globalisation offers an introduction to the causes and consequences of China’s rise from comparative and global perspectives. It equips students with conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of China’s social and economic trends, enabling understanding of Chinese public policies, business strategies and modes of international cooperation. Ideal for those with career interests related to China. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

millennium bridge

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 39

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Contemporary India MRes

Modern India MA

The MRes is a research track, terminal master’s degree that provides advanced research methods training applied to the Indian context. The centerpiece of the MRes will be the production of a stand-alone piece of research in the form of a 30,000 word dissertation about contemporary India under expert supervision by members of the King’s India Institute faculty. In addition, students will be expected to demonstrate or acquire a suitable level of proficiency in a South Asian language during the course of the MRes. This research master’s programme will be tailored to the specific research interests of each individual student, directed by their supervisors and overseen by the MRes convener. The MRes can act as a preparation for further advanced academic research such as a PhD; as a means for mid-career professionals to conduct applied research to reflect on particular policy problems; for a journalist to build on a piece of investigative journalism to develop a more sustained research project; for those students interested in undertaking an extended piece of research short of a full PhD and so on.

Provides a comprehensive framework for the study of modern India and the development of expertise in one of a number of disciplinary and professional fields. Equips students to deal with the conceptual challenges relating to work in and on India and to analyse the fundamental problems of contemporary India in relation to global concerns.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Governance in Contemporary China MSc MSc Governance in Contemporary China offers a distinctive approach to understanding change and continuity in the ideas and practice of governance in contemporary China, placing in institutional and comparative perspectives China’s political and market reform experience in the post-Mao reform era, and analysing its human impact through evidence of changing Chinese identities and belief systems. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Applicants from good Indian universities normally require a 60 or above in arts, humanities or social science subjects. Professional qualifications and experience may be taken into account. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

South Asia & Global Security MA See page 125.

King’s Russia Institute The King’s Russia Institute will launch its new master’s programme in October 2013, focusing on the study of contemporary Russia and its relations with the countries of the former Soviet Union, or Eurasia. Further details will be published in the online prospectus and on the Institute website in due course.

International Development Institute The International Development Institute will launch two new master’s programmes in October 2013, one focusing on the group of leading middle income economies, the so-called ‘emerging markets’, and the other focusing on international development. Further details will be published in the online prospectus and on the Institute website in due course.

School of Arts & Humanities The School is situated in the geographic, political and cultural heart of London. Our links with the capitalâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s premier cultural institutions enable us to provide new perspectives on the arts and humanities. Our traditional disciplinary roots provide the bedrock of knowledge, allowing us to think about interdisciplinarity in pioneering ways; for example, we are an international leader in the use of digital tools for the study of the humanities. And our deep awareness of the complexities of global cultural interaction helps us shed new light on global conflict and political instability, from Europe and Latin America to South Asia and the Middle East.

staff Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 41

About the School • Arts & Humanities at King’s has been consistently ranked among the world’s top 40 facilities, moving from 6th to 4th place in the UK (QS World Rankings, 2009-12). • Staff in 13 departments in the top six nationally for research judged as world-leading and internationally excellent (RAE, 2008). • Excellent career prospects for our graduates because of our global and national reputation for research and teaching. • Thriving links to leading academic and cultural institutions in London and around the globe.

‘King’s is a marvellous base for research and teaching. I also love doing master’s level teaching here because we offer stimulating core modules in which we think about historical practice – a vital part of any postgraduate training. The friendly informal atmosphere makes working with postgraduates a real joy, and through the dissertation we get to know our students well, and probably learn as much from them as they do from us.’ Ludmilla Jordanova History Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS

• We attract speakers from the most prestigious academic institutions, from governments to cultural institutions and the world of art and literature. • We host a range of research centres, from the Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence to the Centre for the Humanities & Health. • We also hold ground-breaking interdisciplinary lectures, workshops and public events.

Induction & training The School offers workshops and specialist training in a wide variety of areas, from bibliography and palaeography to the most advanced aspects of information technology. Our research students have outstanding teaching opportunities and many have published their first articles while studying with us. The College offers a full programme of training and support for those considering an academic career. We also provide full language support in academic English for those for whom English is not their native tongue and in foreign languages as part of a wider commitment to foster an international outlook amongst students and staff. This support will assist your academic work and it also provides invaluable transferable skills.

Funding

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions King’s College London Strand Campus Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel +44 (0)20 7848 2232/7232/2765 (taught programmes) +44 (0)20 7848 7208/2736 (research programmes) Email artshums-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/artshums

Beyond the range of scholarships available through the Graduate School (see www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding), we have been particularly successful in recent years at securing awards from the Arts and Humanities Research Council (AHRC), through individual studentships and through collaborative doctoral awards. Our international students have also been extremely successful at securing funding and at receiving distinguished scholarships from their countries of citizenship. In addition, we offer a number of humanities studentships, open to all applicants for postgraduate degrees within the School. Full details of how to apply are published annually on our website. We also offer

many opportunities for students to hold teaching fellowships during their period of study.

Facilities • Dedicated postgraduate facilities at the College’s Maughan Library and Information Services Centre at Chancery Lane. • Maughan Library collections are particularly strong in the humanities and are complemented by outstanding special collections, for instance in Holocaust Studies, the history of the Cold War, and the rich collections of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office Library. • We provide a growing number of dedicated study and social spaces for research students within the School. • With one of the country’s largest populations of research students, we do everything we can to integrate them into the wider College community both intellectually and socially, to facilitate interaction and collaboration with fellow students and academic staff.

Career destinations Programmes have as varied a set of career destinations as there is variety of programmes. Destinations include arts and cultural management, media and journalism, NGOs, government and policy development, religious institutions, teaching, business and financial sections, libraries and archives, tourism, charities, as well as onwards to research programmes, teaching and academia.

School of Arts & Humanities

Research opportunities • One of the UK’s largest populations of postgraduate research students in the country. • A proven track record of outstanding completion rates. • An impressive history of placing our graduates in excellent careers. • Admission is highly selective. • You will benefit from a wide range of subject-specific and interdisciplinary research seminars both at King’s and within the University of London. • There are a growing number of joint PhD panels with faculty from our strategic partner institutions worldwide. • Expanding number of graduate teaching fellowships available.

Entry Requirements Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Research MPhil/PhD Minimum of merit overall in MA in a closely related subject, with minimum of merit in the dissertation element also.

History Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS First class or 2:1 honours degree or overseas equivalent and an MA in a related subject. This need not be history but students without history degrees will be expected to show advanced skills of analysis and historical research which their potential supervisor considers necessary.

Classics Research MPhil/PhD Normally an MA awarded with merit or distinction, in classics or a closely related subject and a first class or 2:1 BA first degree, or overseas equivalents. Comparative Literature Research MPhil/PhD MA at distinction level (or equivalent) in a subject in which the study of literature plays a significant part. A good reading knowledge of one of the European languages offered in a department at King’s. Culture, Media & Creative Industries Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with Humboldt Normally a strong first degree, ideally a first class UK Honours degree (or equivalent). Applicants should also hold a UK master’s degree (or equivalent) in a field relevant to the proposed research, having graduated with a minimum overall grade of 65 per cent, of which they must have achieved at least a score of 75 per cent in the dissertation. Digital Humanities Research MPhil/PhD An MA degree in the humanities or social sciences, with a mark of distinction or high merit, or an overseas equivalent. In exceptional circumstances, applicants holding a first class or good upper second class honours degree (or overseas equivalent) may be admitted. English Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS or Humboldt First class honours degree in English; or an MA in English with an overall grade of 65 per cent or above; or overseas equivalents. European Studies Research MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 BA or equivalent and an MA in a relevant subject area. Film Studies Research MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent and an MA with minimum 10,000 word dissertation involving substantial historical and/or theoretical research. A degree in film studies, or a subject in which film or media plays a significant part, is an advantage, although candidates from other disciplines and those returning to study will be considered on their own merits. French Research MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 first degree, usually in French (or in a combined honours degree including French), followed by a taught master’s degree with an overall grade of at least merit. Applications from candidates with other qualifications may be considered if relevant experience or equivalent qualifications can be demonstrated. German Research MPhil/PhD option of joint PhD with Stuttgart/ Sorbonne or Humboldt University, Berlin Normally a first class or 2:1 first degree in German or a relevant subject and preferably also a taught MA programme.

somerset house

Students applying from Germany would be expected to have completed six semesters of study.

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research MPhil/PhD A master’s degree in a subject appropriate to the course. In exceptional circumstances, applicants with a first class or 2:1 first degree and extensive relevant experience may be considered for entry. Equivalent overseas qualifications are acceptable. If applicants do not already hold a master’s level degree, we recommend taking one of our MA programmes before undertaking research work. Music Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU A first class or high 2:1 first degree in music; a master’s degree is normally required. Equivalent qualifications or experience may be considered. Additional requirements differ for applications to the Musicology, Composition and Performance Research pathways: please see details online. Palaeography & Manuscript Studies MPhil/PhD All students for MPhil/PhD entry will be expected to have an MA or equivalent. The department in which you will be registered may have other requirements – please see their entries for details. Philosophy Research MPhilStud/MPhil/PhD option of joint PhD with NUS or Humboldt MPhilStud: a first class degree (or equivalent) in which philosophy was the major component but particularly strong candidates with a very good 2:1 (or equivalent) are also eligible. MPhil/PhD: master’s degree in philosophy (or in linguistics for those intending to complete linguistics research); a distinction (or equivalent first class) is normally expected but particularly strong candidates with a merit (or equivalent) also eligible. Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Research MPhil/PhD Normally a master’s qualification or equivalent in a relevant subject/disciplinary area. Theology & Religious Studies Research MPhil/PhD Either an MA or, in exceptional circumstances, a first class or good upper second class honours degree. Previous studies should normally have included a dissertation, or equivalent, demonstrating ability to present the result of independent study and research.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 43

STUDENT PROFILE: Rachel O’Neill, Culture, Media & Creative Industries MPhil/PhD ‘For those working at interstices of cultural studies, gender theory, critical psychology and sociology, the Centre for Culture, Media & Creative Industries Research (CMCI) provides an exciting and dynamic intellectual environment. The department’s unique programme of study incorporates weekly seminars and specialist research training, as well as frequent outings to the CMCI local over the road!’

Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 6. Research students: 15. Research income: we attract grants from AHRC, Leverhulme, ESRC, charitable institutions in Greece and Cyprus and other funding bodies. Recently our InsAph project has attracted £305,000 (AHRC), our Prosopography of medieval Arabic sources, £124,000 (Leverhulme).

We offer an outstanding range of research expertise, attracting research students from across the world. Research areas include: Greek literature (especially fiction) since the 12th century; Byzantine history; Greek history in the 19th and 20th centuries; Discourse analysis and sociolinguistics of modern Greek; Byzantium and the West; Archaeology, architecture and economic history of Byzantium and the Levant from late antiquity to the late medieval period; Material culture of Cyprus in the Byzantine period. Students have opportunities to present and discuss their work at weekly Modern Greek Studies seminars, intercollegiate meetings at the Institute of Classical Studies and regular Greek linguistics seminars at King’s. We have strong links with cultural institutions in London, including the British Museum and the Hellenic Centre. Head of Programme Professor David Ricks

Classics MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score: 30 per cent at 4* and 35 per cent at 3*. Research environment: 75 per cent at 4* and 25 per cent at 3*.

Comparative Literature MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score: 13 out of 14 departments ranked amongst the top six departments nationwide. Academic staff: 15. Research supervision: coordinated by the Postgraduate and Research Committee, it links some of the highest-rated literature teaching departments in the country.

We welcome applications from students with research interests in any area of modern or medieval and classical literature in the western European languages. Special research focuses include: the classical tradition, postcolonial literatures and relations between modern literature and the visual arts. Current PhD topics include: space in the 19th-century European novel; terror in English and French novels of the city; metonymy in ancient Greek and German poetry. Current staff research projects include: Theory of poetic language; prison writing; European surrealism; the tradition of melancholy, from antiquity to 1800; legacies of French theory since 1968; verse translation; religion and literature; history of the novel since antiquity; the concept of literature in the late medieval and early modern periods; the apocalypse in European literature. Head of Programme Professor Javed Majeed

Culture, Media & Creative Industries MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with Humboldt Research profile Current staff: 13.

Esteem indicators: 100 per cent at 4*.

Current PhDs: 19.

Academic staff: 22.

Research funded by: AHRC, ESRC, UN agencies, (international) National and Urban governments and bodies.

Research students: 17.

We supervise research across an exceptionally wide range of topics in Greek, Roman and Near Eastern history, archaeology and art, as well as Greek and Latin language, literature and thought, late antique and Byzantine studies and reception studies. Areas of expertise strengthened by recent staff appointments include: Medieval Latin, Roman mosaics and mosaicists, and ancient Persia. We regularly attract research funding. Recent grants from the AHRC, the British Academy and the Leverhulme Trust have funded major projects on the digitisation of Greek inscriptions, the economy of Greek and Roman Egypt, freedmen in the Roman world, Classical Greek poetic style, ancient pantomime and philosophy under the Roman Empire. Students attend and present their work at regular departmental research seminars and intercollegiate meetings at the Institute of Classical Studies. We collaborate closely with the British Museum and the Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s. Head of Programme Dr Hugh Bowden

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

and digital activism. Our approach is international in perspective and is characterised by a productive engagement of the theoretical and empirical. We work in an interdisciplinary mode: although we are based in the School of Arts & Humanities, much of our research has roots in the social sciences. Head of Programme Dr Joanne Entwistle

Digital Humanities MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 16. Research students: 20. Research income: £1.8m in 2011-12.

Research is methodological, interdisciplinary, and collaboratively supervised. It focuses on the intersection of digital tools and methods with one or more artefacts or processes studied in the humanities or interpretative social sciences. It varies in emphasis on practical, experimental and theoretical work. Modelling may be used to raise the epistemological question (how we know what we somehow know); to explore implications of evidence too abundant, fragmentary, elusive or complex for other approaches; or to develop entirely new views of a subject. Theoretical models may be developed for poorly understood or emergent digital phenomena. Examples include: reconstruction of historical persons from scattered evidence; imagining of diasporic communities online; modelling of literary context; exploration of the relationship between verbal description and visual representation; or formation of identity in online games. In addition to these areas, Digital Humanities is developing links with CMCI that allow broad exploration of the meaning of digital cultures and the information so ciety, with particular emphasis on social networks and digital industries, digital ontologies and political action online. Head of Programme Professor William McCarty

staff profile Professor Andy Pratt Professor of Culture, Media & Economy Research interests: • Cultural work. • Social milieu of cultural activity. • Cultural policy. • Urban cultural clusters. • Cultural and creative industries policy.

CMCI carries out world-leading research across the field of culture, media and the analysis of particular creative industries. Specialisms include cultural work, creative cities, visual cultures, popular culture, cultural and creative industries policy, cultural management, entrepreneurship and cultural production, cultural regeneration, cultural history, culture and identity, and intersectionality and culture. CMCI is also developing, in concert with Digital Humanities, research into digital cultures, particularly into social networks, digital identities

English MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS or Humboldt Research profile Academic staff: 23. Research students: 38. Research income: AHRC/Leverhume/British Academy combined: £300,000.

King’s is a vibrant critical environment within which to undertake literary, critical and performance studies in English, across all historical periods. We have long established strengths in the study of literature in socio-cultural contexts, in addition to international expertise in such areas as: AngloSaxon and medieval studies; Shakespearean studies; theatre and performance; gender and sexuality; the theory and practice of biography, letter-writing and life-writing; postcolonialism; Irish studies; the fin de siècle; literature and visual cultures; modernism; literature and media; literature and medicine; 18th century studies; Victorian studies. Head of Programme Professor Josephine McDonagh

School of Arts & Humanities

STUDENT PROFILE: Elena Woolley, Film Studies MPhil/PhD ‘I decided to return to King’s to do my PhD after an incredible MA year at the College. Besides being in about the most ideal location for a film studies course (between London’s cinematic heart in Leicester Square and BFI Southbank), the course was inspiring, and the staff supportive. I am constantly amazed by the opportunities and support that the College and the film department provide, with seminars and opportunities to improve academically seemingly at every turn. I know that I am a better academic for having studied at King’s.’

European Studies MPhil/PhD

French MPhil/PhD

Research profile

Academic staff: 13.

RAE score: ranked second nationally.

Research students: 21.

Full-time members of staff (all research active): 14.

Research income: the contributing departments receive research income from the Arts and Humanities Research Council, the British Academy and other institutions.

Research students: 15.

We offer research supervision for MPhil and PhD dissertations on a variety of areas within European & International Studies. Specialisations include European and national identities; Europeanisation; European and national political thought; EU foreign and security policy; democratisation and statebuilding; modern social theory; contemporary European and world history; globalisation; international political economy; migration; social movements; the politics of culture. Head of Programme Professor Alex Callinicos

Film Studies MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 12. Research students: 33.

Our department offers research strengths in all periods of French literature, modern French history and politics, Francophone literature and French thought. There are several active research seminars and reading groups in which staff and research students participate. We provide training and individual guidance on research methods, writing research proposals, applying for funding and presenting research papers. In conjunction with the Modern Language Centre, we recently established a pioneering programme of specialist training in advanced French language and pedagogy for postgraduate students, to help them prepare to teach French at university level and to publish their research in French. Current students are working on topics across the whole range of French literary studies. Many of our recent PhD graduates have gone on successfully to academic posts or postdoctoral fellowships. Head of Programme Professor Simon Gaunt/Dr Johanna Malt

staff profile Professor Ginette Vincendeau Professor in Film Studies Research interests: • French cinema, especially popular genres (thriller, film noir, heritage, comedy) and stars. • European cinema. • Film history. • National identity. • Trans-national cinema. • Women’s cinema.

The Department of Film Studies is the leading centre for the study of cinema in London, a position it has consolidated through recent appointments and our unique facilities for film research. We have research strengths in three major areas: European cinema, cultural approaches and film theory. Staff publications and research encompass national cinemas together with popular European genres and stars, art cinema, documentary and the avantgarde. Cultural approaches extend to a wider range of films (American and Asian as well as European), including the representation of the city, national and transnational identity in film, popular Asian cinema, gender and ethnicity, the relationship between film and new media and special effects. Work in the area of film theory addresses the relationship between film studies and other disciplines, such as philosophy, psychoanalysis, geography, music and art history. Head of Programme Dr Sarah Cooper

German MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with Stuttgart/Sorbonne or Humboldt Research profile RAE score: German Department is top in London, second in the UK, with 25 per cent of research at 4* and 35 per cent at 3* in terms of its ‘originality, significance and rigour’. Research income: over £1m since 2001. Academic staff: 12.

History MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS Research profile RAE score: highest (5*) rating in 1992, 1996 and 2001, and in 2008 60 per cent of the department’s research was rated ‘world-leading’ or ‘internationally excellent’. Academic staff: 34. Research students: 96. Research income: over £2 million recently, from the AHRC, Leverhulme Trust, British Academy and Wellcome Trust.

We have a long and distinguished tradition in world leading, cutting-edge research and our staff and research students are fully engaged in original historical scholarship, ranging from antiquity to the present day. We have strong links across the College, including with the King’s Institute for Contemporary British History, which incorporates History & Policy, and the Department for Digital Humanities. Research students are encouraged to attend and present their work at regular seminars in the department and at the Institute of Historical Research (IHR). We also offer opportunities for research students to acquire paid teaching experience within the department, with full training provided. Head of Programme Dr Adam Sutcliffe

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 7 (plus a School teaching fellow and additional staff from Theology & Religious Studies, Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies). Research students: 55. Research income: £10,000 for Radical Islam in Europe. £45,000 for the Uses of Foreign Aid in the Middle East.

Research students: 11.

We have internationally-recognised research strengths in all periods of German literature, film and cinema studies, literary and cultural theory, the history of ideas, history and politics, and comparative literature. In addition to our King’sbased PhD programme, we also offer a range of innovative joint-PhDs with partner universities including the Humboldt University Berlin, the University of Stuttgart and the University of Paris, Sorbonne. We run multiple research seminars in which both staff and students participate, both at King’s and with our international partners. Current students are working on topics including 20th century literature, the German bestseller, contemporary theatre, contemporary German cinema, transnational cinema reception, satire in the Early Modern period, queer theory, German historiography and theories of totalitarianism. Head of Programme Professor Erica Carter

Staff profile Professor Rory Miller Professor in Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Professor Rory Miller is Director of the Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Programme at King’s College London. Research areas: • The history of Zionism and anti-Zionism. • EU and US involvement in the Middle East with special reference to the Arab-Israeli conflict. • Euro-Arab economic relations. • The EU and the Gulf-Cooperation Council. • The socio-economic development of the Gulf. • Entrepreneurship and innovation in the Middle East. • Irish foreign policy. • The economic development of small states.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 45

A PhD student at King’s has uncovered four previously unseen stories by Katherine Mansfield, the prolific modernist writer. Chris Mourant, who is studying for a PhD in the Department of English, discovered the works along with several photographs in the King’s College London Archives.

Our research programme offers a unique and exciting environment for the in-depth study of the varied aspects of the Mediterranean and Middle East. The programme has attracted students from all over the Middle East and Mediterranean (including Egypt, Israel, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey), as well as Europe, Japan, Canada and the United States who are carrying out research in areas as diverse as the Middle East peace process; the history of Zionism; Greek-Turkish foreign relations; Euro-Arab and Euro-Mediterranean political and economic relations; Israel’s foreign and domestic policy; the foreign policy of the Arab world. Head of Programme Professor Rory Miller

Music MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU Research profile Academic staff: 16. Research students: 36 FT and 12 PT.

The department has an international reputation for research in musicology, ethnomusicology and composition. We are particularly strong in Western music from the 17th century to the present day, jazz, medieval music, opera, performance studies, cognition and the musical cultures of the Middle East, South Asia and Brazil. In addition to PhD programmes in musicology (thesis of maximum 100,000 words) and in composition (portfolio with technical commentary), we offer an innovative Performance-Research programme in which performance materials (eg concerts, recordings) combine with a 50,000-word thesis to explore a significant and clearly-defined research question. Joint PhDs available: opportunities exist to gain a joint PhD with Hong Kong University or with King’s own Department for Digital Humanities. Head of Programme Dr Andy Fry (Musicology/Ethnomusicology); Professor Silvina Milstein (Composition)

Palaeography & Manuscript Studies MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 10+ (across department). Research students: 50 FT and 30 PT.

Palaeography is taught in most departments across the School of Arts & Humanities and students wishing to carry out research in palaeography should approach the relevant department. Current specialists work in areas of study such as classics, Byzantine and modern Greek studies, English, French, history (especially medieval history), Spanish and digital humanities.

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Philosophy MPhilStud/MPhil/PhD,

Research staff: 21.

Our commitment to all areas of Spain, Portugal, Brazil, Lusophone Africa and Latin America, combined with the wide-ranging teaching and research interests of the staff, means that we are able to offer an unrivalled choice of supervision topics for postgraduate study.

Research students: 60.

Head of Programme Professor Catherine Boyle

option of joint PhD with NUS or Humboldt Research profile RAE score: 35 per cent at 4*, 40 per cent at 3*.

Research income: £3 million in last six years.

We are strong in all areas of analytic philosophy, with particular strengths in the history of philosophy, philosophy of mind & psychology, metaphysics and philosophy of science, ethics & politics and philosophy of language & linguistics. We also co-operate closely with the other philosophy departments in London which gives us access to a wide range of further specialisations in philosophy. The Department offers two kinds of research degree: Master of Philosophical Studies (MPhilStud) and PhD. The MPhilStud is a two-year research degree: students work on three topics (producing 2 x 5,000 word essays for each) and write a 30,000word dissertation. The general MPhilStud offers a wide range of options to choose from, one of which must be historical. We also offer specialised MPhilStuds in Ancient Philosophy and in Philosophy of Psychology. Head of Programme Professor Maria Rosa Antognazza

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score: 65 per cent of research ranked as 3* & 4*. Academic staff: 17. Research students: 25.

Staff profile Professor David Treece Camoens Professor of Portuguese Research interests: • Brazilian Culture and Literature. • Popular Music Studies. • Literary Translation from Portuguese. • Afro-Brazilian culture and politics.

Spanish was first taught at King’s in 1831, only two years after the College’s foundation and the teaching of Portuguese in British universities was pioneered by King’s in the 1860s. Since the establishment of the Cervantes Chair in 1916 and the Camoens Chair in 1919, the College has become a world-leading centre for Spanish and Portuguese studies. The creation of the Department of Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies continues this tradition of innovation and research strength. The Department offers a wide range of research supervision with opportunities for cross-disciplinary supervision.

Theology & Religious Studies MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE score: joint third in the UK for world-leading research or research of international excellence. Academic staff: 21. Research students: 60.

Staff profile Professor Ben Quash Professor of Christianity & the Arts Research interests: • Theological aesthetics, with a particular interest in Hans Urs von Balthasar’s work. • Literature, drama, the visual arts and music, in their intrinsic theological interest. • How arts can stimulate renewed theological engagement with the Bible. • Christian ethics, especially as shaped by liturgy and scripture.

The lively research-orientated atmosphere of our department offers a stimulating environment for postgraduate research. The department represents a broad range of overlapping research areas. Students can pursue traditional areas of study through theology (systematics; philosophical theology; patristics and medieval theology; history of christianity in the reformation and modern period; biblical theology; ethics; business ethics; christianity and the arts) and biblical studies (literary, ideological and theological approaches to the hebrew bible; second temple judaism, gender and the Dead Sea scrolls; New Testament studies, including biography, genre, environment and ethics). Central to our department too is the social scientific study of religion (anthropology, sociology, history and politics), together with philosophy of religion, the world of Jews in modern Europe, contemporary Islamic thought and Chinese religions. Head of Programme Professor Paul Janz

School of Arts & Humanities

Taught programmes • We provide ground-breaking insights through new approaches into the arts, humanities, and social sciences. • Many of our programmes provide new perspectives on the Arts and Humanities through thriving partnerships with prominent partners, including the Foreign and Colonial Office, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, the National Gallery, the British Museum and the British Library. • We give an innovative edge to traditional subjects, but also push interdisciplinary boundaries in programmes like Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies, Literature & Medicine, Eighteenth-Century Studies, Cultural & Creative Industries, Digital Culture & Society and International Political Economy.

CULTURE & CREATIVITY Entry Requirements Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in music, although those with alternative qualifications or experience may be considered. Creative Cities MA/MSc Cultural & Creative Industries MA Minimum 2:1 honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in any discipline. For those returning to study, evidence of appropriate experience will be required. A written personal statement, emphasising both qualifying background and reasons for selecting this programme, will be required. A sample of academic writing should be submitted. Digital Asset Management MA Minimum 2:1 first degree or overseas equivalent in any discipline and/ or substantial work experience involving the creation and/or management of digital resources. Digital Culture & Society MA Minimum 2:1 honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in any discipline. For those returning to study, evidence of appropriate experience will be required. A written personal statement, emphasising both qualifying background and reasons for selecting this programme, will be required. Digital Humanities MA 2:1 honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in any arts or humanities subject; familiarity with basic computer use, including email and word processing. Digital Information & Asset Management MA The programme will consider applicants who have completed a BA or equivalent degree in Library and Information Science or a related discipline. Strong applicants with majors in other fields will also be considered. A minimum UK first degree of 2:1 or overseas equivalent is expected. Film Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in film studies or a subject in which film or media plays a significant part (candidates from other disciplines may be considered) Music MMus First class or high 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in Music, although those with alternative qualifications or experience may be considered.

Staff profile Dr Ruth Adams Lecturer in Cultural & Creative Industries Research interests: • National identities and the discourse of ‘heritage’. • Youth subcultures. • Cultures of the Left. • Cultural institutions and society. • Cultural consumption and social class. • Postcolonial identities and culture.

Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert Allows students to meet individual goals to pursue a particular interest in musicology or composition. Ideal as a step into further research or to develop skills in the media, arts and other related bodies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Creative Cities MA/MSc An innovative joint programme between Culture, Media and Creative Industries and Urban Geography that critically examines the ideas, practices and policies of creative cities. The focus is on the intersections of culture and the city and the economic, social and cultural consequences. The programme has an international scope and draws on interdisciplinary foundations. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Cultural & Creative Industries MA A unique interdisciplinary programme that draws on studies in cultural theories, cultural history, management, geography, cultural policy, gender and fashion and makes use of London arts and cultural links with Tate Modern, Southbank Centre and the British Film Institute. Leads to careers in major cultural and creative organisations and smaller creative businesses. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; occasionally other London locations.

strand campus

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 47

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Digital Asset Management MA Studying at the Department of Digital Humanities, the largest and most prestigious department in its field, gives you access to unrivalled expertise in creation, management and preservation of digital materials; the world’s most important cultural institutions. For careers in cultural heritage institutions or commercial organisations. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Digital Culture & Society MA A unique opportunity to explore the many forms of digital culture and their profound effects on society from various angles. Graduates of this programme will have gained the analytical tools required for understanding how digitisation and internet technologies shape modern culture. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Duration Two years FT, September to September. Students spend four semesters over the course of two years on the programme: two consecutive semesters at Humboldt and two semesters at King’s, beginning the programme at Humboldt in all cases. Location Strand Campus in London; Institut für Bibliotheks – und Informationswissenschaft in Berlin.

Film Studies MA (Film & Philosophy pathway available) Study at the leading centre for Film Studies in London. Extensive range of options covering all aspects of film style, representation, spectatorship and philosophical approaches. Available Film and Philosophy pathway permits students to explore the relationship between film, philosophers and philosophical ideas and to forge their own filmphilosophical encounters. Perfect location close to BFI Southbank, Southbank Centre and Tate Modern. Ideal for careers in the Media, Arts and related Culture Industries, or preparation for further study. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Staff profile Dr Btihaj Ajana Lecturer in Culture, Digital Humanities & Creative Industries Research interests: • New media and digital technologies. • Subjectivity, identity, embodiment and singularity (bio)ethics. • Politics of borders, immigration, citizenship, and security. • Continental philosophy and psychology.

Digital Humanities MA Study at the Department of Digital Humanities, the largest and most prestigious department in its field. Learn application of digital tools and methods to the textual, visual and material data of the humanities. Leads to careers in the cultural heritage sector, publishing and other creative industries, as well as providing a solid foundation for doctoral research.

Music MMus Specialise in either musicology or composition by selecting from a wide range of modules inside and outside the department. Ideal as a foundation for further research or composition at doctoral level or to build on existing skills.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and British Library.

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA See page 53.

English: 1850-Present MA Explores a range of topics and texts from the mid-19th century to the present. Students receive training in research and writing skills in preparation for the completion of a large-scale research project within a research environment which values scholarly inquiry and independence of thought. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Staff profile Professor Clare Brant Professor of Eighteenth-Century Culture & Literature

Location Strand Campus.

ENGLISH LITERATURE & PERFORMANCE

Research interests: • 18th-century literature and culture. • Feminism, gender and cultural studies. • Life-writing.

Entry Requirements Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA English: 1850-Present MA Life Writing MA Medieval English: Sex, Gender & Culture MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in English or in a subject in which English plays a significant part; other well-qualified candidates may be considered.

Location Strand Campus.

Shakespeare Studies MA

A unique opportunity to gain a joint master’s degree from two world leading institutions: Humboldt University in Berlin and King’s. The dual locations of Berlin and London offer unparalleled access to major memory and cultural organisations including internship opportunities. The programme provides an advanced level of theoretical knowledge and practical training in the creation, curation and management of digital information and media assets and equips students to take up leadership roles in organisations across the public and private sectors.

Taught with the British Library, this is a unique opportunity to study early modern literary works, including Shakespeare, in light of recent critical approaches and as print and manuscript material artefacts. Ideal foundation for doctoral work and careers in the arts, education, curatorship and broadcasting.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Digital Information and Asset Management MA

Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA

2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in English, Drama or an equivalent subject. You will be required to submit a sample of your written work on a relevant topic. Theatre & Performance Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent – US applicants should have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.3), in Theatre, Performance Studies, English or related fields. Strong interest and/or engagement in performance practice an asset.

Life Writing MA Combine study of the theory and history of life writing from the 18th century to the present, with the possibility of researching and writing a practical exercise in biography. Receive training in research and writing skills for the completion of a large research project. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of Arts & Humanities

STUDENT PROFILE: Ann von Below, European & International Studies MPhil/PhD ‘I had a great deal of faith in King’s as an institution, having done my MA here and it being my first choice when applying for a PhD. I recall finding the academic staff of the Department of European & International Studies accomplished and inspirational, and I still do. I am also greatly enjoying the exchange with more experienced PhD students in the department.’

Medieval English: Sex, Gender & Culture MA Explore medieval literature and language from three inter-connected perspectives: gender and sexuality studies; cultural studies (especially cultural approaches to the study of medieval religious texts); and the relation between verbal and visual artefacts, complementing the department’s strengths in manuscript, lexical and source studies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Nineteenth-Century Studies MA See page 53.

Shakespeare Studies MA Taught in collaboration with Globe Education, Shakespeare’s Globe. Advanced critical and textual study of the plays of Shakespeare and his contemporaries through this unique collaboration. Optional modules cover Jacobean theatre and culture, Shakespeare on film, global Shakespeare, plus training in methodologies and editing. Destinations: PhD and academic work, theatre and the arts, arts administration, publishing. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe.

Theatre & Performance Studies MA Unique opportunity to pursue interests in theatre and performance studies in the heart of London. Rigorous theoretical inquiry complemented by the opportunity to engage hands-on in performance, archival and curatorial practice through self-directed research and internship programmes. Ideal basis for a PhD in the field or further work in the arts. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus. Some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

European Studies MA

GLOBAL POLITICS Entry Requirements Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree, or overseas equivalent, in an appropriate subject, such as in history, politics, international relations or languages. European Public Policy MA International Political Economy MA Political Economy of the Middle East MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a subject relevant to the intended area of study. European Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent), in a subject relevant to the intended area of study (mainly European studies, politics, international relations, history, social sciences, law and modern languages). Students wishing to follow a country-based path must be fluent in either French or German and must provide evidence that they have degree-level (or equivalent) French or German.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; French/German pathways study in Paris or Berlin in the second semester.

International Political Economy MA Explore main theoretical assumptions, issues and research areas of international political economy as a discipline. Intellectual and practical skills developed through core and optional modules which include international organisations, development, research methods for social sciences, international economics and options on the political economy of India, Brazil & Latin America, China & eastern Asia and the Middle East. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Staff profile Dr Stacey Gutkowski Lecturer in Conflict Studies Dr Stacey Gutkowski joined King’s as lecturer in Conflict/Post Conflict Studies in September 2011. Research interests: • Secularism, Islam and security politics. • Culture and warfare. • Critical and postcolonial theory.

Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA A research-led master’s offering comprehensive comparative study on the causes and consequences of revolution, civil war, conflict regulation and truth and reconciliation in divided societies from the Middle East to South East Asia and beyond. Broad choice of modules. Possible careers include the UN, EU, diplomacy, journalism and the City. Duration One year FT, two years PT. September to September.

Staff profile

Location Strand Campus.

Dr Kelina Gotman Lecturer in Theatre & Performance Studies

European Public Policy MA

Research interests: • Theatre and Performance History and Theory. • Cultural Theory. • Science, Nature and Performance, including Medicine and Psychiatry. • Dance. • Heritage. • Institutions.

Aims to deepen understanding of contemporary European politics, history and society. As an interdisciplinary programme, it draws on the expertise of five highly ranked departments at King’s and a vibrant research community, recently designated as a Jean Monnet Centre of Excellence.

Provides conceptual and research tools for the critical analysis of public policy and a broad political and historical approach to European and international studies. Also attracts high-profile people to lead seminars. Ideal for employment in the EU, business, public service, research and teaching. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA Expert interdisciplinary research-led teaching in the contemporary history, international relations, security, culture, languages and politics of the Mediterranean and Middle East. Broad choice of modules. Possible future careers include working in the United Nations, EU, diplomacy, journalism and the City. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Political Economy of the Middle East MA Designed to attract high calibre students by offering an in-depth analysis of major scholarly debates in the political economy of the Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region, this unique interdisciplinary programme aims to improve students’ understanding of the political systems and regimes and their approaches to economic development. Taught within an expert interdisciplinary researchled teaching institution. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 49

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

LANGUAGES, LITERATURES & CULTURES Entry Requirements Classical Art & Archaeology MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology or a closely related subject. Some knowledge of Latin, Greek or another ancient language is a prerequisite. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course before the start of your MA studies. Classical Studies Grad Dip 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a subject other than Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History or Classical Archaeology.

Modern Greek Studies (Interdisciplinary) MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a humanities subject. A competent working knowledge (equivalent to A grade at A-level) in Modern Greek. Graduates of universities in Greece should have a minimum average grade of 7.5 and those from Cyprus should have a minimum grade of 8.0 in a ptychion. Applicants from Cyprus should note that GCE ‘O-level English is not an acceptable qualification for study at this level. Modern Greek Studies (Literature) MA Modern Greek Studies (Sociolinguistics) MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent). Graduates of universities in Greece should have a minimum average grade of 7.5 and those from Cyprus should have a minimum grade of 8.0 in a ptychion. For all students, a competent working knowledge of Modern Greek is required. Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies MA

Classics MA 2:1 undergraduate degree with honours (or overseas equivalent) in Classics, Classical Studies or a closely related subject. Candidates must be able to read texts in Latin and/ or Greek. Comparative Literature MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree, (or overseas equivalent), in an appropriate subject, such as in history, politics, international relations or languages. Critical Methodologies MA 2:1 honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a humanities discipline. We may consider other qualifications if you can demonstrate relevant experience. French Literature & Culture MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in French or in a combined honours degree including French. US applicants should have GPA 3.3 or above. We may consider other relevant experience or qualifications where appropriate.

2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a relevant subject/disciplinary area.

Classical Art & Archaeology MA Advanced study of Greek and Roman art and archaeology, with unique opportunity to acquire technical skills provided by optional modules in papyrology, epigraphy and palaeography. Intercollegiate programme with options taught at King’s, UCL and Royal Holloway, with close links to the Institute of Classical Studies. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

German & Comparative Literature MA German & Comparative Literature MRes 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in German (in exceptional cases a very high proficiency of German reading knowledge may be acceptable). Greek Tradition MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent). Graduates of universities in Greece should have a minimum average grade of 7.5 and those from Cyprus should have a minimum grade of 8.0 in a ptychion. The programme does not require prior knowledge of Greek, but offers the opportunity to acquire the language (ancient or modern). Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a humanities subject. Graduates of universities in Greece should have a minimum average grade of 7.5 and those from Cyprus should have a minimum grade of 8.0 in a ptychion. Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a humanities subject with a significant element relating to classical antiquity or the Middle Ages. Graduates of universities in Greece should have a minimum average grade of 7.5 and those from Cyprus should have a minimum grade of 8.0 in a ptychion. If you do not have a formal qualification in any ancient language you may still be considered if you take at least a basic course before the start of your MA studies.

Classical Studies Grad Dip Ideal as a bridge to study at MA level or beyond if you are new to classics and ancient history. Choose from over 40 optional modules on a wide range of topics, including Greek & Roman Literature, Greek & Roman History, Classical Art & Archaeology and Late Antique & Byzantine Studies, as well as Ancient Greek & Latin Language. Leads to MA study or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors.

Staff profile Professor Roland Mayer Professor of Classics Research interests: • Latin literature. • Roman culture. • Main publications are commentaries on texts (Lucan, Horace, Tacitus, Seneca). • Writing for journals ranges across a wider spectrum of interest (philological, literary history, reception).

Comparative Literature MA Compares literatures in western European languages, from antiquity to modernity, alongside selected literatures from Africa, the Middle East, China and South Asia. Core courses on comparative methodology and theory. An ideal foundation for research and careers in teaching, journalism, the arts. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

STUDENT profile Anne Mulhall Comparative Literature MPhil/PhD ‘Access to the varied departmental Graduate School and Institute of Germanic and Romance Studies seminars and to the libraries across the University of London, means there is rarely a dull moment. Being involved with the BBC Bush House Book Club, the British Film Institute and a small performance group at King’s has added to my social and cultural experiences.’

Critical Methodologies MA

Location Strand Campus.

A unique interdisciplinary taught programme focused on the study and applications of critical theory. Wide range of optional modules across humanities and social science disciplines. For students with humanities degrees to further knowledge and/or prepare for PhD study or careers in teaching, journalism, the media, arts.

Classics MA

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Duration Nine months FT, 18 months PT, September to June.

Advanced study of the classical world in worldleading department, with focus on Greek and Latin language and literature. Intercollegiate programme with options taught at King’s, UCL and Royal Holloway, with close links to the Institute of Classical Studies. Compulsory colloquium: Undertaking Research in Classics. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Location Strand Campus.

French Literature & Culture MA Provides teaching based on research culture, with core modules on research methodology and critical theory plus a wide choice of optional modules from Medieval Occitan to Contemporary French Women’s Writing. Ideal preparation for research or careers in teaching, journalism, cultural management, financial sector and the EU. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of Arts & Humanities

Gregg Whelan, Creative Research Fellow at King’s, and Gary Winters launched a 30-foot sailing boat to mark the London 2012 Cultural Olympiad. The boat was created from hundreds of wooden objects donated from across the South East of England, including a tiny piece of the Mary Rose.

German & Comparative Literature MA

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA

Explores German culture within its European context, with teaching based on the research specialisms of the department. The core course provides students with training in critical research methods and theory, strengthened by a choice of exciting optional modules from literature, cinema and cultural studies. The MA is an ideal basis for further research, as well as a preparation for careers outside of academia.

Advanced study of the history and culture of the Eastern Mediterranean world, from the foundation of Constantinople in 330 to the fall of the Byzantine Empire in 1453. Wide range of modules in research skills (languages, palaeography, epigraphy, papyrology) and history, literature, culture, philosophy and theology. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies MA Enables students to deepen and broaden their understanding of the Hispanic and Lusophone world, while also providing the opportunity to concentrate on a disciplinary or country-specific focus of interest. The programme covers literature, language, history and culture from medieval times to the present and covers Spain, Portugal, Brazil, Lusophone Africa and Latin America.

Location Strand Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

German & Comparative Literature

Location Strand Campus and other University of London institutions.

Location Strand Campus.

MRes Deepen and broaden your knowledge of German literature as an academic subject within a European context. Taught by internationally renowned scholars within the UK’s second highest ranked German department. Provides an ideal foundation for further academic study, research and a career in academia. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Greek Tradition MA Advanced study of the Greek-speaking world, from the second millennium BC to the modern day. Large number of staff with relevant expertise provides an exceptional range of research-led options in language, literature, culture, history and thought. Compulsory modules: Perceptions of the Past & Retelling Ancient Myths. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Language & Cognition MA See page 51.

Language & Cultural Diversity MA See page 117.

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip Ideal as a bridge to study at MA level or beyond if you are new to the field of late antique and byzantine Studies. Compulsory modules: The Byzantine Empire, 600-1453 and an ancient language (Greek or Latin). Optional modules include Medicine & Society in the Ancient & Medieval World and Medieval Cyprus: Art & Architecture. Leads to MA study or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus and other University of London institutions.

Modern Greek Studies (Interdisciplinary) MA Advanced study of literature and sociolinguistics of Greece and the Greek-speaking world, focusing on the last two centuries. The Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s provides an unrivalled research environment for aspiring students and our library houses the premier collection of Greek publications in the UK. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Modern Greek Studies (Literature) MA Advanced study of literature with specific reference to Greece and the Greek-speaking world, focusing on the last two centuries. The Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s provides an unrivalled research environment for aspiring students and our library houses the premier collection of Greek publications in the UK. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT or two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Modern Greek Studies (Sociolinguistics) MA Advanced study of sociolinguistics with specific reference to Greece and the Greek-speaking world, focusing on the last two centuries. The Centre for Hellenic Studies at King’s provides an unrivalled research environment for aspiring students and our library houses the premier collection of Greek publications in the UK. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors Duration One year FT or two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

PHILOSOPHY Entry Requirements History of Philosophy MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent), in which philosophy will normally have been a major component. Language & Cognition MA Philosophy MA Philosophy of Medicine MA Philosophy of Psychology MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in Philosophy or any other field. Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject. Medical Humanities MSc An undergraduate clinical qualification, eg in Medicine or Nursing, or at least a 2:1 bachelors degree (or overseas equivalent) in a humanities or a science discipline. Other relevant degree-level qualifications will be considered. Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in Philosophy, Psychology, Social Sciences, Medicine, Psychiatry, Nursing, or any other field. Conversion students should show evidence of an interest in and aptitude for the subject.

Staff profile Professor Shalom Lappin FBA Professor of Computational Linguistics Came to the Philosophy Department at King’s in 1999, and then moved to the Computer Science Department, where he was head of the Natural Language Processing Group (2000-05). In September, 2005 he returned to the Philosophy Department. Research interests: • Formal and computational semantics. • Formal grammar. • Natural language processing. • Logic.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 51

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

History of Philosophy MA

Philosophy of Medicine MA

Systematic Theology MA

A broad range of options, spanning two and a half millennia of philosophy, alongside a compulsory seminar in the methodology of history of philosophy. You will also normally take a course in a relevant language and write a dissertation, to build a foundation for further research.

Geared both to philosophy graduates, as a pathway into research in Philosophy of Medicine, and medical (and other) graduates, to introduce them to key concepts, arguments, texts and techniques in the Philosophy of Medicine.

2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent – US applicants should have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.3) in theology, religious studies, related disciplines, or other relevant qualifications/experience. Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition from another subject.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent).

Location Strand Campus.

Language & Cognition MA

Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc

Focuses on issues at the interface of Philosophy of Language, Cognitive Science, Philosophy of Mind, Philosophy of Psychology, Formal and Computational Linguistics, and Logic. It offers a choice of modules in these areas, in conjunction with two core modules in the Theory of Grammar and the Theory of Meaning. Students write a dissertation over the summer.

Taught jointly by the Department of Philosophy and the Institute of Psychiatry. The focus is on a variety of issues in the philosophy of psychiatry and the philosophy of psychology. The dissertation must be on a topic in these areas. Also accessible if you have little philosophy at undergraduate level. Provides a solid knowledge base to progress to independent research.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Location Strand Campus and the Institute of Psychiatry, Denmark Hill Campus.

Medical Humanities MSc Explores the links between the humanities and medicine from a humanities point of view. Among the questions it considers are: What can the humanities contribute to healthcare? How do they differ from the sciences? And what can they tell us about illness? Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Philosophy of Psychology MA Focusing study on philosophy of mind and psychology through core taught modules, together with a dissertation which must be on a topic in this area. In addition, there is the opportunity to study one or two other specialist areas of philosophy, or (for conversion students) to take an introductory general philosophy course.

Location Strand Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Philosophy MA

Location Strand Campus

Geared both to philosophy graduates, to consolidate and expand their philosophical grounding; and equally to conversion students, introducing key concepts, arguments, texts and techniques from across the philosophical spectrum, while also progressing students to a high level in selected specialist areas. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

THEOLOGY, RELIGIOUS STUDIES & ETHICS

Research interests: • Logic and metaphysics. • Epistemology. • Philosophy of language. • History of analytic philosophy.

Research interests: • The New Testament and other early Christian texts within their wider social, historical and cultural contexts. • Historical New Testament figures. • Second Temple Judaism, particularly the Jewish legal schools. • The Dead Sea Scrolls and the archaeology of Qumran. • Alexandrian Judaism, Philo of Alexandria and the ‘Therapeutae’. • Women and gender within early Judaism and Christianity. • Comparative Graeco-Roman religion and philosophy. • The archaeology and history of Christian holy places.

Abrahamic Religions MA The idea of Abrahamic religions which include primarily (but not only) Judaism, Christianity and Islam has gained enormous momentum in recent years. The MA provides students with a unique, cutting-edge degree through which they will learn about Judaism, Christianity and Islam separately, as well as the interactions past, present and future between these religions and between their adherents. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Abrahamic Religions MA

Location Strand Campus.

Good 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent), usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject. We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes and we are delighted to consider all applications.

Biblical Studies MA, with pathways (Language and Literature; Theology)

We know that relevant background can be acquired by informal routes and we are delighted to consider all applications.

Provides an interdisciplinary approach to interpreting the Bible which allows for focus either in the study of biblical language and literature (with language component) or in theological interpretation and Christian theology. The programme is based around the core module ‘Interpreting the Bible’, a compulsory dissertation, plus optional modules. Leads to careers in teaching, museums, media, charities, the church or other religious institutions.

Applicants without experience in the field should consider our Graduate Diploma, especially designed to ease the transition to Theology & Religious Studies from another subject.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Biblical Studies, with pathways (Language and Literature; Theology) MA Christianity & the Arts MA

Professor Mark Textor Professor of Philosophy

Professor Joan Taylor Professor of Christian Origins and Second Temple Judaism

Entry Requirements

Religion in Contemporary Society MA

Staff profile

Jewish Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) usually, but not necessarily, in a humanities subject.

Ethical Leadership MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in any relevant subject (theology, philosophy, social science, history); other well-qualified candidates may be considered.

Location Strand Campus.

School of Arts & Humanities

STUDENT PROFILE: Anthony Eames, Global History MA The advantages that both King’s and the city of London have to offer are unparalleled. From an academic standpoint, the world-class faculty, renowned international student body and London’s unrivaled research libraries promote innovative scholarship. Considering its central location, one also has to appreciate the campus and the adjoining facilities that King’s provides. I use Bytes Café, Kinetic Fitness Centre, the Open Learning Centre, History Department facilities, and a University of London Library at least five times a week each.

Christianity & the Arts MA Taught in association with the National Gallery. Investigate how Christian scripture, beliefs and practices have found expression in art over 2,000 years; trace the idea of beauty in Western theological tradition; make use of examples in London. Leads to further research or careers in teaching, journalism or the church. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Ethical Leadership MA This innovative and interdisciplinary MA deals with the personal and ethical challenges of leadership in our times. It is a practice-oriented programme taught by teams of academics and practitioners. It will combine state of the art research with classical traditions, theories with on the ground experience and case studies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

European History MA

Staff profile Professor Madawi Al-Rasheed Professor of Anthropology of Religion Research interests: • Tribal politics in the Middle East. • Political Islam and the state. • Migration. • Women and exile. • Identity and ethnicity. • Middle Eastern Christian minorities.

Systematic Theology MA Explores the doctrinal dimensions of theology. Compulsory module: Revelation & Reason. Leads to research in the Department of Theology or careers in teaching, journalism or the church. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Covers Biblical studies, Rabbinics, Jewish-Christian and Jewish-Muslim relations and modern Jewish Thought; it offers students the opportunity to combine the academic study of Jewish sources from antiquity to the modern period with intense explorations of their significance for contemporary issues in multi-religious societies. You will find a vibrant, supportive, and intellectually inspiring framework in this exciting MA taught by King’s in partnership with the London School of Jewish Studies and with Leo Baeck College. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Religion in Contemporary Society MA Combines sociology and anthropology of religion to focus on key issues, from religion in public life to globalisation, fundamentalism, and modern spirituality. Encourages research on major traditions (Christianity, Islam, Judaism, Buddhism) and new movements. Master skills and knowledge ideal for careers in public policy, journalism, academia, education, etc. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Global History MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent: For US applicants, a final undergraduate GPA above 3.3 is expected and above 3.5 is encouraged) in History, a social science, or literature and culture. In exceptional cases, we will consider strong applicants with majors in other fields. Completion of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) will be required as a precondition for consideration when submitting your application to Georgetown. History MRes World History & Cultures MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in history or a related subject such as politics.

Location Strand Campus.

Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research skills in order to be accepted.

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip

Medieval History MA

Location Strand Campus.

Jewish Studies MA

First or 2:1 honours undergraduate degree (or overseas equivalent) from an accredited college or university, preferably in a relevant subject area of humanities or social sciences (history, international relations, politics, European studies, economics and sociology, or modern languages). Prerequisites for applying for this master’s programme are proficiency in English (level C1 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages, CEFR) and a good knowledge of a second modern foreign language (level B2 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages).

Designed to ease the transition into the study of Theology & Religious Studies from another discipline and may be used as a qualifying programme for study at MA level. Flexible structure; select modules from Theology, Religion in the Contemporary World and Religion, Philosophy & Ethics. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

HISTORY

Modern History MA First class or 2:1 honours undergraduate degree (or overseas equivalent) in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research skills in order to be accepted. Medieval Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent – US applicants should have a cumulative GPA of at least 3.3) in an arts subject. Nineteenth-Century Studies MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in a relevant subject.

Entry Requirements Ancient History MA 2:1 undergraduate degree with honours (or overseas equivalent) in Classics, Classical Studies, Ancient History, Classical Archaeology, History or a closely related subject. It is highly desirable for candidates to have had experience of learning one or more relevant ancient languages. This may be as part of school or undergraduate education, or through a summer school. Early Modern History MA 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or overseas equivalent) in history or a related subject such as politics. Students without a history degree may be required to show relevant research skills in order to be accepted. Eighteenth-Century Studies MA 2:1 BA honours degree or equivalent in any appropriate discipline (e.g. English literature, European literatures, history, music, philosophy, history of art, some social sciences).

Staff profile Dr Hugh Bowden Senior Lecturer in Ancient History Research interests: • The practice of ancient religion, in particular in ancient Greece. • Wrote ‘Mystery Cults in the Ancient World (2009)’, exploring how some religious rituals offered participants a chance to make direct contact with the gods, through ecstatic activity, or intense physical experience.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 53

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Ancient History MA Advanced study of Greek, Roman and near Eastern history that develops skills in handling documentary evidence. Intercollegiate programme with a wide range of options taught at King’s, UCL and Royal Holloway, with close links to the Institute of Classical Studies. Compulsory module: Sources & Methods in Ancient History. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, other University of London institutions.

Contemporary History MA See page 129.

Early Modern History MA Advanced study of the political, religious, social and cultural history of Britain, Europe and the wider world from c1500-1800. Core course offers higherlevel training in research skills and methodology, with a wide range of options and dissertation on your chosen topic. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA Taught with the British Museum and by teachers from eight departments in the School of Arts & Humanities. Explore constructions of the Enlightenment through race, gender, class, intellectual networks and material culture. Analyse ideas, objects, texts and arts with access to unique, diverse and rich collections. Ideal foundation for PhD study. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; the British Museum; other museums and galleries in central London.

Duration Two year FT. Location Strand Campus, King’s; two other locations chosen from the University of Vienna; Humboldt University Berlin; University College Dublin; University of Rome (Roma 3 or Tor Vergata); Talinn University; University of Paris – Diderot (Paris 7)

Global History MA Two-year programme focusing on connections and comparisons across different parts of the world in the early modern and modern eras. Students study for one year at both King’s and Georgetown and choose from an exceptional range of options that cover all regions of the globe and a variety of transnational themes. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors.

Unique opportunity for interdisciplinary and crosscultural study. Core module: Making the Middle Ages plus a choice from around 20 modules in medieval history, literatures, languages and philosophy, covering western and eastern Europe from late antiquity to the cusp of the renaissance. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Modern History MA

Location Strand Campus, King’s; Georgetown University (Washington, DC, USA).

Focused on European and British history since the mid-18th century. Students are encouraged to think beyond the rigid confines of country, period and discipline. We offer a huge range of options taught by world-leading experts, including modules taught in the Centre for Contemporary British History. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors.

History MRes

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Duration Two years FT.

An advanced historical research programme and students specialise in ancient, medieval, early modern or modern history. Students receive training in historiographical and technical skills necessary for doctoral study and develop their knowledge of the period they choose to focus on. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medieval History MA King’s is internationally renowned for medieval history and our MA offers training in Latin, palaeography and research skills, with a choice of options from Magna Carta & Medieval Women to Digital Humanities. We have particular strengths in Anglo-Saxon England, Britain in the central Middle Ages and early medieval Europe. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

European History MA This joint two-year programme offers students an opportunity to study European history in comparative and global perspective at a range of renowned universities located in European capitals. Students spend their first and final semesters at King’s, where they have access to a wide choice of modules and dissertation supervision specialists in medieval, early modern and modern European history. In their middle two semesters they can elect to study in two other leading university history departments, chosen from the eight other partner institutions involved in this degree. This offers a unique opportunity to develop a truly transnational understanding of European history.

Medieval Studies MA

Staff profile Professor David Carpenter Chair in Medieval History David Carpenter is Professor of Medieval History and a leading authority on the history of Britain in the central middle ages. Research interests: • Medieval Britain. • Henry III. • Westminster Abbey. • Magna Carta.

Location Strand Campus.

Nineteenth-Century Studies MA A unique interdisciplinary MA that combines teaching and research training with an internship in the heritage sector. It draws on staff expertise across departments at King’s to engage with a range of methodologies and scholarly debates, and explore the society, culture, literature and history of the 19th century, focusing on the European and Anglophone experience. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

World History & Cultures MA Advanced study of modern global social, political and cultural interactions, focusing on the global and local and the relationship between worldwide empires and the regions of Asia, Africa and the Americas. Students choose from an exceptional range of options and take a compulsory module in Transnational History. Leads to further research or careers in education, journalism, finance, politics and cultural sectors. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

School of Biomedical Sciences As one of Europeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest centres for biomedical research and teaching, our academic expertise is globally acclaimed in a wide range of basic and applied sciences, continuing a rich legacy of pioneering Kingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s scientists. Whilst enjoying unrivalled learning opportunities, and supported by strong partnerships with industry and healthcare organisations, students benefit from our own first class facilities and those of our partners, including our world-renowned partner NHS Trusts. You will be taught by some of the most inspirational teachers who are leaders in their field, and it is no surprise that our graduates go on to achieve some of the best employment rates in the UK.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 55

About the School • One of the largest concentrations of biomedical research and teaching activity in Europe, with over 200 academic staff and 300 postgraduate students. • Many of our research groups were top rated in the last Research Assessment Exercise. • We lead on, or are involved with, prestigious MRC centres of excellence in Developmental Neurobiology; Asthma & Allergy and Environment. • King’s is one of the six partners of The Francis Crick Institute, due to open in 2015 and set to be a world-leading centre of biomedical research and innovation in the heart of London.

‘We at King’s are educating our scientists not only to be leading researchers, but also to think about how their science has an impact upon our world. We need to ensure that the next generation of scientists will influence the decisions made that affect our world, and not just describe the natural laws that underlie it.’ Professor Roger Morris Head of School of Biomedical Sciences

• We host a Wellcome Trust-funded Centre for Biomolecular Spectroscopy, operating at the interface between basic and clinical science. • King’s Drug Control Centre ran the anti-doping facility for the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games, alongside GlaxoSmithKline. • We are shaping the future of healthcare through our membership of the government’s Global Medical Excellence Cluster. • The academic partner of choice for world-leading businesses: we encourage entrepreneurship and collaboration with industry; successes include our award-winning spin-out company Proximagen. • Exciting and diverse seminar series.

Induction & training

Facilities

On joining the School, all postgraduate students complete a comprehensive induction programme, specific to their research or taught programme. Students also have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme. Both research and taught master’s students undertake tailored scientific and career development programmes.

• Modern, well-funded laboratories.

Funding We offer a wide range of studentships, bursaries and scholarships funded by King’s Graduate School and many prestigious external sources including the UK Research Councils (MRC, BBSRC and EPSRC), charities such as the British Heart Foundation, Cancer Research UK and the Wellcome Trust, and our industrial collaborators.

Location Guy’s and Waterloo Campuses Address Health Schools Admissions Centre King’s College London Henriette Raphael Building Guy’s Campus London SE1 1UL Contact Health Centre Admissions Centre Tel +44 (0)20 7848 8390 Email postgrad-biomed@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/biohealth

• A range of state-of-the-art core research facilities including mass spectrometry, genomics and imaging units. • Dedicated study and social spaces for postgraduate students include the newly refurbished lounges on Guy’s and Waterloo campuses. • Excellent social and sporting facilities. • Central London location, with our three campuses along the River Thames being located in the cultural and social heart of the city.

Career destinations Taught programmes have a variety of career destinations depending on the specialty, from laboratory-based research in industry or academia, to working for regulatory authorities, the armed forces, Police, NHS, reserch councils, publishing or continued research to doctoral level and careers in academic teaching. Many research graduates pursue careers in science as post-doctorates in academic and industrial laboratories.

School of Biomedical Sciences

Research opportunities • A vibrant postgraduate research community, with around 250 students, a quarter of whom are from overseas. • Our projects provide an excellent introduction to modern research, with an emphasis now on four-year multidisciplinary programmes. • Students develop advanced research skills through a wide range of courses and workshops. • Complementary courses focus on post-PhD research and career development, including entrepreneurial and business skills, and tutored introduction to teaching. • Around half of our research degrees are jointly supervised by UK companies and include an industrial placement, providing a strong business ethos to complement the pure research, medical or clinical focus of other student projects. • Further training and networking opportunities are offered by King’s Graduate School and our Research Divisions. Partnerships King’s is also actively developing joint PhD programmes with partner institutions, for example at Hong Kong University, with potential research areas to include chemical biology, imaging chemistry, earth and biological sciences. Interested students are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Research strengths Research strengths include: developmental neurobiology; biophysics and cell biology, including cell dysfunction in cancer and genetic diseases; pain and its treatment; the ageing process, from the molecular basis of disease through to the discovery of effective novel therapies; environmental effects on human development and health; and drug discovery, delivery, mode of action and detection. Entry Requirements Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for) MPhil/PhD, MD (Res) Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in science, medicine or dentistry, or an overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please speak to your preferred supervisor before applying. Analytical & Environmental Sciences MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 first degree in environmental science, chemistry, molecular life science or biomedical science, although further graduate study or appropriate work experience may also be taken into account. Equivalent qualifications from overseas candidates are acceptable. Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of) MPhil/PhD, MD(Res) Minimum 2:1 BSc or high grade MSc/MRes qualification in science, medicine or dentistry, or overseas equivalent. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please speak to your preferred supervisor before applying. Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences, Centre of (CHAPS) MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 BSc degree, or overseas equivalent, in a relevant subject. Relevant experience may also be acceptable. Please speak to your preferred supervisor before applying. MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology MPhil/PhD First or 2:1 first degree or higher degree in molecular or cellular biology, with some previous experience of developmental and/ or neurobiology. The successful candidates will be of the calibre expected of MRC and Wellcome Research students. Please speak to your preferred supervisor before applying. Pharmaceutical Science (Institute of) MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, molecular life science or biomedical science, although further graduate study or appropriate work experience may also be taken into account. Equivalent qualifications from overseas candidates are acceptable.

henriette raphael building

Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for) MPhil/PhD, MD(Res) Research profile 2008 RAE National Ranking: third. 2008 RAE Divisional Results: 60 per cent of research activity in the Division was rated as world leading or internationally excellent Research income: New grant income approximately £3.5m per year and rising. Current number of academic staff: 25. Current number of research students: 50. Recent publications and research projects: please see our website for details.

Over the last two decades, there have been tremendous advances in our understanding of the molecules and principles that govern the functioning of the nervous system. Great progress has been made to understand the molecular basis of disease states, pain and the molecular mechanisms that limit regeneration. These advances enable innovative neuroscience and the opportunity to translate new knowledge into clinical benefits. Our mission is: to advance understanding of the causes of neuropathic and neurodegenerative diseases; to identify new drug targets, develop treatments and monitor outcomes; to study synaptic receptors and neuronal signalling mechanisms in order to promote relief from the pain and dysfunction associated with a damaged nervous system; to develop and test strategies aimed at restoring function to the damaged nervous system by promoting cell survival and forming new synaptic connections or neurons. Head of Division Professor Patrick Doherty

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 57

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Research groups Bioinformatics Research group leader: Dr Gareth Williams Drug Discovery Unit Research group leader: Dr Jonathan Corcoran Neurodegeneration Research group leader: Professor Clive Ballard Neurogenesis Research group leader: Professor Pat Doherty Pain Research group leader: Professor Stephen McMahon Receptors, Channels & Signalling Research group leader: Professor Stuart Bevan

Our Drug Control Centre is the UK World Anti-Doping Agency accredited laboratory and played a key role in the 2012 Olympics anti-doping screening program. Environmental Science activity focuses on air quality and includes monitoring, modelling and toxicology research, undertaken within the Environmental Research Group who run the London Air Quality Network (www.londonair.org.uk) and are part of the MRC-HPA Centre for Environmental Health. Head of Division Professor Frank J Kelly Research groups Drug Control Centre Research group leader: Professor David Cowan

Franklin and Maurice Wilkins. Many of our research groups operate at the interface between the health, biomedical and physical sciences, developing new techniques for application in biology and medicine. Based at Guy’s Campus, we have strong collaborative links with other biomedical and clinical researchers within King’s Health Schools. Head of Division Professor Malcolm Irving FRS Research groups Allergy & Asthma Research group leader: Professor Brian Sutton Cell Imaging Research group leader: Professor Tony Ng

Regeneration

Environmental Research Research group leader: Professor Frank J Kelly

Cell Motility & Cytoskeleton Research group leader: Professor Gareth Jones

Analytical & Environmental Sciences

Genetic & Environmental Toxicology Research group leader: Dr Stephen Sturzenbaum and Professor David Phillips

Muscle Biophysics Research group leader: Professor Malcolm Irving

MPhil/PhD Research profile 2008 RAE National Ranking: the Pharmaceutical Science Division (including Analytical and Environmental Sciences), was ranked sixth out of all Pharmacy Departments in the UK. Research income: £3m. Current number of academic staff: 15. Recent publications and research projects: please see our website for details.

Staff profile

Professor Frank Kelly Professor of Environmental Health Director, Environmental Research Group Deputy Director of the MRC-HPA Centre for Environment and Health Research interests include: • Free radical/antioxidant biochemistry and the impact of atmospheric pollution on human health. • Much of his current work examines the oxidant mechanisms underlying air pollution-induced lung injury. • In collaboration with clinical colleagues at the University of Umea in Sweden, Professor Kelly utilises bronchoscopy and bronchoalveolar lavage procedures to investigate the nature of oxidant/antioxidant interactions occurring in the RTLF compartment. Current projects: • Examining the effect of traffic management schemes such as the Congestion Charging Scheme (CCS) and the Low Emission Zone (LEZ) on vehicle emissions and thus air quality in London. With colleagues in Imperial College, St George’s and the London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine Professor Kelly is determining if they can demonstrate a health benefit of these traffic intervention schemes.

Includes toxicology, forensic science and atmospheric science. Chemistry is fundamental to all three and particular strengths exist in separation science, mass spectrometry and in developing novel analytical methods. Examples include improvements to aid detection of drug-facilitated sexual assaults, using nanoparticles for forensic purposes, toxicology of ambient particulate matter, defining mechanisms of environmental carcinogenesis and unravelling toxicogenomic fingerprints via a model organism approach.

Forensic Science Research group leader: Dr Barbara Daniel and Dr Leon Barron MRC-HPA Centre for Environment & Health Research group leader: Professor Frank J Kelly

Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of) MPhil/PhD, MD(Res)

Muscle Signalling Research group leader: Professor Mathias Gautel Structural Biology Research group leader: Professor Brian Sutton

Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences, Centre of (CHAPS) MPhil/PhD Research profile

Research profile 2008 RAE Divisional Results: 65 per cent of research activity in the Division was rated as world leading or internationally excellent in terms of originality, significance and rigour.

CHAPS was founded in 2010. Academic staff: 7. PhD students: 9.

Research income: £5m per year.

Postgraduate/post-doctoral researchers: 3.

Current number of academic staff: 30 principal investigators, 24 PhD supervisors.

Recent publications and research projects: please see our website for details.

Current number of graduate research students: 32. Current number of post-doctoral research assistants: 69. PhD Success Rate: over the last seven years the Division has had a 100 per cent success rate for students completing within four years. Recent publications and research projects: please see our website for details.

STUDENT profile Nikita Acharya Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics MPhil/PhD ‘The rigorous training to be an independent researcher and frequent seminars from the national and international guest speakers helped me to learn about practical applications, methodology used and pitfalls that happen during the process of answering the most fundamental question in biological science. Modern science cannot thrive in isolation and if science is to progress there must be collaboration between government, interchange between international scientific communities and closer links between science and business globally; King’s has each of these components.’

The Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biophysics continues the tradition of biophysics at King’s established by Sir John Randall, which produced the famous studies of the structure of DNA by Rosalind

Staff profile Professor Steve Harridge Professor of Human & Applied Physiology and Director of the Centre of Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences (CHAPS) Research interests include: • A wide ranging interest in the function and plasticity of human skeletal muscle, with a particular interest in ageing. • Ongoing interest in a number of the different factors which may play a role in regulating mass and function and which may change with age. • In combination with studies of ageing muscle, Professor Harridge and his research team are interested in the mechanism involved in regulating muscle loss with disuse (spinal cord injury) and in critical illness. Current projects: • Development of new methods for studying human single fibre contractility against inertial & gravitational loads (with Dr Tolis Galantis). • Mechanisms of adaptation in spinal cord injured subjects undergoing functional electrical stimulation training (With Professor Di Newham, Professor Nick Donaldson (UCL) and Dr Anthea Rowlerson – Inspire funded). • Development of appropriate models for the study of physiology of human ageing. (with Professor Norman Lazarus).

School of Biomedical Sciences

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Our research is focused on research in human physiology in its broadest sense. Our expertise spans basic science and clinically-related fields including: exercise, human ageing, skeletal muscle function, muscle plasticity and growth. Our work in multi-systems neuroscience explores our interactions with the environment, investigating issues such as how our movement and balance control our sensory and cardiorespiratory physiology. Our research also investigates how such systems respond to novel environments where challenges such as hypoxia, acceleration (high G) and microgravity are faced. We have close links with numerous related external bodies including the RAF Centre of Aviation Medicine and the Crew Medical Support Office (European Space Agency). Head of Division Professor Stephen Harridge Research groups Aerospace & Extreme Environment Adaptation Research group leader: Dr David A Green Sensory-Motor Control & Pain Research group leader: Dr Marousa Pavlou Skeletal Muscle & Ageing Research group leader: Professor Di Newham

MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology MPhil/PhD Research profile 2008 RAE Divisional Results: recognised as contributing ‘world-leading quality’ research work. Research income: £22.5m for 2009-10. Current number of academic staff: 28. Current number of research students: 30.

Our overall aim is to understand the early events during brain development, and subsequently the mechanisms that lead to malformation and limit regeneration in the human nervous system. Our mission is to advance this understanding through collaborative multidisciplinary studies using a variety of model organisms. We approach the key issues in early brain development by combining gene discovery studies with functional analyses at molecular, biochemical, cell biological, anatomical and physiological levels. Our major research themes are: genetic, molecular and cellular bases of neural tube regionalisation; regulation of neural crest and placode development; acquisition of neural cell identity; axon guidance and targeting; molecular mechanisms of axon growth and regeneration; mechanisms of gene regulation in the nervous system; synapse formation and function; and visual system development and plasticity. Head of Division Professor Andrew Lumsden FRS (Centre Director); Professor Corinne Houart (acting Head of Division)

Pharmaceutical Science (Institute of) MPhil/PhD Research profile 2008 RAE National Ranking: the Pharmaceutical Science Division was ranked sixth out of all pharmacy departments in the UK. Research income: annual income of the Institute is around £3m. Current number of academic staff: 38. Current number of research students: 90 students and 48 research staff. Recent publications and research projects: please see our website for details.

Recent publications and research projects: please see our website for details.

Staff profile Juan Burrone Professor of Developmental Neurophysiology Research interests: • Focused on synapse formation and plasticity; deficits in these mechanisms are thought to be at the core of many brain disorders, including schizophrenia and epilepsy. • Interested in understanding how synapses form and mature to provide such an exquisitely controlled system for releasing neuro-transmitter. Current projects: • Professor Burrone plans to combine his methods of assessing vesicle-cycling with tools that allow changes in the normal activity of a neuron, in order to study synaptic plasticity – the ability of the brain to modify synapses to react to input from the outside world. • Professor Burrone is collaborating with a number of colleagues in the Centre, including Professor Ian Thompson, Dr Robert Hindges and Dr Uwe Drescher at King’s, with whom he is looking at synaptic plasticity and the development of connections in the visual system.

Student profile Lili Cui Pharmaceutical Science MPhil/PhD ‘King’s is very student-oriented. They help you resolve problems and make your life and study here straightforward. King’s is a big family and I can make contact with students from all over the world. I enjoy the good relationship between my supervisor and me. She is kind and responsible and leads me to a higher research point. But it would not work if there was not such a good research setting at King’s.’

The pharmaceutical sciences are concerned with gaining a detailed understanding of the human pathological state and using this knowledge to discover, design, develop and deliver drugs to the patient with a view to treating or managing disease. Our mission is to advance this interdisciplinary field through research in the areas of cellular biology, pharmacology, molecular biophysics, pharmaceutics, drug delivery and medicinal chemistry. We are developing new methodologies to enable accelerated drug discovery, enhanced identification of drug targets for drug development, improved

therapeutic agents, and efficient drug delivery systems. In addition, our work in clinical practice and medication use is expanding rapidly, drawing on components of pharmacy practice in the Pharmaceutical Sciences Clinical Academic Group of King’s Health Partners. Head of Division Professor Peter Hylands Research groups Chemical Biology Research group leader: Professor David Thurston Clinical Practice & Medication Use Research group leader: Professor Graham Davies Drug Delivery Research group leader: Dr Ben Forbes Pharmaceutical Biophysics Research group leader: Professor Jayne Lawrence Pharmacology & Therapeutics Research group leader: Dr Dom Spina

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 59

Taught programmes • Our master’s programmes are based upon our research strengths and are designed to provide outstanding postgraduates with more specialised knowledge and skills required for specific clinical, scientific or industrial careers. • Several programmes, such as Analytical Science for Industry MSc, are designed and run in partnership with the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. They include industrial placements and content is designed to address specific skills shortages in a rapidly changing and competitive international marketplace. • In other programmes, students can change fields entirely, such as the Molecular Biophysics MRes which enables conversion from the physical to biological sciences.

TWO YEAR’S INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip Equivalent of a UK 2:1 first degree, in a biomedical sciencerelated subject or chemistry as appropriate to the desired MSc programme. If approved by the Department and relevant supervisors, the Graduate Diploma can contribute to a suitably qualified student’s application for a PhD programme. Students must also provide certification to show that they possess a minimum standard of English, IELTS 5.5 (with no skill below 5.5), or TOEFL of 18 in Reading, Listening and Writing, and 20 in Speaking with an overall minimum score of 80. Progression to an MSc programme depends on students achieving a merit grade or better.

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip This programme provides a unique structured pathway into taught and research-based science master’s level programmes for international students. It combines study of current topics in biomedicine and related fields with the development of scientific English, critical thinking and study skills. There is direct progression into a student’s chosen master’s degree for those who meet the required standard. Duration Graduate Diploma, one year FT, September to June. MSc, one additional year FT, September to September. Location Strand, Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

ANALYTICAL/FORENSIC & PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Analytical Science for Industry MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent, in chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacy or a related discipline. Analytical Toxicology MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent, in biochemistry, chemistry, pharmacy, forensic science or related discipline.

Forensic Science MSc/MRes Minimum 2:1 first degree, or approved overseas equivalent qualification, in chemistry, analytical chemistry, pharmacology, toxicology, biochemistry, molecular biology, or a combination thereof. A-level passes in chemistry and biology are required. Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, biochemistry, chemistry or related discipline, or an overseas equivalent. Pharmaceutical Technology MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree, or overseas equivalent, in pharmacy, chemical engineering, chemistry, materials or other relevant subject or an overseas equivalent. Pharmacology MSc Minimum 2:1 BSc degree in a wide range of subjects (eg physiology, biochemistry, applied biology, molecular biology, biomedical science and similar) or first degree in medicine, pharmacy or veterinary science or an overseas equivalent.

Staff profile Professor David Cowan Head of Department of Forensic Science & Drug Monitoring Director, Drug Control Centre Research interests: • Published extensively in the field of pharmaceutical analysis especially as it relates to detecting drug administration in sport. • Concerned with the development of analytical approaches and to apply advanced analytical techniques to investigate drug administration both licit and illicit. • Particularly interested in the use of mass spectrometry as a crucial analytical technique. Current projects: • The Drug Control Centre is regularly approached for advice and analytical services to the British Transport Authority, the Armed Services and the Home Office. Professor Cowan’s experience and his methodology were features of the successful London 2012 Olympics bid and the Drug Control Centre played a major role in the drug monitoring programme for the event.

Analytical Science for Industry MSc

Drug Discovery Skills MSc

Provides a thorough grounding in all aspects of separation science and mass spectrometry plus a three-month internship. Modules include: Principles of Analytical Science; Advanced Separation Science; Advanced Mass Spectrometry; Novel & Emerging Technologies; and Research Project. Leads to PhD study, laboratory-based research or other sciencerelated careers.

Minimum 2:1 BSc first degree in biomedical/life sciences or an overseas equivalent, with evidence of a significant interest in pharmacology.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Biopharmaceuticals MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacology or a related discipline or an overseas equivalent.

Location Waterloo Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

School of Biomedical Sciences

STUDENT PROFILE: Racha Boulos, Biopharmaceuticals MSc ‘I am very impressed with the wide variety of modules offered by the pharmaceutical programme. More specifically, I am very enthralled and satisfied by both the theoretical studies and the practical studies. In addition, the faculty has a lot of experience and knowledge in their particular courses. I feel that King’s gives me the necessary knowledge and experience.’

Analytical Toxicology MSc Offers detailed knowledge and understanding of the theory and practice of analytical toxicology and its application. Modules include: Principles of Analytical Toxicology; Laboratory Techniques; practical classes; Clinical Toxicology; Forensic Toxicology. Expected careers include analytical and supervisory roles within government and private institutions. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus. The research project may be undertaken in the UK or overseas.

Biopharmaceuticals MSc A science-based programme providing pharmacists and other chemical and life science graduates with scientific knowledge and expertise in the areas of biopharmaceutical discovery and development, as required for a career in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industry, research institutes or regulatory authorities. The course utilises well-equipped laboratories for hands-on time with a range of modern techniques. In many cases the programme leads to further research, work in research and development laboratories and employment within the Pharmaceutical Industry. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Drug Discovery Skills MSc Run by the Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics in conjunction with the pharmaceutical industry. The programme consists of five main taught modules and an industry-based research project. Graduates of the course mainly progress to careers in the pharmaceutical industry or further study for a PhD. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus and five/six months in industry.

Forensic Science MSc/MRes Delivered by internationally leading researchers, this is the longest running programme of its type in England. Gain knowledge and understanding of the forensic process and of the analytical techniques used in crime investigation. Leads to further study for a PhD or careers in forensic science. Accreditation Forensic Science Society accredited course. Duration MSc, one year FT, September to September. MRes, 15 months, September to February. Location Waterloo Campus for the first two terms, the third term usually outside the College.

Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc Science-based programme for pharmacists and other chemical graduates, concerned with the quality assurance and quality control of products as molecular entities. Well-equipped laboratories for ‘hands-on’ time with a range of modern techniques and instruments. Leads to further research, work in research and development laboratories and regulatory agencies. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. It should be noted that for PT students, private study is required at home in the evenings or at weekends to fulfil the learning outcomes. Location Waterloo Campus.

Pharmaceutical Technology MSc Science-based programme for pharmacists and other life science or engineer graduates, concerned with drug delivery and formulation of drugs. Emphasis is given to the rational design of dosage forms and novel drug delivery methods. Well-equipped laboratories for hands-on time with a range of modern techniques and instruments. Leads to further research, work in research and development laboratories, big pharmaceuticals or biotech. Duration One year FT, two years PT (one day per week), September to September. It should be noted that for PT students, private study is required at home in the evenings or at weekends to fulfil the learning outcomes. Location Waterloo Campus.

Pharmacology MSc Provides training in the design and execution of practical approaches to the mechanisms by which drugs act. Includes taught modules that provide a comprehensive knowledge base and projectbased elements. Leads to further study for PhD or careers in the pharmaceutical or research-related industries. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s, Waterloo and St Thomas’ campuses; inflammation course either at University College London or Guy’s Campus.

BIOMEDICAL & MOLECULAR SCIENCES ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree in a biological, molecular biological or biomedical sciences-related subject or an overseas equivalent. Molecular Biophysics MRes Minimum good 2:1 first degree in physics, chemistry or biomedical science degree (with a substantial biophysics or biophysical chemistry component) or an equivalent overseas qualification.

Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc The MSc incorporates a lecture-based module (Genetics, Biochemistry, Molecular Biology, Neuroscience, Cardiovascular Sciences), a skills module (scientific presentations, poster and oral presentations), practical classes in molecular biology and biochemistry, numerous generalist workshops (statistics, bioinformatics patenting etc), a choice of over 20 specialist bioscience workshops (eg qPCR, microarray, proteomics, fluorescent imaging) and an extensive six month research project in a research-active laboratory. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s and Waterloo campuses.

Molecular Biophysics MRes Taught modules in biophysics and molecular biology, bioinformatics options and an extensive research project. Leading laboratory within a centre that has been at the forefront of biophysics research for over 60 years. Excellent preparation for PhD or foundation for high level entry into industry. Duration One year FT. Location Guy’s Campus.

PHARMACEUTICAL MEDICINE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Drug Development Science MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A medical degree or a 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related subject, or overseas equivalent. Applicants without a degree but with relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis. Employment within a relevant industrial environment would be advantageous but is not essential. Overseas applicants should bear in mind that, as this is a part-time programme, they will not be eligible for a Tier 4 student visa.

Clinical Pharmacology MSc/PG Dip/ PG Cert See page 82.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 61

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Drug Development Science

Space Physiology & Health MSc

MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Space Physiology & Health MSc is a unique programme providing training for biomedical scientists & physicians delivered by international experts from academia, contractors and space agencies (eg NASA). Graduates will be equipped through lectures, seminars and extensive laboratory practicals and visits to RAF and Space Agency (ESA and DLR) facilities to serve future manned space expeditions in addition to human physiology in its broadest sense.

Gain the skills to evaluate, plan and execute the studies involved in taking a new medicine from the exploratory clinical development phase through to the point of applying for marketing approval, including regulatory processes. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals. Accreditation Some modules are accredited by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine. Duration Two to four years PT, rolling enrolment throughout the year. Location Waterloo, Guy’s and Strand campuses.

Translational Medicine MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert See page 82.

HUMAN & PHYSIOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Duration One year FT. Location Guy’s Campus; most projects take place off campus at locations around the world.

FOR QUALIFIED PHARMACISTS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Pharmacy Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Current registration with the General Pharmaceutical Council or the Pharmaceutical Society of Northern Ireland and one year of work experience as a registered pharmacist.

STUDENT profile Dina Makhesha Pharmacy Practice PG Dip ‘I found that this programme had a good mix of learning styles, from hospital visits to talking to patients from expert patient groups, which improved my communication skills immensely. I have been able to strengthen my knowledge towards elderly people and long-term conditions by completing the relevant modules taught by experts in their field. One of the most inspiring aspects of the course was being in contact with specialists who had practical knowledge about pharmacy and listening to guest speakers such as Ash Soni who motivated us with his influential words. This course has elements and modules which have supported me in becoming a better pharmacist as I have been more patient-centred and gained knowledge to supplement that from university. ‘

FOR QUALIFIED DOCTORS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Aviation Medicine MSc

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Pharmacy Practice

Human & Applied Physiology MSc

MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Minimum 2:1, or overseas equivalent, in a biomedical or sport science related subject. Space Physiology & Health MSc Normally minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent in related subject (Physiology, Biomedical/Biological Sciences, Sports & Exercise Science and Physiotherapy, Medicine).

Human & Applied Physiology MSc Gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the functioning of the muscular, respiratory and cardiovascular systems at rest and during exercise, including the effects of extreme environmental conditions on whole body physiology. Leads to careers in teaching and research, medicine, physiotherapy, health services and sport science support. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

STUDENT profile Katrina Hope Human & Applied Physiology MSc ‘The best part of the programme is the field trips. We’ve been scuba diving, on a human centrifuge, done experiments in an altitude chamber at an RAF base and I’ve managed to arrange to do my research project at an environmental physiology lab in Portsmouth with experts in that field. I’m involved with the Wilderness Medicine Society and also provide medical cover for events such as the London Triathlon, having developed an interest in the physiology of heat/cold injuries through the course. I would definitely recommend King’s as a place to study; it’s innovative and inspiring. We are lucky to have amazing guest speakers including Nobel Prize winners and astronauts!’

A flexible modular programme that offers qualified pharmacists an opportunity to further develop knowledge and skills to enhance their practice in the changing healthcare environment. Modules may be selected according to professional interests or service needs, for continuing professional development and re-validation with the General Pharmaceutical Council. Pathways Pharmacy practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert; Pharmacy practice (prescribing PG Dip). Accreditation Practice Certificate in Independent Prescribing (accredited by the General Pharmaceutical Council) is an option in this programme. Duration Independent Prescribing PG Cert: PT, minimum six months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice PG Cert: PT, 12 months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice PG Dip: PT, 24 months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice (Prescribing) PG Dip: PT, 24 months, starts Sept or Jan; Pharmacy Practice MSc: PT, 36 months, starts Sept or Jan. Location Waterloo Campus; Guy’s Campus (for Independent Prescribing only).

Medical degree from an approved university. Registered medical practitioner.

Aviation Medicine MSc Provides physicians with comprehensive theoretical and practical instruction in advanced aviation physiology, psychology, pathology, clinical and operational medicine and the knowledge and skills required to conduct research in aviation medicine. Duration One year FT, September to September, or individual modules FT over two to three years. Location Guy’s Campus and aviation medicine centres in the UK and possibly overseas.

Dental Institute The Dental Institute is a leading international centre of excellence for teaching and research providing a full range of postgraduate taught and research programmes. Our teaching is delivered by an internationally renowned faculty, and modern dental research and practice covers topics at the forefront of basic and clinical science.

staff Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 63

About the Institute • World-renowned research activities underpin our teaching and specialist clinical

care and keep us at the forefront of developments in dental and oral science. • We

have one of the largest, most influential teams of researchers in dental and oral health sciences in the world; over 70 per cent of our research was rated internationally excellent (RAE 2008).

• There

are strong links with industry for research and development and technology transfer.

• We

have a sizeable and growing cohort of PhD students working on challenging basic and clinical research questions.

‘The unique feature of the MSc programme in Maxillofacial and Craniofacial Technology is that it permits students to attend multi-disciplinary team meetings and attend followup sessions, including theatre and clinical rehabilitation of the patient. It utilises the combined services of Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, providing an ideal clinical base that offers excellent educational opportunities covering a wide range of treatments for students to experience. External speakers, expert in their field of knowledge, regularly contribute to the educational experience of the programme.’ Dr Trevor Coward Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc

Location Guy’s Campus, with some departments based at the Denmark Hill Campus. Address King’s College London Guy’s Campus London Bridge London SE1 1UL Contact Health Schools Admission Centre Tel +44 (0)20 7848 8252 Email pg-healthadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/dentistry

• The

latest research technology and facilities encourage multidisciplinary collaboration between clinical and basic scientists at the Dental Institute.

• We

contribute significantly to global advances in oral health sciences, which are impacting on innovative developments in the clinical practice of dentistry.

• We

offer programmes that lead to specialist registration, extended master’s programmes (MClinDent) and MSc programmes that give the graduate specialist skills in clinical dentistry.

• All

programmes offer friendly small group teaching.

• We

have pioneered flexible (distance) learning in dentistry; these master’s programmes are the perfect solution if you choose to stay at home but want to further your learning and gain a higher qualification whilst saving costs.

• Located

on the Guy’s and Denmark Hill campuses, and benefiting from association with the Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trust as part of the King’s Health Partners Academic Health Sciences Centre.

Induction & training Students on clinical taught programmes attend a comprehensive generic induction programme of five days spread over the first five weeks that introduces them to clinical governance in the UK and teaches them how to approach their master’s studies and dental research. Master’s students in the restorative dentistry disciplines come together one day per week in their first year for didactic and hands-on training to ensure cross-fertilisation of ideas. Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other health Schools and have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme throughout the year. The Institute also runs its own structured postgraduate programme consisting of a tutorial course in cell and developmental biology, a techniques course and a high profile seminar series tailored to students needs. The students organise their own science club and a monthly journal club.

Funding The Dental Institute funds some PhD students, and also has funding from Research

Councils, charities and specific awards for overseas students. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. Many students are self-funding or obtain personal scholarships.

Facilities •E xcellent research and clinical facilities funded by an ongoing programme of development from competitive outside sources. • Each research group offers a wide range of modern techniques with access to appropriate equipment and facilities.

Career destinations For taught programmes, it is expected that students will use these programmes as career progression and to build confidence and ability within their chosen field of dentistry or to enter independent practice. They could also be used as a route to PhD study or academic career and with some programmes to give experience which will assist in the management of research projects. Research students have continued their research careers.

Dental Institute

Research opportunities • A very wide subject range is available, from basic oral and related sciences, through laboratory studies using patient samples, to clinical investigations on human subjects, including clinical trials. • Most non-clinical PhD students will carry out their research in a laboratory, working alongside other PhD students and post-doctoral fellows using similar experimental approaches. • Many projects use relevant model systems that can help to explain complex biology; other projects analyse clinical samples to help us understand complex disease. • Some projects use questionnaires, surveys and other techniques of social science to help to understand and improve the patient experience. • Some clinically qualified students will carry out clinical research where much of the work of the PhD takes place in the clinic with direct interactions with patients. • Research students belong to one of 13 cohesive groups which provide interaction with post-doctoral and other academic staff. Director of Research Professor Tim Watson.

Entry Requirements Dentistry & Oral Science (Research Division) MPhil/PhD A minimum 2:1 first degree, or an overseas equivalent.

Dentistry & Oral Science (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE 2008: the most influential UK Dental School for research and includes 30 per cent of activity recognised as being 4*world leading in terms of originality, significance and rigour in research. Research income: £4.2m in 2011-12. Academic staff: around 80 research-active. Research students: over 100 PhD’s and Post Docs. Recent publications: see website for details. Partner organisations: part of King’s Health Partners one of five UK Academic Health Science Centres; close working between King’s College Hospital NHS and Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust.

Staff profile Professor Paul Sharpe BA (Hons) PhD Dickinson Professor of Craniofacial Biology Research interests: • The molecular control of tooth development. • Dental stem cell biology. • Tissue engineering of teeth. Current projects: The major areas addressed by Professor Sharpe and his team include: • The genetic mechanisms that regulate the control of tooth number and crown morphogenesis. • Integration of cell signaling pathways during epithelialmesenchymal interactions during tooth development. • Origin and function of dental mesenchymal stem cells. • How developmental-based approaches can be used to generate biological replacement teeth.

new hunt’s house

Research groups Biomaterials, Tissue Engineering & Imaging Research group leader: Professor Lucy Di Silvio The primary goal of the group is to develop novel strategies to repair, regenerate and image damaged or diseased tissues. The success of this effort requires a multidisciplinary approach, hence, the group combines the disciplines of cellular and molecular biology, material science, imaging and medicine. Cariology & Operative Dentistry Research group leader: Professor Avijit Banerjee The aim of this research group is to further understanding into patho-physiology/microbiology of dental caries, its initiation, development and clinical management. Collaborations with the Microbiology, Saliva and Biomaterials, Tissue Engineering & Imaging research groups permit exciting research opportunities to develop novel operative techniques for the minimally invasive surgical management of caries and also the development of novel bioactive restorative materials that aid healing of dental tissues. Craniofacial Development & Stem Cell Biology Research group leader: Professor Paul Sharpe Research investigating the mechanisms that control head development underpins a broader understanding of the genetic basis of craniofacial malformations. A multidisciplinary approach using different experimental models and techniques is employed to investigate cell signalling and transcriptional networks regulating development of craniofacial organs such as teeth, palate, sense organs, salivary glands muscle, skeleton and the brain. We are exploring stem cells from different craniofacial organs. An understanding of their in vivo function and cell biology will improve potential uses for clinical therapies. In the long term, this may lead to new methods for enhancement of natural repair processes and regenerative approaches, as well as potential to generate replacement tissues and organs for transplantation.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 65

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Dental Education Research group leader: Professor Mark Woolford

Saliva Research group leader: Professor Gordon Proctor

The Dental Institute is an international leader in the development of novel teaching methods. Research work in this area is focused on evaluating such novel techniques as well as investigating ways to improve teaching and assessment.

In this area academic and clinical experts work on a range of projects from basic studies of saliva and salivary gland function to clinical monitoring and treatment of saliva-related disease.

Dental Public Health Research group leader: Dr Jenny Gallagher Dental Public Health is the specialty of dentistry concerned with improving the oral health status of populations and the delivery and organisation of high-quality evidence-based dental care services. It involves a health systems approach that seeks to understand oral health and the wider determinants of oral health, influence pathways to care and the delivery of healthcare, together with the recruitment and retention of the appropriate workforce skill-mix. Endodontics Research group leader: Dr Federico Foschi The research group aims to explore the basic science linked to the specialty of endodontics. The investigative approaches include, among others, microbiology, 3D high resolution imaging and dental materials development. The ultimate goal is to improve the current standards of treatment and to positively affect the outcome of endodontics treatments.

Staff profile Professor Charles Kelly BSc PhD Professor of Oral Immunology Research interests: • Primarily focused on the development of microbicides (inhibitors of viral attachment, fusion or replication) against HIV-1. • More generally, interested in investigating host pathogen interactions at mucosal surfaces with the aim of developing novel inhibitors of infection. • In collaborative projects, we have previously developed peptide-based inhibitors of the oral pathogen Streptococcus mutans as well as oligosaccharide and domain antibody inhibitors of the gastric pathogen Helicobacter pylori. Current projects: • Currently coordinating an international project (Combined Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Microbicides – CHAARM) funded by the European Commission with 31 partner institutions in countries of the European Union, Switzerland, South Africa, USA and Ukraine that aims to develop novel microbicides. • Also investigating molecular mechanisms by which the cell surface molecule DC-SIGN may enhance infection with HIV-1.

Oral Cancer Research group leader: Professor Mahvash Tavassoli

Dental caries and periodontal disease are the commonest bacterial disease of man, making microbiology central to oral and dental research. Dental Institute microbiology staff perform basic research into fundamental aspects and mechanisms related to the oral microbiota as well as engaging in a wide range of collaborations with clinical colleagues.

The group aims to develop molecular tools for early diagnosis and prediction of responses to radio and chemotherapy. A number of genetic pathways are commonly deregulated in head and neck cancers including the p53 family, the inhibitors of apoptosis proteins (IAPs), as well as kinases including EGFR and PKC-beta. We are investigating these pathways as possible therapeutic targets for the development of small molecule inhibitors, monoclonal antibodies, peptides and microRNAs.

Mucosal Immunology & Oral Medicine Research group leader: Professor Charles Kelly

Oro-facial Pain Research group leader: Professor Tara Renton

Mucosal surfaces represent the major route of entry of infectious microorganisms and are protected by the secretory/mucosal immune system. Research in this area aims at understanding host pathogen interactions at mucosal surfaces, basic immunological responses to exogenous stress and immunopathology of autoimmune mucocutaneous disorders.

The research work on this topic is founded on an established national trigeminal nerve injury service at the Dental Institute, with support from liaison psychiatry, psychology and pain management teams, seeing over 100 patients a year. The research includes genetic analysis, MRI imaging and behavioural function in patients with these injuries.

Microbiology Research group leader: Professor William Wade

Periodontology Research group leader: Professor Francis Hughes The work performed in this topic covers a wide range of research from basic cell biology and immunology to the development and evaluation of novel treatments for periodontal disease.

Social & Behavioural Science (Dentistry) Research group leader: Professor Tim Newton Oral health is critically dependent on behaviour: attendance at the dentist, dietary behaviour, smoking cessation and self-care routines. Social and behavioural sciences provide a critical insight into the determinants of behaviour and how these can be modified. Oral health is not evenly distributed throughout society – throughout the world those who are poorest experience the worst oral health. Our research explores the distribution of oral disease according to social factors such as wealth, educational status, age and ethnicity. We identify why such inequalities exist and seek to develop public health approaches to decreasing inequality.

Dental Institute

Taught programmes The Dental Institute offers a wide range of programmes at Diploma, MSc and MClinDent level, many appropriate for specialist training. The majority of the programmes are delivered at Guy’s Campus although some are taught at Denmark Hill Campus and our innovative blended learning master’s programmes allow you to study from home. Clinical facilities are excellent as are the research laboratories for undertaking clinically-related projects. Programmes are based on small group teaching with personal contact with people who are excellent clinicians and world leaders in their field.

MCLINDENT PROGRAMMES Entry Requirements Endodontology MClinDent Periodontology MClinDent Prosthodontics MClinDent All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire an NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable.

Staff profile Professor Francesco Mannocci Professor of Endodontology/ Hons Cons Research interests: • Endodontology and restorative techniques. • Tooth restoration interfaces dental tissues. • Restorative materials. Research groups: • Cariology & Endodontics. • Translational Theme.

Endodontology MClinDent Endodontology balances academic, clinical skills and research. Subjects include the pathology of apical periodontitis and strategies to manage it effectively. Dynamic interaction with other graduate students specialising in prosthodontics, implantology and periodontology. Develops skills in understanding and analysing the research bases for clinical care. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Duration Three years five days per week, four years three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s and Denmark Hill campuses.

Periodontology MClinDent The first complete specialist training programme in periodontology in the UK, with outstanding educational experience through exceptional calibre of teachers. There is a huge variety of expertise available to give thorough practical education in advanced clinical periodontology, including aesthetics, implants and contemporary surgical methods. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Duration Three years, five days per week; or four years, three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Prosthodontics MClinDent Sixty per cent of the programme is dedicated to clinical experience in fixed, removable and implant prosthodontics. Teaching styles include close mentoring, chair-side guidance and small group work that emphasises the importance of the evidence base in literature and creates new research opportunities. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh has approved the programme for award of the MRD diploma after completion of specialist training. Duration Three years, five days per week or four years, three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus; also St Thomas’ Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 67

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Paediatric Dentistry MSc

MSC & PG DIP PROGRAMMES Entry Requirements Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip

STUDENT profile

A dental qualification with eligibility for registration with the GDC.

Fauzia Zamir Dental Public Health MSc

Applicants should demonstrate a focused interest in conscious sedation and be able to practise sedation in the place of work. Dental Public Health MSc Minimum 2:1 in a relevant subject plus an interest in the following: dental public health, community dentistry, preventive programmes, health promotion, special needs care. Evidence of experience of research, report writing or relevant knowledge desirable. Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc UK applicants: Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) or a degree in Dental Technology with two years’ post-qualification technical experience. Overseas applicants: a dental technology qualification and at least two years’ graduate experience. Overseas applicants will not be expected to have completed the Diploma in Professional Studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) but must have a focused interest in maxillofacial and craniofacial technology. Orthodontics MSc Paediatric Dentistry MSc All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable. Regenerative Dentistry MSc All applicants: a dental, medical or biological sciences qualification plus at least two years post-qualification experience. Special Care Dentistry MSc All applicants: a dental qualification plus at least two years post-qualification experience. EU applicants will normally need to satisfy any additional specialist training requirements and acquire an NTN before programme commences. For UK applicants FDS, MFDS or MJDF is desirable.

Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip Creates a better understanding of the processes involved in conscious sedation through knowledge of the basic sciences; teaches basic techniques, explores principles of selection, assessment, and treatment planning; provides clinical experience by treating patients under sedation in supervised sessions; introduction to advanced sedation techniques where required. Duration Next entry is 2013. Nine months FT, January to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

‘Being passionate for learning in a world class research environment, King’s was the choice I made and will cherish this forever. Along with the offer to study the MSc Dental Health programme, King’s also offered me a partial funding which not only boosted my courage to cope with the financial challenges as an international student but also gave me the inspiration to excel via this prestigious platform of King’s.’

Diadactic core modules in all aspects of paediatric dentistry and a hands-on laboratory module in operative dentistry for children. Includes: diagnosis; treatment planning and delivery of care requiring non-pharmacological behaviour management strategies and those requiring oral rehabilitation under sedation or general anaesthesia. Duration Two years FT, five days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus and King’s College Hospital.

Regenerative Dentistry MSc Dental Public Health MSc Especially for people, not just dentists, who intend to become planners, managers of services, epidemiologists, health promoters and teachers of public health dental subjects. Seven core modules with written examination and assignments plus dental public health research in year three. Duration One year, five days per week, October to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc A ground-breaking programme open to both dental technicians and dentists. Teaches clinical and technical aspects of facial prostheses; ocular prostheses; orbital and skull cranioplasties and obturators. Covers: recognising oral disease; infections; skin lesions related to intra- and extraoral prostheses; core modules in all restorative disciplines. Duration Two years (one day distance learning, two days at College). Location Principally at Guy’s Campus; also at Denmark Hill Campus.

Orthodontics MSc Academic and practical teaching covering all aspects of orthodontic diagnosis and care including normal development; growth modifications; fixed appliances and the biological principles of orthodontic tooth movement. Participation in related research programmes, including: laboratory materials investigations; clinical studies and biological investigations. University of Malta joint degree option. Accreditation The Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh and the Inter-Collegiate Board of the English and Glasgow Royal Surgical Colleges have approved the programme for award of the MOrth diploma after completion of specialist training. Candidates are able to conjointly take the MSc and MOrth Edinburgh in one sitting. Further details are available on request. Duration Three years FT, October to September. Location Guy’s and Denmark Hill Campus. University of Malta for joint degree candidates.

Academic, practical and research teaching covering all aspects of the latest developments in regenerative dentistry including dental stem cell culture, iPS and ES cells, tooth bioengineering and role of stem cells in tooth repair. A major feature of the course is a research project carried out in one of the research groups and supported by practical demonstrations and evaluation of research publications. Accreditation UK 180/ECTS 90. Duration One year, October to September (October 2013 entry). Location Dental Institute, Tower Wing, Guys’ Campus.

Special Care Dentistry MSc Provides a theoretical foundation and develops appropriate clinical skills for the care of patients needing special care with particular emphasis on the use of behaviour management techniques, analgesia, sedation and general anaesthesia. Also covers training in research methods and their practical application. Accreditation For selected candidates the two year MSc programme is recognised by the Specialist Advisory Committee for Special Care Dentistry as partially contributing towards the three year specialist training programme in Special Care Dentistry. Duration Two years, three days per week, October to September. Location Guy’s Campus.

Dental Institute

STUDENT PROFILE: Dr Anna Malene Grip, Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc Distance Learning The lecturers at King’s have a great deal of experience both practically and theoretically. I also like that the course offers updated computer technology education. Studying at a distance allows me to study and work in Norway thus I can continue to work in Oslo and to live with my family. I can choose when to study and I can work at home and also continue to work at the hospital. The face-to-face part of the course in London was very rewarding because I got to know the other students and we had a lot of hands-on training.

FleXIBLE PROGRAMMES Entry Requirements Advanced General Dental Practice MSc Advanced Minimum Intervention Dentistry MSc Aesthetic Dentistry MSc Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics MClinDent Endodontics MSc All of the following requirements must be met by applicants: Qualification and employment status: a dental qualification acceptable to the College; employment as a dentist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment. Access to facilities and equipment: adequate clinical facilities and access to patients requiring treatment relevant to your subject area; approved video equipment, as part of the monitoring process (advice on this will be given in the first Intensive Face-to-Face course); access to an appropriate dental library.

Advanced General Dental Practice

Endodontics MSc

MSc

Offered in response to unprecedented demand for endodontically trained professionals from within the UK and abroad. This unique and comprehensive programme is aimed at dentists who would like to enhance their existing abilities while acquiring advanced and up-to-date skills which will enable them to successfully and confidently manage more complex and demanding endodontic cases.

For dental practitioners to enhance their clinical and academic skills for professional development, expanding on BDS level knowledge. This programme will also provide great support and guidance for dentists who plan to take FFGDP, MJDF, MFDS, MFD and ORE examinations. Duration Two or three years (January 2013 start). Location Study at home using flexible learning materials, as well as compulsory attendance at an intensive face-to-face course in years one and two in the UK.

Aesthetic Dentistry MSc

Other requirements: USB headset with a microphone (or separate headphones and microphone); webcam; internet connection – broadband is preferable, ideally with minimum speeds of 2Mbps down and 3Mbps up. A wired internet connection is preferable, so if you have wireless internet access, you may need to be able to connect your computer by cable to maintain a high-quality connection during tutorials; Javascript must be enabled; cookies must be enabled; popup windows must be enabled

An innovative programme offering dental practitioners with the necessary skills and knowledge to provide high quality functional dental restorations with optimal aesthetic value. Focused on providing dental care where there is a clinical need to restore oral health and function, the course also covers cosmetic and facial techniques. The face-to-face training takes place in either London or Sydney.

Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc

Duration Three years (January 2013 start).

All of the following requirements must be met by applicants: Qualification and employment status: UK applicants will be expected to have a diploma in professional studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) or a degree in Dental Technology with at least two years post-qualification technical experience; overseas applicants should have a dental technology qualification and at least two years postgraduate experience. Overseas applicants will not be expected to have completed the Diploma in professional studies (Maxillofacial Prosthetics & Technology) but must have a focused interest in maxillofacial and craniofacial technology. Students wishing to undertake the Oro-Facial Prosthodontics module must be clinically qualified to perform prosthodontic treatment. Overseas applicants will also be accepted with a dental qualification if employed as a prosthodontist in a dental practice, dental school, hospital, or community dental services environment Access to facilities and equipment: access to appropriate library facilities, email and internet; adequate clinical facilities and access to patients requiring treatment relevant to your subject area; approved video equipment, as part of the monitoring process (advice on this will be given on this); access to an appropriate library. Other requirements: USB headset with a microphone (or separate headphones and microphone); webcam; internet connection – Broadband is preferable, ideally with minimum speeds of 2Mbps down and 3Mbps up; a wired internet connection is preferable, so if you have wireless internet access, you may need to be able to connect your computer by cable to maintain a high-quality connection during tutorials; Javascript must be enabled; cookies must be enabled; popup windows must be enabled.

Location Study from home using flexible learning materials, as well as compulsory attendance at an intensive face-to-face course in years one, two and three in the UK or Sydney, Australia.

Advanced Minimum Intervention Dentistry MSc This programme is designed for the discerning oral health care provider (dentist and/or DCP) who wishes to develop and enhance their minimum intervention clinical operative, patient and practice management skills. The aim is to create a fully integrated, patient-centered, team care approach to future oral health care, maximising the clinical and financial future of your dental practice. Learn about and use in daily practice, the latest minimally invasive operative technologies and adhesive restorative materials / techniques to prevent, manage and treat dental disease in your patients. Duration Three years, flexible learning, January to December (January 2014 start). Location Study at home using flexible learning materials, use the skills you learn in your daily practice, as well as compulsory attendance at an intensive face-to-face course in first and second years in London.

Duration Three years, flexible learning, January to December (January 2013 start). Location Study at home using flexible learning materials, as well as compulsory attendance at an intensive face-to-face course in first and second years in London.

Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics MClinDent Blended learning programme for dental practitioners wishing to enhance knowledge of restorative dentistry for general practice with emphasis on fixed and removable prosthodontics. Clinical work must be done in your own practice, so entry is restricted to dentists working in general practice or a similar clinical environment. Option to take the face-to-face training in either London or Sydney. Duration Four years (January 2013 start). Location Study from home using flexible learning materials, as well as compulsory attendance at an intensive face-to-face course in years one, two and three in the UK or Sydney, Australia.

Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc For maxillofacial prosthetists, technologists and prosthodontists working in a hospital environment or similar practice, to enhance their knowledge of intra and extra oral prosthetic facial rehabilitation and improve their clinical and technical skills. The programme provides opportunities to experience cutting edge digital technology resulting in a higher standard of clinical practice. Duration Three years distance learning (January 2013 start). Location Study from home using specially prepared flexible learning materials. In years one and two students attend a compulsory intensive face-to-face course in Pune, India.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 69

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

The Dickson Poon School of Law Located at the heart of the British legal and political world and surrounded by major global law firms, The Dickson Poon School of Law tempers its academic excellence in the fires of real world experience. The School recently embarked on a £40m investment project, made possible by a personal gift of £20m by Mr Dickson Poon (CBE). The gift will establish The Dickson Poon School of Law as a leader in the field of transnational law – thinking beyond particular national jurisdictions and seeking global solutions to the world’s legal challenges. Engagement will be at the forefront of your learning experience with the School. Researchers with international reputations will be delivering your lectures and leading your seminars, creating a vibrant intellectual community that will include, inspire and challenge you. Whether you undertake study in medical ethics, competition law, international financial law, human values, construction law or European law, you will find that London is the international centre for work in these fields and that the work carried out at King’s is at the cutting edge.

student Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 71

About the School • Recognised globally as one of the UK’s premier law schools, with a tradition of teaching excellence dating back to the foundation of the College in 1829. • Unrivalled location for law based in Somerset House East Wing on the Strand, with the Royal Courts of Justice, Law Society and Inns of Court all on your doorstep. • Our staff are drawn from across the legal profession and you will have unrivalled access to and opportunity to study with some of the world’s foremost academics and visiting lecturers.

‘At first, the range of interesting and unique modules attracted me towards a tailored LLM, but then the high quality of academic staff in the European Law LLM, combined with their expertise and experience, attracted me more. King’s is an outstanding place to study EU law as it is centred on an international mix of graduates, teachers and professionals all keen on and animated by EU law. This is combined with the excellent research, the effective professional networking and the distinguished programmes conducted by the Centre of European Law.’ Charlotte Reichow, German European Law LLM

Location Strand Campus Address The Dickson Poon School of Law King’s College London Strand Campus Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel +44 (0)20 7848 2097/2711 (taught programmes) +44 (0)20 7848 7208/2555 (research programmes) Email law-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa_pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/law

• Pioneering research centres, such as the Centre of European Law, the Centre of Medical Law & Ethics and the International State Crime Initiative (ISCI). • Our culture and open door policy plays a key role in creating a welcoming, vibrant and inclusive intellectual community.

Induction & training

Facilities

Interaction with the community and preparation for work are the key features of induction and training at the School. Getting settled in and having a productive start are the aims of the induction. You will be introduced to the basic concepts of law relating to your area of study. We will train you in how to access learning materials provided electronically; we will train you in the use of modern information gathering and information management techniques. In addition, you will be invited to attend social events as well as events sponsored by the School or alumni, or global law firms as appropriate. Many of these events represent valuable opportunities for you in respect of establishing links with your peers and with a wider professional network. If deemed necessary, you will be able to undertake additional specialist training through the College. Research students also have access to the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme.

Digitisation of key texts is a priority for the School so that students can access learning materials from home. Our provision in this area supplements the expansion of e-resources and we are committed to training you to use these facilities; the same facilities which major law firms often employ. The College’s Maughan Library provides impressive teaching, learning and social facilities. It contains a comprehensive collection of the latest legal texts, reference materials, journals and datasets, and is equipped with online databases such as Westlaw UK, Lexis, Justis, PLC and KluwerArbitration. Other library spaces available to you include the Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, the British Library and Senate House, University of London. Somerset House East Wing houses master’s and PhD student common rooms, shared workspaces, social spaces, seminar rooms and a moot court room, as well as academic and departmental offices dedicated to The Dickson Poon School of Law.

Funding Two Master of Laws (LLM) studentships are offered each year: one covering home/ EU fees and the other covering international student fees. Funding for research degrees is available from UK Research Councils, from the Graduate School at King’s and from The Dickson Poon Graduate Research Scholarship scheme. The King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre offers funding and training to law researchers. Please see our website for the latest information on scholarships.

Career destinations LLM graduates go into or continue with a variety of careers including: legal profession; banking and finance; accountancy; management consultancy; human rights organisations and other voluntary bodies; academia. Other programmes lead to more specialist career enhancement, such as in medical ethics or tax law. Research graduates commonly take up academic careers. Others return to legal practice with a greater ability to specialise or they may enter management and the public sector.

The Dickson Poon School of Law

Research opportunities • The Dickson Poon School of Law has a thriving research community with about 100 MPhil/PhD students. We believe in our commitment to research and our degree is offered on a full-time basis only. • Research opportunities are organised through The Dickson Poon School of Law but you may well find that your work is also related to research at one of the pioneering centres at the School, such as the Centre of European Law, the International State Crime Initiative and the Centre of Medical Law & Ethics. • Staff at the School currently hold research grants from organisations such as the Economic & Social Research Council, the Arts & Humanities Research Council, the British Academy, the Wellcome Trust, the Fulbright Commission and the European Union Framework Programme. • Funding for research degrees is available from UK Research Councils and from the Graduate School at King’s. The King’s Interdisciplinary Social Science Doctoral Training Centre offers funding and training to law researchers. The new Dickson Poon Graduate Research Scholarship scheme offers five prestigious scholarships, all worth £90,000 each across three years. • The lively research community at the School is led by the Graduate Legal Research Society which hosts the annual International Graduate Legal Research Conference and attracts researchers from across the globe. The Graduate Research Alumni Network keeps researchers in touch with King’s and each other after graduation.

Entry Requirements

Staff profile

Law Research MPhil/PhD A strong merit in a master’s degree in law or a related discipline, with strong evidence of research and writing ability. This will normally involve achieving a strong merit in a dissertation component of the master’s degree. Candidates who do not meet these criteria will only be admitted if the prospective supervisor makes a case for admission based on the candidate’s broader work experience.

Law Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Current number of academic staff: 55 full time members of academic staff. Current number of research students: 100. Recent publications and current research projects: see website for details. International recognition: the diversity and excellence of the School’s research is recognised internationally both within and outside the academic world and staff have been involved with a wide range of international and national projects.

STUDENT profile Vichithri Jayasinghe Law MPhil/PhD ‘Having previously studied at King’s when reading for my master’s in Law, I was exposed to a community which made it the natural choice for my PhD. The academic staff are supportive and display a great sense of commitment to their students. Personally, I would not be taking on the daunting task of postgraduate research if it weren’t for the encouragement and support I received from my supervisors here at King’s.’

Dr Cian C Murphy Dr Cian Murphy is Director of Graduate Research Studies, having joined The Dickson Poon School of Law in September 2010. Current research projects: • ‘Law and Power in Transatlantic Counter-Terrorism Co-operation’ supported by the Fulbright Commission. • ‘A Critical Comparison of Material Support Law in the EU and US’ funded by a British Academy Small Research Grant. • ‘Explicit Judicial Dialogue and Human Rights Law’ supported by the Centre of European Law.

Research active staff are the norm within The Dickson Poon School of Law and the excellence of their research is recognised both nationally and internationally. Our pioneering research centres lead and inform public debate on pressing issues that affect the modern world and the supervision and training of the next generation of legal scholars is of paramount importance at the School. Full details of the admissions process and information on staff research interests and ongoing research projects can be found on the School’s website. What we expect to see from a research proposal is that the applicant can think critically and write coherently. Often the research proposal will only be the first step and the project will be modified several times. It will evolve between when you first send it to us and when it’s formally submitted and it will evolve again if we accept you onto the programme. So writing a good research proposal that has been proofread and that really conveys the project you want to pursue is the best way to get a place on the programme. You really need to do your homework and decide what kind of degree it is you’re looking for and how it fits with what we’re trying to do here at King’s. Head of Programme Dr Cian Murphy

Strand Campus

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 73

Taught programmes • The School offers a rich portfolio of learning: those coming from a law background will find a large number of specialist Master of Laws programmes; those from a more diverse background may well be interested in our broad range of specialised master’s programmes. • Most of our programmes can be taken part-time and many of our specialist Master of Laws programmes are taught outside normal working hours to assist those who are studying while in work. • For those unable to study in London, we offer a number of distance learning master’s programmes which are supported by interactive sessions online.

LLM Programmes Entry Requirements Master of Laws LLM Competition Law LLM European Law LLM Intellectual Property & Information Law LLM International Business Law LLM International Financial Law LLM International Tax LLM The basic requirement for admission to the LLM programme is a recognised first degree in law (or a degree with at least 70 per cent law content) of at least high upper second class honours standard or an equivalent overseas qualification. Exceptionally, you may be considered where a comparable academic level has been achieved through other graduate studies and where work or experience has made you a suitable candidate for the LLM.

Competition Law LLM Widely respected throughout Europe and beyond, our LLM in Competition Law will challenge and inspire you in equal measure. Leading policy makers, practitioners and academics are attracted to King’s throughout the year to address the most challenging questions about the theory and application of competition law and economics. Learn from the best during your classes or join in the debate and meet with world-renowned speakers at our weekly lunchtime and evening events. This makes King’s an exciting place to learn and think about this area. Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Duration One year FT, two years to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Part-time applicants: please note that the School requires that students applying to a postgraduate law programme are working for a minimum of 22 hours per week. You will be asked to supply an official letter from your employer stating that you work for at least 22 hours or more per week.

Staff profile Professor Richard Whish

StUDENT profile Luciana de Andrade Moura Lima LLM ‘As soon as I got to the Strand Campus I knew that I could not have made a better choice; the atmosphere is friendly, but at the same time serious, it exhales knowledge. The teachers are extremely qualified and committed, the students are very prepared and the library is a must. The various departments and societies often promote seminars about a wide range of interesting subjects, as well as workshops with companies and law firms.’

Master of Laws LLM Our LLM is a respected and desirable academic qualification recognised throughout the world and across key legal disciplines. It focuses on our particular areas of expertise and aims to offer a unique student experience by taking advantage of our outstanding academic reputation, with emphasis on innovative and problem-solving teaching methods as well as our comparative and international outlook. Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Research interests: Professor Whish has research interests in the competition law of the EU, UK and other countries. He is actively involved in research on many aspects of competition policy, including the international merger process, pricing behaviour and the relationship between competition law and regulation. Teaching: • European Union Competition Law. • UK Competition Law. • Postgraduate Diploma in EU Competition Law – distance learning. • Postgraduate Diploma in EU Law – distance learning.

European Law LLM Renowned as a true leader in postgraduate study. Our students play a key role in our success through direct participation in debates and the exchange of ideas among the academic community. Our Centre for European Law is a fulcrum for applied learning, attracting notable experts to a wide range of conferences, seminars and lectures. Here at King’s you will find yourself studying European Law as it happens. Our academics and visiting lecturers are all well respected in the field and you will see firsthand how European and EU law takes shape. Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Duration One year FT, two years to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

somerset house east wing

The Dickson Poon School of Law

Intellectual Property & Information Law LLM With this specialist LLM you will gain a detailed insight into the fast-growing field of Intellectual Property & Information Law. This programme is at the cuttingedge of international law. Expect interactive classes focusing on topical issues concerning the regulation of innovation and creativity, in which the issues of the day are explored in detail. Covering the latest practical and theoretical perspectives you will learn about the access to and use of data in a global context. Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Duration One year FT, two years to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Business Law LLM Led by a team of distinguished academics and practitioners, the King’s LLM in International Business Law will provide you with an edge in the practice of international business law. With a focus on international trading and business and international financial transactions, you may also choose to learn about the resolution of international business disputes through international litigation and arbitration. The modules will provide you with a practitioner perspective and related skills and equip you to practice with a major law firm or multinational corporation. Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Duration One year FT, two years to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Financial Law LLM Focus is on the law affecting the major transactions in the vast global financial markets and will include international bonds, international project finance, derivatives and credit derivatives, securitisations, corporate mergers and acquisitions and their regulation under key regulatory regimes in the EU, US and UK. Strongly connected legal areas such as international investment law and comparative corporate insolvency will also be covered, but this LLM will not be concerned with litigation and arbitration. It will be of use to those who wish to practice with one of the global law firms in the global financial centres or large regional law firms or with one of the global investment banks or hedge funds or major multinationals participating in the financial markets. As such many of the modules will be taught in a strongly practice oriented manner.

MA PROGRAMMES Entry Requirements

Staff profile Professor Ravi Tennekoon Research interests: International Capital Markets, Derivatives and Credit Derivatives, International Banking, Securitisations, Regulatory and Conflict of laws aspects of financial markets. Teaching: • Law of International Finance 1. • Law of International Finance 2 – Project Finance & Loan Sales. • Law of International Finance 3 – Securitisations, Derivatives & CDO’s.

All programmes Part-time applicants: please note that the Dickson Poon School of Law requires that part-time students applying to a postgraduate law programme are working for a minimum of 22 hours per week. You will be asked to supply an official letter from your employer stating that you work for at least 22 hours or more per week. Global Ethics & Human Values MA The basic entry requirements are a recognised first degree of at least upper second class honours (or equivalent overseas qualification) in a relevant discipline, such as philosophy, politics, law, economics, history, or social science; or a relevant professional qualification and experience. Medical Ethics & Law MA

International Tax LLM No commercial transaction is complete without knowledge of taxation. Our International Tax LLM will equip you with the legal framework and intellectual tools you need to understand cross-border tax. With a reputation for exceptional teaching and contemporary expertise you will find your intellectual and creative abilities are both challenged and developed by this demanding but intensely practical subject. While studying for the LLM you also have the chance to prepare simultaneously for the CIOT Advanced Diploma in International Taxation. Accreditation Law Society CPD points. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medical Law MA Minimum 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or equivalent overseas qualification) in a relevant discipline, eg law, medicine, philosophy, theology, social science, one of the life sciences, dentistry or nursing studies. Evidence of achievement of an academic level comparable to at least upper second class honours standard through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate, will also be considered. Tax Law MA Either 2:1 in a tax related degree (accountancy or tax), or 2:1 in any degree. All applicants must have at least 12 months’ experience working in the tax arena. Equivalent qualifications from overseas students will be considered. Applicants with a law degree should see LLM International Tax.

Global Ethics & Human Values MA The most wide-ranging and philosophical programme in its field, covering the urgent ethical issues of our globalising world including climate change, war, terrorism, poverty, inequality, trade, justice and human rights. Based in the heart of London close to government, the Royal Courts of Justice, multinational corporate HQs and international NGOs. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Medical Ethics & Law MA

Accreditation Law Society CPD points.

Study in depth the ethical and legal questions raised in the context of medicine including genetics, assisted reproduction, abortion, assisted suicide and euthanasia, advance decisions, autism, psychiatric ethics and mental health law, medical research, organ donations and the allocation of scarce resources. Supported by the UK’s first centre of Medical Law and Ethics and its distinguished team of academic staff.

Duration One year FT, two years to four years PT, September to September.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 75

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Medical Law MA Study in depth the legal questions raised in the context of medicine including genetics, assisted reproduction, abortion, assisted suicide and euthanasia, advance decisions, autism, psychiatric ethics and mental health law, medical research, organ donations and the allocation of scarce resources. Supported by the UK’s first centre of Medical Law and Ethics and its distinguished team of academic staff. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Tax Law MA Designed for those without a legal background to engage in a comprehensive study of domestic and international tax law. Offers modules of the LLM in International Tax with additional skills training for non-lawyers. Opportunity to prepare for the Chartered Institute of Taxation Advanced Diploma in International Tax. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

CONSTRUCTION LAW Entry Requirements

DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMMES Entry Requirements Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip EU Competition Law MA/PG Dip European Union Law MA/PG Dip UK, EU & US Copyright Law MA/PG Dip Applicants normally hold a good second class honours degree (or equivalent in the case of degrees differently graded) in law or in a related discipline, or are a qualified barrister or solicitor. Applications from candidates who have achieved a comparable academic level through past studies and where previous study, work or experience has made the applicant a suitable candidate for admission may also be considered.

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip Economics for Competition Law is for practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Gain an understanding of the increasingly important role that economics plays in competition law and when economic analysis is needed for a particular competition law case. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two weekend seminars in central London.

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc Good honours degree in a relevant subject (eg law, engineering, surveying), or other professional or academic qualifications acceptable to the College and for construction professionals and non-practising lawyers, at least two years’ relevant work experience; for practising lawyers, at least completed pupillage, or one year of training contract.

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc Construction Law and Dispute Resolution is taught intensively over a series of three-day sessions at monthly intervals, which facilitates attendance by students who are based distant from London; supported by a unique collection of reference materials held in the Maughan Library and online; academically-led and practice-informed, provides a unique perspective on this area of the law. Accreditation The MSc, together with an awardwriting examination, is currently recognised for the Fellowship qualification of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators. It is also recognised for CPD by the Law Society, the ICE, the RICS and the General Council of the Bar. Duration Two years PT, September to September; or for overseas non-lawyer students only, one and a half years FT, September to April; or for overseas lawyer students only, one year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Staff profile Professor Tanya Aplin Research: Professor Aplin’s research lies in the field of intellectual property law. She has written extensively on how digital technologies are regulated by copyright law at an international level. Her most recent work concerns the protection of trade secrets and confidential information in the UK, with a particular emphasis on the way in which privacy-based decisions are affecting the shape of the action as a whole. Teaching: • International & Comparative Law of Copyright & Related Rights. • Intellectual Property Law.

EU Competition Law MA/PG Dip For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Gain an understanding of the substantive rules of EU Competition Law and the procedural framework in which they operate. Modules updated annually to take account of new law. Accreditation CPD accredited by the Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two weekend seminars in central London.

European Union Law MA/PG Dip European Union Law is a distance learning programme; study at one of the leading law schools in the UK from anywhere in the world. Gain an in-depth and up-to-date knowledge of the most important theoretical and practical aspects of EU law focusing on the Treaties of the European Union. Accreditation CPD accredited by Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. Duration Two years PT (Distance Learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two weekend seminars in central London.

UK, EU & US Copyright Law MA/PG Dip For practising lawyers, regulators, academics or if you have a specific need for knowledge in this area. Modules: UK Copyright Law I; UK Copyright Law II & US Copyright Law; French & German Copyright Law; EU & International Copyright Law. Accreditation CPD accredited by Solicitors Regulation Authority and the Bar Standards Board. Duration Two years PT (distance learning), October to October. Location Distance learning with two/three weekend seminars in central London.

School of Medicine The School of Medicine is one of the most prestigious schools of medicine in the world with a pioneering history that can be traced back several centuries. Our staff cross basic and clinical sciences including cancer, immunology, nutritional sciences, transplantation and imaging sciences. The School offers a broad range of postgraduate study options including some unique and award winning programmes supporting career development for clinical scientists, clinicians, general practitioners, allied health professionals and health care policy makers and leaders. The School also has a vibrant graduate research student community of around 300 students across 10 research divisions.

staff Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 77

About the School • Dating back over 300 years, King’s College London School of Medicine is the largest provider of healthcare training in Europe. • Range of career-enhancing MSc programmes for healthcare professionals, clinicians and clinical scientists. Many of these programmes are accredited. • Research opportunities available in ten research divisions incorporating specialist centres in asthma, transplantation and cardiovascular research. • Located on three world-renowned hospital campuses – Guy’s, King’s College and St Thomas’ Hospitals. • Lively seminar series and a major international lecture series.

‘The Division is at the forefront of research into the causes, treatment and prevention of respiratory diseases, including asthma, chronic obstructive lung disease and pulmonary vascular dysfunction. A major strength of the Division is the multidisciplinary mix of clinicians, physiologists, pharmacologists and molecular biologists, at all stages of their careers. The wide range of expertise and methodologies available, coupled with close contact with clinicians who are treating patients suffering from the disease under study, means that the Division is an ideal training ground for those who want to work at the cutting edge of medical research.’ Professor Jeremy Ward Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

Location Guy’s, Waterloo, Denmark Hill and St Thomas’ campuses Address King’s College London Guy’s Campus London SE1 1UL Contact Health Schools Admissions Centre Tel +44 (0)20 7848 6703/6704/6713 fax +44 (0)20 7848 6730 Email postgrad-medicine@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine

Induction & training

Centres of excellence

Research students undergo annual induction and training with the other Health Schools and have access to our new Researcher Development Programme run by the Graduate School.

The School has a number of externally awarded specialist centres, an indication of expertise and excellence. These include:

Funding

• NIHR Comprehensive Biomedical Research Centre (King’s with Guy’s and St Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust).

A number of research studentships, funded by a mixture of central College and external (for example, Research Councils) funding, are awarded to Divisions and then advertised on the School’s webpages and in academic journals such as Nature and New Scientist. Funding is also available through the Graduate School.

• British Heart Foundation Centre of Excellence.

Facilities

• Breakthrough Breast Cancer Unit.

All new students have access to a critical mass of research expertise and facilities. There are seminars and annual research days, which provide opportunities for students to network and present their work, including an annual Postgraduate Research Showcase Day. All students within the School are expected to take advantage of the extensive range of training courses. Library services comprise a wide range of printed, electronic and multimedia material including the networked Medline service. The online virtual campus provides a wealth of information relating to postgraduate study. Research students have access to two postgraduate common rooms, a social room and a room with computers and desks for quiet study. All new students are issued with a Postgraduate Student Handbook, which provides a wide range of practical information on how to access these and other facilities, plus other important information relevant to your studies.

• MRC- Asthma UK Centre in Allergic Mechanisms of Asthma. • MRC Centre in Transplantation. • World Health Organisation Collaborating Centre for palliative care.

• CRUK NIHR Experimental Cancer Centre. • CRUK EPSRC Comprehensive Cancer Imaging Centre (with UCL). • Wellcome Trust EPSRC Centre of Excellence in Medical Engineering.

Career destinations Taught programmes have a variety of career destinations depending on the specialty, from laboratory-based research in industry or academia, to working for regulatory authorities, NHS, research councils, publishing or continued research to doctoral level and careers in academic teaching. Many research graduates progress onto further careers in medical research, academia and industry, in the UK and overseas.

School of Medicine

Research opportunities • Divisions cross traditional departmental boundaries and are closely aligned with the areas of clinical excellence of the School’s NHS Trust partners, ensuring that strong basic science is integrated with, and transforms into, improved clinical care. • These groups include members from other Schools in the College such as Biomedical Sciences and the Dental Institute and are at the heart of the School’s vision of encouraging close interactions between clinical and biomedical scientists. • King’s is also actively developing joint PhD programmes with partner institutions.

Entry Requirements Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) A first class or 2:1 first degree in medicine, immunology, molecular biology, biochemistry, microbiology, genetics, physiology or pharmacology, or overseas equivalent. Cancer Studies MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU Genetics & Molecular Medicine MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering MPhil/PhD Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) MPhil/PhD Medical Education MPhil/PhD Transplantation Immunology & Mucosal Biology MPhil/PhD Womens Health MPhil/PhD A first class or 2:1 first degree in an appropriate subject, or the overseas equivalent is normally required, although an exception may be made if the applicant has a good MSc with a merit or above. Cardiovascular MPhil/PhD A BSc degree awarded with first class honours or a 2:1, or an overseas equivalent. The division is generally only able to accept students on funded studentships, which are usually advertised and appointed competitively. Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences MPhil/PhD 2:1 degree or master’s in a biomedical science or a veterinary, medical or dental qualification. Health & Social Care MPhil/PhD, DHC Normally a 2:1 first degree or higher in a relevant subject, or an overseas equivalent. A master’s level qualification or qualification and/or experience as a health professional may also be required for some programmes.

Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) MPhil/PhD, MD(Res) Research profile 2008 RAE Result: the Division was returned along with Hepatology and Imaging Sciences; 75 per cent of research activity was rated as world leading or internationally excellent. 100 per cent of research environment was considered world beating and 100 per cent of esteem indicators were internationally excellent. Research income: £45m over the last five years. Current number of academic staff: 38 faculty members. Current number of research students: PhD 35; MD 10. Recent publications and current research projects: see our staff profiles at www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine

Guy’s Campus

We are successfully engaging in basic, translational and clinical research in asthma, allergy and respiratory medicine that individually and collectively constitute a major health burden. The Government and funding bodies have recommended substantial investment in research and clinical provision in this area. We are committed to addressing these priority areas in health research. Close interactions between non-clinical and clinical scientists provide improved opportunities for novel ideas and for discoveries from gene to bedside to be fully exploited for the benefit of health care. Our main aims are to: advance the understanding of pathogenesis of asthma and allergy to inform the development of new and effective treatments and prevention; study

the link between airway inflammation, proliferation and oncogenesis; be a training ground for future generations of researchers; and be a public voice for asthma, allergy and respiratory disease research. Head of Division Professor Tariq Sethi Research groups & Leaders Adult Clinical Respiratory Physiology Environmental Impact of Respiratory Health (Pollution, Vitamin D) IgE Structure, Function & Regulation Professor Brian Sutton Immune Mechanisms of Asthma (Cellular/Molecular) Lung Cancer Paediatric Clinical Respiratory Physiology Prevention of Allergy, Asthma & Chronic Respiratory Morbidity Professor Tariq Sethi Respiratory Physiology & Airways Remodelling Professor Jeremy Ward Therapy including Immunomodulation Professor Tariq Sethi

Cancer Studies MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU Research profile 2008 RAE Result: 67 per cent of research outputs from the Division were rated as world leading or internationally excellent. Research income: over £7 million in 2010-11. Current number of academic staff: 41. Current number of research students: PhD 28 FT, 20 PT. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine Joint PhDs are available with Hong Kong University (HKU).

The strategic objective of the Division is to foster a culture of innovation in patient care through research excellence. To achieve this we are implementing fully integrated research pathways, breaking down traditional clinical/academic boundaries and drawing together members of the Division and our associated Hospital Trusts. Our multidisciplinary research portfolio maps onto and spans the entire patient journey. Our work reflects core strengths in haematology, haemato-oncology, breast cancer biology, epidemiology, cancer and cell biology, alongside unique resources such as the Bio-Bank and Thames Cancer Registry. Head of Division Professor Peter Parker FRS Research groups & Leaders Cancer Epidemiology Professor Henrik Møller Cell Biology & Imaging Professor Tony Ng Haemato-oncology Professor Ghulam Mufti Molecular Haematology Professor Swee Lay Thein Research Oncology Professor Arnie Purushotham

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 79

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Cardiovascular MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE national ranking: top three. 2008 RAE Results: 80 per cent of research activity in the Division was rated as world leading or internationally excellent.

Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences MPhil/PhD Research profile 2008 RAE Result: 65 per cent of research activity in nutritional sciences was rated as world leading or internationally excellent. Research income: £2.5 million for year 2010-11.

Research income: £32m including substantial funding from the MRC, BBSRC, BHF, Wellcome Trust, EU and other organisations.

Current number of academic staff: 35.

Current number of staff: 35 principal investigators.

Recent publications and research projects: see Division website.

Current number of research students: 46 PhD, 6 MD. Recent publications: see our Division’s staff details at www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine

Our mission is to pursue internationally leading laboratory-to-bedside research that addresses the molecular, cellular and physiological mechanisms underlying normal and abnormal cardiovascular function. This work is linked to translational research to improve the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of human cardiovascular disease. We have excellent infrastructure and facilities and collaborate frequently with groups focused on imaging, structural biology, genetics and immunology. We have been designated a British Heart Foundation (BHF) Centre of Research Excellence, one of only four in the UK, in recognition of our research strengths and outstanding training provision for clinical and non-clinical scientists. Head of Division Professor Ajay Shah

Cicely Saunders Institute of Palliative Care & Rehabilitation MPhil/PhD Research profile Research income: £1.5m annually. Current number of staff: 70. Current number of research students: 11. Recent publications and projects: see the Cicily Saunders Institute website for details.

The Institute is a world-leading centre for palliative care research and an official collaborating centre of the World Health Organisation. The Institute’s breakthrough research projects not only influence clinical practice, but also have an impact on national and international policies for palliative care. The Institute’s multidisciplinary environment combines social science, psychology, nursing, medical and health services research. Head of Division Professor Irene Higginson

Current number of research students: 40 PhD students.

The Division of Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences brings together basic scientists, clinicians and public health practitioners in the two disciplines to develop evidence based strategies for the prevention of diet related and metabolic diseases. The Division also aims to translate findings from basic science to improve their clinical management. Head of Division Professors Stephanie Amiel and Tom Sanders Research groups & Leaders Diabetes Research Professor Stephanie Amiel, Professor Peter Jones

Unit focuses on complex genetic traits in the main categories of ageing, cardiovascular disease, metabolic syndrome, and eyes, as well as on other areas such as skin disease, immunology, gastroenterology and behaviour. Head of Division Professor Gillian Bates Research groups & Leaders Dermatology Professor Jonathan Barker Medical & Molecular Genetics Professor Christopher Mathew Stem Cell Centre Professor Fiona Watt Twin Studies Professor Tim Spector

Health & Social Care Research MPhil/PhD, DHC Research profile Research income: £15m (2006-10). Number of academic staff: 50. Number of research students: 85. Recent publications and research projects: see website or contact the Division for details.

2008 Research income: £8.3m: Department of Medical and Molecular Genetics £3.98m; St John’s Institute of Dermatology £1.45m; Department of Twin Research & Genetic Epidemiology £2.87m.

The Division of Health and Social Care Research provides a focus for community-based and public health researchers and teachers in the School of Medicine, and enjoys strong collaborative links with other Schools in the College. The division consists of two departments: Primary Care & Public Health Sciences and Physiotherapy & Rehabilitation, with over 120 staff and researchers. We are a highly multidisciplinary division, with clinicians, social scientists, psychologists, statisticians, informaticians, educationalists and epidemiologists all represented in the division. We have established strong international links, particularly with US and European research and teaching partners. We aim to improve the health and well-being of the public and contribute to the evidence-base for clinical care. Our translational research activity includes interventions in communities and populations, supported by innovative method

Current number of academic staff: 27.

Head of Division Professor Charles Wolfe

Diet & Cardiovascular Health Professor Tom Sanders Diet & Gastrointestinal Health Professor Paul Ciclitira, Dr Kevin Whelan Metal Metabolism Professor Christer Hogstrand (Zinc), Professor Andrew McKie (Iron)

Genetics & Molecular Medicine MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU Research profile 2008 RAE Result: the Division returned with the MRC Centre for Developmental Biology and the Wolfson Centre for Age Related Disease, in Unit of Assessment 15. We were in the top decile in the country and 55 per cent of the staff were rated world leading or internationally excellent.

Current number of research students: 53. Recent publications and projects: see the Division of Genetics & Molecular Medicine website for details.

The Division’s research strategy aims to identify the mutations that cause rare genetic diseases and the genetic variation that contributes to common disease using genomic and next generation sequencing approaches. Common diseases of interest include: psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease and systemic lupus erythematosus. Research programmes to understand the molecular pathogenesis of Huntington’s disease and cancer (acute promyelocytic leukaemia). Studies into the molecular basis of epigenetic effects such as imprinting, control of gene expression and epistatic interactions are also on-going. Research in the St John’s Institute of Dermatology targets cancer, genetics, immunology and photobiology as they affect the skin. The work of the Twin Research

Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering MPhil/PhD Research profile 2008 RAE Result: 75 per cent of research activity in the Division was rated as world leading or internationally excellent. Research income: the expansion of the Division’s research capacity over the last five years is reflected in the growth of competitively won research income which has increased to over £40m in 2011/12. This is primarily due to the award of a number of strategic grants, and the creation of two new research departments in Biomedical Engineering and Perinatal Imaging & Health. Current number of academic staff: 70. Current number of research students: 100. Recent publications and current projects: see www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine for details.

School of Medicine

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Student profile Mazen Alhrishy Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering MPhil/PhD ‘What really fascinates me about my study now is being able to work with some of the brightest brains in my field which provides an excellent research environment where you feel most supported and encouraged. Moreover, the division is extremely well resourced and facilitated with cutting-edge clinical imaging equipment which includes two PET/CT scanners, several SPECT and SPECT/CT scanners, and dedicated 1.5T and 3T MRI scanners alongside X-ray cardiac catheterisation laboratories.’

Our research brings together physicists, chemists, biologists, mathematicians, computer scientists and clinicians working in medical imaging and biomedical engineering. We are keen to recruit PhD students from all these disciplines. All imaging modalities are studied including MR, X-ray, CT, ultrasound, PET and SPECT, as well as therapeutic nuclear medicine. Ongoing projects range from the development of new imaging agents and technology and computational image analysis and modelling, through to the clinical assessment of new imaging methods. We undertake a wide range of work, from studies of the basic science of imaging to research targeted at specific clinical problems such as cardiology, neuropsychiatry, oncology, radiotherapy and surgery. Our work is carried out in close collaboration with other groups within the School of Medicine and our major NHS partners. Head of Division Professor Reza Razavi Research groups & Leaders Biomedical Engineering Professor Nic Smith Cancer & PET Imaging Centre Professor Michael O’Doherty Cardiovascular Professor Eike Nagel Chemistry/Biology Imaging Professor Phil Blower Department of Perinatal Imaging & Health Professor David Edwards

Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) MPhil/PhD Research profile 2008 RAE Result: during the period 2001 until end-2007, over 70 per cent of our research outputs and activities were rated as world-leading or internationally excellent, with particular commendation of individuals whose work was outstanding in every category. Research income: >£24m over the last three years. Current number of research teams: 30. Current number of research PhD students: 76. Recent publications and current projects: see www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine for details.

We use a range of techniques from molecular genetics and biochemistry to clinical trial design to undertake research in several areas. We seek a better understanding of the dynamic interplay between host defence mechanisms and viral and microbial determinants. These studies can expose the genetic basis of disease susceptibility and resistance. We examine what fails when host defence mechanisms mistakenly target uninfected tissues, causing autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, type I diabetes and lupus, and we ask whether such mechanisms can be usefully directed against tumours. We examine how immune responses are regulated so as not to cause inflammatory disease and whether such immunoregulation can limit transplant rejection. Head of Division Professor Adrian Hayday Research groups & Leaders Academic Rheumatology Professor Andrew Cope Immunobiology Professor Adrian Hayday

We have a strong interest in basic biological mechanisms that determine the balance between health and disease. Research programmes combine expertise in complement, clotting, immune regulation, immune tolerance, tissue repair and fibrosis and how loss of normal controls results in diseases of the kidney, liver and gastrointestinal tracts. The Division is home to the MRC Centre for Transplantation, which brings together research across disciplines including genetics, protein and cell therapeutics, imaging science and stem cell biology. Its collaborative programmes apply to solid organ, tissue and cell transplantation. Trainee mentorship is a priority, which together with opportunities in translational and basic science, and a record of internationally competitive research, offer distinctive features of the Division. Head of Division Professor Steven Sacks Research groups & Leaders Experimental Immunobiology Professor Graham Lord

Infectious Diseases Professor Michael Malim, Professor Michael Linden, Dr Juan Martin-Serrano, Dr Stuart Neil, Dr Barry Peters, Dr John Cason, Dr Anna Vyakarnam, Dr Helen Collins

Immunoregulation & Immune Intervention Professors Giovanna Lombardi and Randolph Noelle

Molecular & Cellular Biology of Inflammation Professor Frederic Geissmann

MRC Centre for Transplantation Professor Steven Sacks

Medical Education MPhil/PhD Research profile Current number of academic staff: 25. Current number of research students: 3. Recent publications: see Division of Medical Education website.

Members of the Medical Education Division are involved in educational research linked to the delivery of the undergraduate medical degree curriculum. Staff research interests include the evaluation of various feedback and assessment mechanisms and processes, advances in e-learning, the role of clinical simulation settings and other innovative elements of curriculum delivery. Complementary areas of interest focus on issues such as the relationship between personal and academic characteristics and levels of student attainment. Head of Division Professor Janice Rymer

Transplantation Immunology & Mucosal Biology MPhil/PhD Research profile 2008 RAE Result: in the last RAE over 70 per cent of our research outputs and activities were rated as world leading or internationally excellent. The MRC Centre for Transplantation received special mention for its contribution to sustainable research in the field.

Innate Immunity Professor Anthony Dorling Liver Sciences Professor Alberto Sanchez-Fueyo

Renal Sciences Professor Bruce Hendry

Women’s Health MPhil/PhD, MD(Res) Research profile 2008 RAE Result: the Division returned with the Division of Reproduction and Endocrinology and was placed fifth. Research income: please contact Division. Current number of academic staff: 28. Current number of research students: 18. Recent publications and current projects: see the Division of Women’s Health website for details.

The Division’s research encompasses a wide range of themes spanning conception to the female menopause. Research areas include fertilisation, reproduction, pre-eclampsia and pre-term labour. The Division offers a unique research environment, using a wide range of experimental approaches in molecular, cellular, physiological, biochemical, clinical and translational themes combining science with clinical application. Head of Division Professor Lucilla Poston Research groups & Leaders All collaborative groups with no overall leader Reproductive Neurobiology & Early Life Origins of Disease Reproductive Medicine

Research income: formed in autumn 2010 the Division received over £5 million of research grant awards in its first year.

Pregnancy, Fetal Wellbeing & Childbirth

Current number of research teams: 30.

Urogynaecology & Menopause

Current number of PhD students: 46.

Maternal Health Services & Policy Research

Recent publications and current projects: see www.kcl.ac.uk/medicine for details.

Global Health

Women’s Mental Health

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 81

Taught opportunities • As the largest provider of healthcare training in Europe, King’s offers a wide range of postgraduate study including some unique and award winning programmes supporting career development for clinical scientists, clinicians, general practitioners, allied health professionals and healthcare policy makers and leaders. • These specialist programmes combine rigorous academic content with training in clinical competencies, research and critical analysis.

INTERDISCIPLINARY BASIC MEDICAL SCIENCE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Cardiovascular Research MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree in a biological, molecular biological or biomedical sciences-related subject, an overseas equivalent, or a medical qualification. Immunology MSc A second class UK honours degree in a biological science or a degree in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine or other relevant subject, or an overseas equivalent. Nutrition MSc/PG Dip Minimum 2:1 UK first degree, or overseas equivalent, in biological science, including components of biochemistry and physiology, or a registrable qualification in medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine. Translational Cancer Medicine MRes First class or high 2:1 BSc (honours) degree or overseas equivalent in biomolecular or physical sciences. MBBS students can be admitted at any time following the third year of their programme. Post-year three: entry is based on year three performance plus evidence of knowledge of the basic elements of translational research topics. Advanced years four to five: students must complete their current year of study. External students need to obtain permission from their own medical school and provide evidence of their exam performance in the pre-clinical examinations.

Cardiovascular Research MSc Offers advanced theoretical and practical grounding in cardiovascular research, including specialist technical skills training, expert-led workshops and an in-depth laboratory-based project. Enables students to pursue further study (PhD) or employment in a research environment, with a view to a cardiovascular research career. Comprises a research project and three other modules. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus with projects taking place at other campuses.

Immunology MSc Enables students to gain an understanding of the structure and functioning of the immune system, at the cellular, molecular and genetic level, and its relation to health and disease. Ideal for scientists from clinical and non-clinical backgrounds as preparation for undertaking a PhD or other scientific research, as well as improving employment prospects. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Nutrition MSc/PG Dip Intensive conversion programme primarily for graduates in biological sciences or medicine. Gain a broad knowledge and understanding of nutrition and develop your scientific skills to postgraduate level. Includes taught modules and a research project. Leads to careers in nutrition planning, health promotion, nutrition information, teaching or research. Accreditation Accredited by the Association for Nutrition, allowing graduates to apply for direct entry to the UK Voluntary Register of Nutritionists. Duration MSc: One year FT, September to September; PG Dip Eight months, FT September to April. Location Waterloo Campus.

Translational Cancer Medicine MRes Translational Cancer Medicine enables you to gain detailed knowledge and understanding of research methods applied to rational drug design, clinical study design, molecular and cell biology, tumour immunology, genetics and cancer imaging. Practical experience gained through two six-month laboratory rotations. Duration One year FT, September to September. Two year PT option available to medics working in the UK. Location Guy’s Campus and/or St Thomas’ Campus and/or Denmark Hill Campus.

IMAGING SCIENCEs AND BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Clinical Sciences (Clinical Engineering) MSc Clinical Sciences (Medical Physics) MSc Minimum 2:1 degree in a physical or engineering science or overseas equivalent. Medical Engineering & Physics MSc/PG Dip Minimum 2:1 degree in a physical or engineering science or equivalent or an overseas equivalent. Medical Imaging Sciences MRes First class or high 2:1 BSc (honours) degree or overseas equivalent in a life sciences or physical sciences degree. MBBS students may also enter this programme interrupting their medical degree and therefore have already met their host institution’s entry requirements. MBBS students can be admitted at any time following the third year of their programme. Immediately post-year three: entry is based on year three performance. Advanced years (four to five): students must complete their current year of study. External students need to obtain permission from their own medical school and provide evidence of their exam performance in the pre-clinical examinations. Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc Minimum 2:2 degree, or equivalent, in chemistry, chemical engineering, physics, pharmacy or biochemistry; other related subjects such as physics, radiography or medicine may be considered, if appropriate graduate practical experience is demonstrated.

School of Medicine

STUDENT PROFILE: Pravindhya Gajadeera, Medical Engineering & Physics MSc/PG Dip ‘King’s was my first choice for many reasons: academic excellence, internationally renowned programmes and, most importantly, the high quality of the MSc programme. Among the most attractive features of King’s, the high quality of teaching, supervision and guidance enhance our competencies both academically and professionally. My programme offers an enormous scope to gain theoretical and practical knowledge in all aspects of engineering and physics in medicine. One of the highlights has been the optional modules taught at the Institute of Cancer Research and various hospitals around London.’

Clinical Sciences (Clinical Engineering)

Medical Imaging Sciences MRes

Translational Medicine MSc/PG Dip/

MSc

Medical Imaging Sciences aims to provide graduates of chemistry, physics, computing, mathematics, biology, pharmacy or medicine, with advanced training in the imaging field. Intended mainly as preparation for a PhD, but also serves as training for employment in hospitals and industry. Key components are two research projects, which may be linked around different aspects of a single research area in medical imaging.

PG Cert

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Accreditation Some modules are accredited by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine.

A new part-time programme designed for UK NHS clinical engineering trainees, in response to the NHS Modernising Scientific Careers plan. Topics include biomechanical and clinical measurements, and a choice of specialist modules linked to individual research projects. It is taught alongside the awardwinning Medical Engineering & Physics MSc, by leading academics and scientists at the vanguard of the profession. Accreditation UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Duration Three, or two, years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical Sciences (Medical Physics) MSc A new part-time programme designed for UK NHS medical physics trainees, in response to the NHS Modernising Scientific Careers plan. Topics include radiation physics for imaging and radiotherapy, and a choice of specialist modules linked to individual research projects. It is taught alongside the awardwinning Medical Engineering & Physics MSc, by leading academics and scientists at the vanguard of the profession. Accreditation UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Some components approved by the Royal College of Radiology. Duration Three, or two, years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus. Some lectures at the Institute of Cancer Research.

Medical Engineering & Physics MSc/PG Dip Award-winning programme taught by leading scientists and academics central to the evolution of medical physics, medical engineering and clinical sciences. We offer in-depth instruction on physiological, analytical and fundamental aspects of the field. Our graduates are mostly employed in the NHS, others in leading academic institutions and industry. Accreditation UK Institute of Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM). Some components approved by the Royal College of Radiology. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus, St Thomas’ Campus, Guy’s Campus. Some lectures at the Institute of Cancer Research.

Location St Thomas’ Campus. Research projects may take place at other locations.

Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc Designed to educate, train and equip students from a chemistry, pharmacy or related background to enter employment as radiopharmaceutical scientists in a PET radiochemistry centre (cyclotron unit) or in a conventional radiopharmacy, to provide diagnostic and therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals to nuclear medicine centres or specialised commercial centres, or to study for a PhD in this field.

Learn to evaluate, plan and execute the studies needed to take a new medicine through exploratory clinical development, considering relevant target identification, pharmacology studies and the availability of appropriate biomarkers. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals.

Duration Two to four years PT, rolling enrolment throughout the year. Location Waterloo, Guy’s and Strand Campuses.

Drug Development Science MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert See page 61.

HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT & LEADERSHIP

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Location St Thomas’ and Waterloo Campuses. Research projects and work placements may be at other locations.

Minimum 2:1 in a health related BSc honours degree, a postgraduate diploma or a professional qualification equivalent to an honours degree plus appropriate experience or an equivalent overseas qualification.

PHARMACEUTICAL MEDICINE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Clinical Pharmacology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Pain: Science & Society MSc

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A degree in medicine, nursing or dentistry or a 2:1 degree in life sciences or social sciences from a UK or overseas university. You must also have experience of working in palliative care or an associated area, eg clinical or social care research.

Translational Medicine MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Public Health MPH/MSc/MPH (Primary Care)

A medical degree (MBBS or equivalent) or a 2:1 first degree in pharmacy, pharmacology, biology, biochemistry, chemistry or related subject, or overseas equivalent. Applicants without a degree but with relevant experience will be considered on an individual basis. Employment within a relevant industrial environment would be advantageous but is not essential.

A second class honours degree, or overseas equivalent, or a professional qualification in an appropriate subject, normally with some experience in the broad field of public health (or primary care for MPH (Primary Care) applicants). For the Master of Public Health degree, rather than the Public Health MSc, students should normally be, or have been, employed in a public health agency. Full-time students can satisfy this requirement by undertaking their dissertation while on a short placement with a public health agency. Some full-time students from overseas undertake their dissertation placement in their home country.

Overseas applicants should bear in mind that, as this is a part-time programme, they will not be eligible for a Tier 4 student visa.

Clinical Pharmacology MSc/PG Dip/ PG Cert Gain the knowledge and skills to evaluate the safety of new medicinal products for human studies, write a clinical protocol and obtain appropriate ethical and legal approval. One of three modular programmes in Pharmaceutical Medicine designed for working physicians, clinical scientists and allied health professionals interested in the clinical development process.

Pain: Science & Society MSc Designed to encourage innovation amongst interprofessional groups, including clinical and health psychologists, medical practitioners, nurses, occupational therapists and physiotherapists, in the area of pain management by enhancing an understanding of the theory and research-based evidence that underpins practice. Includes taught modules and a research project.

Accreditation Some modules are accredited by the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Medicine.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Duration Two to four years PT (rolling enrolment throughout the year).

Location Guy’s Campus.

Location Waterloo, Guy’s and Strand campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 83

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert The programme enables students to develop the skills necessary to appraise evidence-based care and conduct high-quality research on issues of palliative care to inform clinical practice and service development. MSc: four required modules, two optional modules and research project. PG Dip: four required modules and two optional modules. PG Cert: two required modules and one optional module. Duration One year FT, January 2013 to December 2013, or two years PT, January 2013 to December 2014. Location Cicely Saunders Institute, Denmark Hill Campus; St Christopher’s Hospice, Sydenham, south London.

Public Health MPH/MSc/MPH (Primary Care) Enables graduates or holders of a relevant professional qualification, who are working or intend to work in public health, an opportunity to gain the academic background for leadership roles. Core and optional modules delivered by leading experts in a mix of formats. There is also an option to study for an MPH (Primary Care) award. Duration One year FT (two days attendance per week), two years PT (one day attendance per week), September to September. Part-time students attend every Thursday during the first year and every Monday during the second. Full-time students have lectures all day Monday and Thursday in term time. Some optional modules will be delivered on Wednesdays, Fridays or as one-week full time modules. Location Mainly at Guy’s Campus; some specialist sessions take place off-campus.

Programmes for qualified doctors and allied health professionals ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Advanced Paediatrics MSc A degree in medicine and MRCPCH exam for medical trainees. A degree in nursing or an allied health sciences subject and currently working as a band seven or equivalent. Advanced (Neuromusculoskeletal) Physiotherapy MSc Minimum second class honours or equivalent degree in physiotherapy; for physiotherapists qualifying pre-1993, a Diploma in Physiotherapy. Minimum of two years’ experience working as a physiotherapist assessing and managing clients with musculoskeletal problems. Registered with the Health Professional Council (HPC) and membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapists (CSP, for professional indemnity cover) is required.

Clinical Dermatology MSc

Ultrasound in Emergency & Critical Care PG Cert

A medical qualification from a recognised university, current clinical experience of either six to 12 months in dermatology or three to four years practising medicine post-registration, and proof of English language ability for non-UK students.

Candidates will normally be required to be accepted for registration by the General Medical Council. Applicants must have suitable clinical training placements and should have access to an ultrasound machine in the course of their work. This programme is only available to overseas applicants who already have a UK clinical placement and are holding a valid work visa that covers them for the entire duration of the programme. Overseas applicants who do not meet the above criteria are not eligible for this programme due to UKBA restrictions on overseas applicants studying part-time courses in the UK.

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip BSc in Nutrition, minimum of 2:1 or equivalent, or MSc in Nutrition, minimum of merit (60 per cent) or equivalent. Applicants must be eligible for home/EU fees status. Enrolment is dependent on satisfactory Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) clearance at the enhanced level and an Occupational Health check. Medical Immunology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A first or second class honours degree in the biological sciences, or a medicine, dentistry, veterinary studies, pharmacy or nursing qualification. During the course students will need to be affiliated to a laboratory organisation in order to complete a supervised research project. It is the responsibility of the applicants to arrange such an affiliation if one does not already exist. Suitable organisations include, but are not limited to, clinical immunology/tissue typing departments, or equivalent organisations/laboratories in hospitals, higher education establishments or industry. Overseas applicants must have obtained prior acceptance of affiliation with such a department before applying for the programme. Home/EU applicants must have such an affiliation in place by the start of the course. Overseas applicants should bear in mind that, as this is a part-time programme, they will not be eligible for a Tier 4 student visa. Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Specialist Ultrasound Practice PG Cert Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or a professional qualification in radiography, nursing, midwifery or medicine. Applicants must have a suitable clinical training placement for the duration of the programme. Entry is subject to satisfactory references and interview. This programme is only available to overseas applicants who already have a UK clinical placement and are holding a valid work visa that covers them for the entire duration of the programme. Overseas applicants who do not meet the above criteria are not eligible for this programme due to UKBA restrictions on overseas applicants studying part-time courses in the UK. Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert MSc: Medical degree with minimum of two years’ post-qualification clinical experience. PG Dip, PG Cert: Graduates in medicine, physics, nursing, radiography or other medically-related subjects who have working experience in healthcare. Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc Minimum high 2:1 first degree in biomedical sciences or relevant disciplines such as psychology and sports science or the equivalent overseas qualifications. In addition should have a good A-level or equivalent profile; experience in statistics, research methods and/or a dissertation at BSc level; plus ability to critically evaluate material and study independently. Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip We invite applications from specialist registrars in rheumatology, GPs with a special interest, rheumatology specialty doctors, specialist nurses and other allied health professionals with appropriate and recognised qualifications/ suitable experience.

Vascular Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Minimum 2:2 UK honours degree or equivalent in a life science, radiography, nursing or medicine. Those with professional qualifications should usually have a minimum of two years’ relevant post-qualification experience. All applicants must have written confirmation of a suitable clinical training placement. Those with full SVT accreditation may be exempt from the first year. Qualified sonographers may take the Vascular Ultrasound module as a stand-alone module. Entry is subject to satisfactory references and interview. This programme is only available to overseas applicants who already have a UK clinical placement and are holding a valid work visa that covers them for the entire duration of the programme. Overseas applicants who do not meet the above criteria are not eligible for this programme due to UKBA restrictions on overseas applicants studying part-time course in the UK.

Advanced Paediatrics MSc Multidisciplinary degree designed for doctors, nurses and allied health professionals. Content is research and evidence-based and will give students a detailed understanding of research methods and statistics applied to child health, the ability to conduct methodologically robust research projects and advanced knowledge of the management processes in modern NHS Trusts. Duration Two years PT, September to September. Location Guy’s and Denmark Hill Campuses.

Advanced (Neuromusculoskeletal) Physiotherapy MSc The MSc programme in Advanced Physiotherapy (Neuromusculoskeletal) aims to provide physiotherapists with an opportunity to gain the breadth and depth of knowledge and skills required for working as advanced practitioners in neuromusculoskeletal physiotherapy within the broad spectrum of health and society. The programme emphasises and facilitates the integration of evidence from a wide variety of sources using research focussed lectures, seminars and practical workshops. Accreditation Approved by the Musculoskeletal Association of Chartered Physiotherapists. Duration Typically one year FT, two years PT, September to September. Occasionally students complete the MSc PT over 3 years. Location Guy’s Campus.

School of Medicine

Researchers at King’s have developed the first artificial functioning blood vessel outside of the body, made from reprogrammed stem cells from human skin. The team also saw the cells develop into a blood vessel inside the body for the first time. The new technique could have real potential to treat patients with heart disease - the biggest killer in the UK - as well as benefiting diabetic patients with poor circulation, preventing leg amputation.

Aviation Medicine MSc

Medical Immunology

Physiotherapy (pre-registration)

See page 61.

MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

MSc

Provides advanced training in basic and clinical immunology, including diagnostic technologies, laboratory management and research methodologies. Designed for career development in laboratory settings such as translational research; clinical practice as a Clinical Scientist; academia as a senior lecturer or professor, or as an NHS consultant.

Clinically-orientated programme, with over 1,000 hours of professional practice and rigorous academic content, for science graduates wishing to become physiotherapists. Provides eligibility to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy.

Clinical Dermatology MSc Ideally suited for overseas doctors in particular and medical graduates seeking advanced training in dermatology. Students will gain clinical skills and knowledge of the scientific basis of clinical dermatology. They will develop practical training in laboratory sciences relevant to skin disease. The programme also includes a critical evaluation of dermatological literature on a specialist subject. Duration One year FT, October to September. Location St Thomas’ Hospital, King’s College Hospital, and Guy’s Hospital campuses.

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip Gain the knowledge, skill and professional attitude necessary to practise as a state-registered dietitian. Includes modules, practical placements and a research project. On successful completion you can apply for registration as a UK dietitian. Accreditation Successful completion of examinations and placements will make you eligible to apply for registration by the HPC (Health Professions Council) as a dietitian in the UK. Duration MSc: Two years FT. PG Dip: 17 months FT. Both programmes include clinical placements. Location Waterloo Campus; placements in London.

Student profile Louise Timbers Dietetics MSc ‘For me, the highlight of the course was undertaking my MSc project as it gave me the opportunity to develop valuable research skills and pursue an area of dietetics in which I have a keen interest. Throughout the course I was given support and guidance by the lecturers and provided with opportunities to attend external lectures and meetings held by the British Dietetic Association.’

Accreditation Training and education is commensurate with requirements of Royal College of Pathologists, Joint Committee on Higher Medical Training, Deanery STCs, Consortia/Confederations and the Health Professions Council registration authority. Recognised as a component of the training programme for Trainee Clinical Scientists in Immunology by the Association of Clinical Scientists in Immunology. Individual modules may be taken for CME or CPD purposes. Duration Two years PT, lectures one day per week, September to September. Location Intercollegiate programme, primarily Guy’s Campus.

Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert is for radiographers, doctors, midwives, scientists and others wishing to practise clinical ultrasound within their professional roles. Lectures are in block release, in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Underlying theory is integrated with practice ensuring performance of diagnostic ultrasound examinations (O&G; General Medical; Vascular; a student negotiated topic) in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to March. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Develop skills for the provision of safe, high quality nuclear medicine services through training with a strong scientific and academic framework in an approved structured service environment. The MSc and PG Dip are specifically designed for doctors with the PG Cert, open to scientists, technologists, radiographers or nurses. Duration MSc and PG Dip: one year FT, two years PT, October to September; PG Cert: seven months FT, 19 months PT, October to May Location Based at St Thomas’ and Guy’s campuses, some components may take place off-campus.

Accreditation Eligibility to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and membership of the Chartered Society of Physiotherapy. Duration Two years FT, September to September. Location Guy’s Campus, with external professional clinical placements.

Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip Aims to develop students’ understanding of the scientific basis and clinical practice in rheumatology. The programme develops the capacity to understand and critically evaluate research findings, enhances communication and management skills, and fosters a multidisciplinary approach to rheumatological care. Students are encouraged to publish work in peer-reviewed rheumatology journals. Duration Two years PT, October to July. The programme runs biennially. Location Guy’s Campus.

Staff profile Professor Andrew Cope AR UK Chair in Rheumatology Proffessor Cope was recruited to the Arthritis Research UK Chair of Rheumatology at King’s where he currently leads the activities of the Academic Department of Rheumatology in the Division of Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Diseases (DIIID). Research interests: Adaptive immunity, T-cell activation, differentiation, receptor signal transduction, autoimmune diseases, rheumatoid arthritis.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 85

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Specialist Ultrasound Practice PG Cert Designed for health professionals to award academic credit for a student-negotiated area of ultrasound practice that addresses individual professional needs. Topics include: Gynae & Early Pregnancy and Carotid Artery Ultrasound. Personalised work-based learning and lectures in underlying theoretical concepts will enable proficient performance of specified ultrasound examinations in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Duration Nine months PT, January to September. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Ultrasound in Emergency & Critical Care PG Cert For clinicians in A&E, acute medicine and intensivists wishing to incorporate focused ultrasound into their work. Three lecture blocks supported by work-based ultrasound practice. Students will gain knowledge in diagnostic-focused ultrasound enabling integration of underlying theory with image acquisition and interpretation skills. Students may undertake additional modules to progress to the Medical Ultrasound PG Dip/MSc. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Duration Nine months PT, from September. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

Vascular Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Vascular Ultrasound is for clinical scientists, technologists, sonographers, clinicans and other health professionals wishing to work in this area. Lectures are delivered in block release in conjunction with compulsory clinical placements. Core modules integrate the underlying theoretical concepts with professional practice to ensure performance of vascular examinations in accordance with accepted good practice. Accreditation Accredited by the Consortium for the Accreditation of Sonographic Education (CASE). Duration PG Cert: nine months PT, January to September. PG Dip: 18 months PT, January to following June. MSc: 27 months PT, January to March. Location St Thomas’ Campus.

School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences Delivering world-class research, education and innovation, the School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences builds on the significant presence of physics, chemistry and biology across the College, combining it with existing strengths in mathematics, informatics and telecommunications.

staff Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 87

About the School • We offer wide range of degree programmes, crossing traditional subject boundaries and creating cutting-edge research in non-traditional disciplines. • The School has strong interdisciplinary links, notably with biomedical engineering activity, the Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biology and areas within King’s Health Partners. • Each of our departments possesses unique strengths and a distinguished network of scientists whose research and ideas inspire the School’s teaching. • There is a tradition of excellence within the School which includes a history of high levels of research funding.

‘The line of pioneering work in telecommunications at King’s College London stretches from the midnineteenth to the twenty-first century, with King’s Centre for Telecommunications Research (CTR) being an international leader in mobile communications technology. The postgraduate master’s programmes at King’s will help the students to obtain an in-depth understanding of pioneering technologies of existing and emerging mobile and wireless communications as well as the internet including analytical and simulation practices, and experimental work.’ Dr Fatin Said Senior Lecturer/Programme Organiser Centre for Telecommunications Research

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Room K0.30, King’s College London King’s Building Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel +44 (0)20 7848 7210 (taught programmes) or +44 (0)20 7848 2555 (research programmes) Email nms-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa-pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/nms

• We have an international reputation, with staff and students from all over the world. • Our staff carry out multidisciplinary work with a range of other centres within the College and develop exciting partnerships with external groups in industry. • Each department has a friendly and vibrant research environment, where students learn from world-leading academics whilst benefiting from an open door policy and a wealth of support. • The School includes the new Institute of Telecommunications which was launched in September 2012.

Induction & training The School holds an annual induction day for new research students, in conjunction with the Schools’ research day, in which thirdyear research students present their work. The Graduate School provides a programme of training in transferable skills. This is supplemented by specialist subject training offered by our School and departments.

Funding For UK students the major source of funding is the EPSRC. Overseas students have the opportunity to apply for a variety of King’s awards specifically for international students. Funding is also available through the Graduate School. We offer a small number of our own research studentships and there are also studentships available for some of our taught programmes. Further details of these opportunities can be found on both the Graduate School and departmental web pages.

Facilities • High performance computing facilities which we continue to improve and invest in. • Seminars and research activities provide students with excellent opportunities to network, present and share work.

• A number of training courses are available at School level including courses in LaTeX and BibTeX along with sessions on how to successfully complete your research degree. • Postgraduate-only facilities in each department and at the College’s Maughan library. • Our central location provides easy access to major research libraries and leading scientific societies such as the Royal Society, BCS, Institute of Physics, IET, IMechE and the London Mathematical Society. • Social facilities, including bars and restaurants, are also provided on the campus.

Career destinations Taught programmes have a variety of career destinations, depending on the specialism. These can include general software consultancy or IT departments in large institutions, biotechnology and pharmaceutical, manufacturing or enginering companies, investment banks, risk management, insurance, regulatory bodies, automotive, aerospace, mobile industries as well as further research or academia. Research graduates proceed into academic and industrial research and also into other areas such as government organisations, finance and publishing.

School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences

Research opportunities • Our research strengths have enabled us to form strong links within industry and commerce. • Staff are world leaders in theoretical physics, computer science and telecommunications and all contribute to a vibrant research community. • Each department has well-established research programmes. • There is a strong commitment to interdisciplinary research: physics has recently introduced a new research group in macro-molecular science, providing links to the Randall Division of Cell & Molecular Biology. • Other longstanding collaborations include engineering with medicine, pharmacy and geography, and computer science with philosophy and medicine. • Alongside more recent initiatives, established research programmes in pure mathematics, applied mathematics and the Institute of Telecommunications have continued to expand and further enhance their status.

Entry Requirements Bioinformatics MPhil/PhD

Research profile

Computer Science Research MPhil/PhD

Academic staff: 52, with six in the Algorithms & Bioinformatics group, and numerous collaborators elsewhere in the College.

Minimum 2:1 BSc honours degree (or equivalent) in computer science or a closely related subject and a good background in the area of intended research. Mathematics Research MPhil/PhD (Applied Mathematics, Pure Mathematics), option of joint PhD with HKU and Humboldt University of Berlin Financial Maths: first class or 2:1 first degree. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Candidates may also be interviewed. Disordered Systems: first class or 2:1 first degree. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Theoretical Physics: first class or 2:1 first degree. A good MMath, MSci or master’s degree with high grades in modules that relate to the chosen research area will strengthen the application. Candidates may also be interviewed at the Department’s open day or afterwards. Pure Maths: a good MMath, MSci or master’s degree with high grades in modules that relate to the chosen research area. Candidates may also be interviewed. Physics Research MPhil/PhD option of joint PhD with HKU/ Erasmus Mundus Experimental Biophysics & Nanotechnology: minimum 2:1 undergraduate degree (or equivalent) in physics or a related subject. Materials & Molecular Modelling: minimum 2:1 undergraduate degree (or equivalent) in physics or a related subject. Theoretical Particle Physics & Cosmology: a distinction or high merit in a master’s degree in a relevant subject, we usually also require a first class or high 2:1 BSc degree (or equivalent). A first class MSci is also acceptable. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Robotics MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) in mechanical engineering or a related subject. A 2:1 first degree in any subject and a subsequent MSc in a relevant area is also acceptable. Telecommunications MPhil/PhD Minimum 2:1 first degree (or equivalent) and a subsequent MSc in electronic engineering or in computer science. A first class degree in any subject and a subsequent MSc in a relevant area is also acceptable.

Strand Campus

Bioinformatics MPhil/PhD

Research students: 4.

Bioinformatics is the application of computational methods in the representation and analysis of biological data. Availability of data from genome sequencing and high-throughput measurements in the human and other biological species has fuelled an explosive growth of bioinformatics during the past two decades. Research in this area has the potential to steer biological discovery in genomics, medical science and pharmaceutical applications. The Bioinformatics research activity aims to support existing demands and anticipate new developments at the crossroads of computational and biomedical science. Research activities are centred on systems biology, functional genomics and string processing applications, such as protein folding, analysis of large and complex biological networks, machine learning for property prediction, data classification for molecular signature and biomarker discovery, algorithms for next generation sequencing applications and micro RNA target prediction. Head of Programme Head of Department of Informatics: Professor Michael Luck Research groups Algorithms & Bioinformatics Research group leader: Professor Costas Iliopoulos

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 89

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Computer Science Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 52. Research staff and students: 60 MPhil/PhD students. Research income: over £4m since 2008.

Staff profile Professor Michael Luck Professor of Computer Science

various models of reasoning and computation, designing formal languages to describe problem domains and analysing their trustworthiness, correctness, security, expressive power and computational behaviour. Head of Programme Head of Department of Informatics: Professor Michael Luck Research groups Algorithms & Bioinformatics Research group leader: Professor Costas Iliopoulos Planning, Agents & Intelligent Systems Research group leader: Professor Peter McBurney Software Modelling & Applied Logic Research group leader: Professor Maribel Fernandez

Research interests: • Intelligent agents. • Multi-agent systems. • Norms and institutions. • Trust and reputation.

Mathematics Research

Current projects: • Head of the Department of Informatics. • Board Member, International Foundation for Autonomous Agents and Multi-Agent Systems (IFAAMAS). • Board Member, European Association for Multi-Agent Systems (EAMAS).

MPhil/PhD (Applied Mathematics, Pure Mathematics), option of joint PhD with HKU and Humboldt University of Berlin Research profile RAE results: over 65 per cent of research at 3* or 4* in terms of originality, significance and rigour. The Department is in the top quarter of all UK Mathematics departments and near the top in London. Research income: around £2m per annum.

STUDENT profile

Academic staff: 40 permanent, 10 fixed-term.

Benjamin Trewhella Computer Science Research

Research students: around 40.

‘Researching at King’s has provided many opportunities to meet top academics and learn about cutting-edge research breakthroughs. As an example, the department recently asked me to organise an EPSRC funded programme called Interdisciplinary Informatics, that brought together over 100 academics involved in computer science, robotics, telecommunications, war studies, geography, medicine and health. In the long term, a PhD from King’s, and the relationships formed through it, will open up exciting opportunities in research and development internationally, and in a climate of increased competition and intellectual property value, is an absolute requirement for future employability at the top levels of business.’

Our research scope is defined by the interests of our research groups. Planning, Agents & Intelligent Systems addresses agent technologies, multi-agent systems, planning, social networks, data mining, intelligent systems, AI and law, approximate and qualitative reasoning, argumentation, automated trading and general AI. Algorithms & Bioinformatics develops and analyses algorithms for various computational problems including pattern matching and recognition, graph searching, network optimisation, scheduling, classification of DNA and protein sequences, analysis of gene expression patterns and uncovering protein-protein and protein-DNA interactions. Software Modelling & Applied Logic studies applications of logic and mathematics to computer science, software engineering and AI, including

Research grants: grants are currently held from BBSRC, EPSRC, STFC, Royal Society, Leverhulme Trust, London Mathematical Society and the European Commission. These include studentships for postgraduate research students.

Our department has a large number of active and internationally renowned researchers and postdoctoral research fellows. The research groups organise regular seminars, where top-ranking scientists from around the world present new results, which our research students can witness firsthand. The students also organise their own informal seminars and discussion groups. The lively environment and the exceptionally friendly atmosphere of our department contribute to the high success rate of our students. You can apply for supervision in all fields of interest of our staff members. The department provides funding for PhD students to attend suitable schools and conferences during their studies. Joint PhDs available: exciting opportunities to gain a joint PhD with the University of Hong Kong and the Humboldt University of Berlin. Head of Programme Head of Department: Professor Jürgen Berndt Research groups Analysis Research group leader: Professor Adrian Constantin Disordered Systems Research group leader: Professor Peter Sollich Financial Mathematics Research group leader: Professor Teemu Pennanen Geometry Research group leader: Professor Simon Salamon Number Theory Group Research group leader: Professor Fred Diamond Theoretical Physics (Mathematics Department) Research group leader: Professor Peter West

Physics Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/Erasmus Mundus Staff profile Professor Peter Sollich Professor of Statistical Mechanics Research interests: Statistical mechanics of disordered systems, including: • Effects of disorder and metastability on mechanical behaviour of `soft’ materials (foams, emulsions, dense colloids). • Gaussian processes: learning curves, processes and kernels on networks. • Non-equilibrium steady states from reweighting trajectory ensembles. Teaching: • Undergraduate: Mathematical theory of collective behaviour. • Postgraduate: Research methods and advanced topics in complex systems. • Short courses: Diagrammatic methods for dynamics; Introduction of phase ordering kinetics. Current projects: • Effects of soft condensed matter. • Gaussian process classifiers on networks. • Sub-network dynamics in protein interaction networks. • Dynamical phase transitions and relation to Lyapunov exponents.

Research profile Academic staff: 30. Research students: 35 PhD. Partner organisations: we enjoy strong collaborations with institutions around the world including Athens, Cambridge, CERN, Geneva, Imperial College, Jena, McGill, Nottingham, Oxford, Paris 6, Shanghai, Texas Tech, Trieste, Valencia, UCL and ETH Zurich.

STUDENT profile Andres David Barbosa Neira Physics MPhil/PhD ‘I chose King’s because after my master’s I got involved in plasmonics and the use of them in information technologies. I found out that here at King’s there is a strong group working on it and I decided to join them. After my PhD I would like to join industry as a researcher or start a company in my home country for developing what I have learned here at King’s.’

School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Research in the Department encompasses biophysics, materials science, nanotechnology and theoretical particle physics and cosmology. Activities in biophysics enjoy strong links with the Randall Division for Cell & Molecular Biophysics in the School of Biomedical Sciences and the molecular and materials modelling group is part of the London-based Thomas Young Centre for Theory and Simulations of Materials. Research in theoretical physics and cosmology has a particular focus on the interdisciplinary area of astro-particle physics and on LHC phenomenology, with strong links to CERN. Head of Programme Professor David Richards

Head of Programme Head of Department of Informatics: Professor Michael Luck Head of Centre for Robotics Research: Professor Kaspar Althoefer

Telecommunications MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 10, with 3 RFs, 1 RA. Research students: around 40 PhD students. Publications record: over 1,350 papers with over 14,000 citations and over 20 patents filed. One of four founding academic members of the ‘Virtual Centre of Excellence in Mobile and Personal Communications’ (Mobile VCE).

Research groups Experimental Biophysics & Nanotechnology Research group leader: Professor Anatoly Zayats Materials & Molecular Modelling Research group leader: Professor Mark Van Schilfgaarde Theoretical Physics & Cosmology Research group leader: Professor John Ellis FRS

Robotics MPhil/PhD Research profile Research income: several £m since 2008. Academic staff: 52, seven of whom work in robotics. Research staff and students: approximately 100 PhD students and RAs, 30 of whom robotics. Publications: all academics publish regularly, including in IEEE Transactions and ASME Transactions. Partner organisations: we have strong links with industry, government organisations and other universities and currently work with: Unilever, AstraZeneca, UK Home Office, Funuc Robotics, Defence Science and Technology Laboratory (Dstl) and QinetiQ.

The Centre for Robotics Research in the Department of Informatics has an international reputation in robotics, mechanisms, kinematics and their applications to medical science and production. Since 2010 Robotics has been part of the new Department of Informatics, taking advantage of natural opportunities and synergies, continuing its record of prolific publication in prestigious journals, and securing several millions of pounds in research funding. Staff are reputed nationally and internationally in kinematics, robotics and mechatronics, and collaborate closely with the KCL Health Schools and numerous industrial partners. The Centre is renowned for its multidisciplinary research at the interfaces between Robotics, Computer Science, and Biomedical Engineering and is actively involved in research into such areas as computational intelligence, intelligent algorithms and control, sensing and embedded intelligence, computer vision, computational kinematics and reconfigurable mechanisms.

STUDENT profile Ana Mirsayar Barkoosaraei Telecommunications Research MPhil/PhD ‘King’s has an outstanding reputation for providing worldclass teaching and advanced research. Telecommunications research at King’s has a long history of performing progressive research for a range of successful projects, including the EU supported IST-TRUST, IST-SCOUT and ISTMIND, as well as a large number of other projects supported by research funding organisations and industry. King’s is one of the UK’s most historic and prestigious universities. Renowned for excellence both in its innovative teaching as well as pioneering research, I highly recommend the King’s experience to all prospective students.’

The new Institute of Telecommunications was formally established in September 2012 building on the work of the Centre for Telecommunications Research. The knowledge within the newly formed Institute will put it in a strong position to contribute to the creation of the universal communications system of the future. Staff are nationally and internationally renowned in their fields. The Institute provides students with an opportunity to pursue research in telecommunications with an emphasis on mobile and personal communication techniques and networks and mobile Internet. Head of Programme Head of Institute of Telecommunications: Professor Hamid Aghvami

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 91

Taught programmes • The School offers a wide range of postgraduate taught programmes. • We are establishing exciting new opportunities within the fields of communication and multimedia signal processing and nanotechnology engineering. • King’s has a proud tradition of interdisciplinary teaching and many programmes benefit from teaching from across related disciplines. • All our academic staff are research-active, with outstanding international reputations, unique, sought-after expertise and contemporary experience. • Engagement will be at the heart of your learning experience; our open door policy plays a key role in creating a vibrant and inclusive community.

COMPUTER SCIENCE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Advanced Computing MSc 2:1 BSc honours degree, or equivalent, in computer science, mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in a high level programming language such as Pascal, C, C++, Java, etc, to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Advanced Software Engineering MSc 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Bioinformatics MSc 2:1 BSc honours degree or overseas equivalent in computer science, mathematics, a bioscience-related subject or a joint degree in two such subjects, plus demonstrable competence in a high level computer programming language. Computer Science (Research) MSc (subject to approval) 2:1 BSc honours degree, or equivalent, in computer science, mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in a high level programming language such as Pascal, C, C++, Java, etc, to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Computing & Internet Systems MSc 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience. Computing & Security MSc 2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics, chemistry, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in computer programming in a high level language such as Pascal, C, C++, Java etc, to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience.

Advanced Computing MSc For graduates in computer science, mathematics, science or engineering with a good knowledge of computer programming, this MSc will improve your ability to solve advanced computational problems by gaining knowledge of data structures, design, quantitative analysis of algorithms and their applications and implementation within the context of software developments. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Advanced Software Engineering MSc For graduates with a computer science background, this programme will enable you to gain a thorough understanding of the role of IT in enterprise and how information systems impact on business and organisational processes. Developing your expertise and skills in software engineering will prepare you for a career in software engineering, software maintenance and software testing. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Bioinformatics MSc For graduates with a computer science or biological science background, this MSc will allow you to research, develop and apply computational tools for storing, organising and analysing the large amount of bimolecular data now available. Equipping you with the theoretical foundations and practical understanding of computational techniques in the study of molecular biology required for careers in fields such as biotechnology and pharmaceuticals. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus, Guy’s Campus.

Computer Science (Research) MSc (subject to approval)

Note that English Language requirements are stricter for this programme.

For graduates with a computer science background, this programme will enable you to develop critical awareness and appreciation of the changing role of computing in society, motivating you to pursue further research. The programme is designed to bridge the gap between undergraduate and PhD studies.

Web Intelligence MSc

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc 2:1 BSc honours degree, or equivalent, in computer science/IT. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience.

2:1 BSc honours degree or equivalent in computer science or related subject, eg mathematics, physics, electrical engineering, or a joint degree in two such subjects. Competence in computer programming to the level expected at the end of the first year of a BSc honours degree in computer science. We may lower entry qualifications for students with substantial relevant work experience.

Location Strand Campus.

School of Natural & Mathematical Sciences

STUDENT PROFILE: Antonio Augusto Ferreira Peretti, Computing, IT Law & Management MSc ‘One highlight is being in a lecture and realising that your lecturer is an author whose books and articles you have read, as well as being the head of the research field you are studying. This is the kind of excellence in teaching provided by King’s.’

Computing & Internet Systems MSc

Mathematics Grad Dip

Mathematics MSc

For graduates with a substantial background in computer science, this programme will enhance your ability to solve a broad range of challenging computing-related problems and gain a broad introduction to aspects of the internet.

2:1 first degree, or equivalent, with mathematics as a main field of study. A 2:2 may be acceptable. Those with a third class degree or other qualification may be admitted after passing the Graduate Diploma in Mathematics with a distinction or merit.

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Theoretical Physics MSc

Location Strand Campus.

2:1 or first class UK honours degree or equivalent, with mathematics or physics as a main field of study. 2:2 in exceptional circumstances.

Computing & Security MSc An MSc in Computing & Security will provide you with the knowledge and practical expertise to evaluate, design and build computer security systems. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc For graduates with a background in computer science, this programme will equip you with the theories, methods and tools relevant to applications of IT in legal and administrative practice and a good grounding in computer forensics and cybercrime, IT law and management. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Web Intelligence MSc For graduates in computer science, mathematics, science, or engineering with good knowledge of techniques for developing intelligent software. This MSc improves your ability to solve challenging computational problems related to advanced reasoning systems for the web by gaining a broad understanding of web intelligence and a thorough knowledge of techniques for developing intelligent software. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

MATHEMATICS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Complex Systems Modelling – From Biomedical & Natural to Economic & Social Sciences MSc 2:1 degree in a suitable quantitative discipline, such as mathematics, physics, computer science, or engineering. A 2:2 honours degree may be acceptable depending on the candidate’s academic background. A sound background in basic mathematics, in particular a familiarity with standard concepts of calculus, linear algebra, differential equations and elementary probability theory, will be assumed. Financial Mathematics MSc Equivalent of a 2:1 minimum UK BSc degree in mathematics or mathematics based subject. Mathematics Grad Dip A first degree or its equivalent with mathematics as a major subject.

For students with an undergraduate degree containing a significant component of mathematics who wish to upgrade their degree in mathematics and spend a year in a leading UK mathematics department. On completion with a merit or distinction you may be considered for the MSc programme. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to June. Location Strand Campus.

Mathematics MSc Staff profile Professor Eugene Shargorodsky Professor in Analysis Research interests: • Analysis: partial differential and integral equations, spectral theory, functional analysis, complex variables, microlocal analysis, global analysis. • Applications: fluid dynamics, elasticity theory. Teaching: • Applied Analytic Methods. • Operator Theory. Current projects: • King’s Analysis Group is one of the most active and successful analysis groups in the UK, collaborating with researchers from all over the world, including Canada, Chile, France, Sweden and the USA. • In pure mathematics, the department also has research groups in geometry and number theory.

Complex Systems Modelling – From Biomedical & Natural to Economic & Social Sciences MSc Enables you to apply mathematical techniques in the rapidly developing and exciting interdisciplinary field of complex systems. Applicable to areas as diverse as biomedical, natural, economic and social sciences. Suitable for those who wish to work in research and development in an academic or industrial environment. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Financial Mathematics MSc For students or professionals with a strong mathematical background. It covers principles and techniques of quantitative finance to prepare you for advanced work in the financial sector or research in mathematical finance. Full-time or part-time study. Our graduates are highly sought after. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

For mathematics graduates, this programme consists of a wide range of modules and a project. The majority of the eight modules are taken from blocks of pure mathematics and theoretical physics with other options available. Leads to PhD study or careers in investment banks, industrial research. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Theoretical Physics MSc Gain a coherent and comprehensive introduction to the main building blocks of modern theoretical physics. Study a minimum of eight taught modules and an individual project in an area of current research. Ideal preparation for active research at the forefront of this discipline. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

PHYSICS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Physics MSc 2:1 in a BSc physics degree. Alternatively, a 2:1 in a degree subject related to physics will be considered on a case by case basis. Physics Grad Dip An undergraduate degree in mathematics, physics or a closely related subject, or equivalent qualification.

Physics MSc Gain experience in a wide range of topics taught across the University of London at a high level of specialisation. Topics include nanotechnology, biophysics, photonics, cosmology and particle physics. Consists of taught components plus a very in-depth research project linked to areas of cutting edge research in the given field. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus. Some modules may take place at other University of London Colleges and at Guy’s Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 93

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Physics Grad Dip Designed for graduates whose first degree may be inappropriate for direct entry to an MSc in Physics at a UK university. It may be taken as a free-standing qualification, although most students take the Graduate Diploma as a pathway to the MSc in Physics at King’s. This pathway forms the first year of a two-year programme with successful students (gaining a merit or distinction) progressing onto the MSc in Physics (2nd year). Duration One year FT, September to June. Location Strand Campus.

ROBOTICS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Intelligent Systems MSc First or second class honours degree in a scientific or engineering discipline which provides extensive computer programming experience and a sound background in basic mathematics, in particular familiarity with standard concepts of calculus, linear algebra, differential equations and elementary probability theory. We also welcome overseas professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis. Robotics MSc Engineering with Business Management MSc A good UK honours degree in mechanical engineering (or other relevant subject eg physics, mathematics, electrical engineering). We also welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and assess them on an individual basis.

Engineering with Business Management MSc

Electronic Engineering with Business Management MSc

Prepares you for a career in the field of engineering at management level, equipping you with practical and theoretical knowledge of modern engineering techniques.

Gain a good understanding of a wide range of general management, engineering management and electronic engineering skills. Ideal preparation for work in industry at a relatively advanced level and to work towards senior positions within electronic engineering or management.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Intelligent Systems MSc For graduates in engineering, computing or relevant scientific disciplines, with a good knowledge of computer programming and mathematics, this MSc will allow you to gain a broad understanding, practical knowledge and expertise to design, build and evaluate intelligent systems using a range of tools and techniques in preparation for a career in research or industry. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Robotics MSc For graduates in engineering or relevant scientific disciplines, this MSc will allow you to gain specialist knowledge relating to robotics and automation applications. A multi-disciplinary programme that explores the integration of mechanical devices, sensors, electronics and intelligent computer-based controllers. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS Staff profile Professor Kaspar Althoefer Professor of Robotics & Intelligent Systems Research interests: • Force and tactile sensors for medical applications. • Miniaturised optic-fibre-based sensing. • Medical robotics. • Flexible and continuum robots. • Autonomy for robot motion planning. Teaching: • Currently supervising/co-supervising eight PhD students. • Also supervising a team of five post doctoral research assistants and research fellows. Current projects: • Medical robotics and cognitive robotic systems. • Sensing and sensor signal classification.

Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Mobile & Personal Communications MSc Offers core, introductory modules followed by specialised topical modules on the latest aspects of communications technology. Includes an individual research project. Ideal for careers in industry and commerce or further study. Accreditation Currently renewing accreditation with Institution of Engineering & Technology. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Mobile Internet Research MSc The key objective is to provide a deep understanding of techniques, mechanisms, protocols and overall network architectures for future internet design. Special emphasis is given to mobility aspects of future internet since this is a clear distinction from the current mainly static internet. The programme heavily involves network design, software implementation and experimentation. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Mobile & Personal Communications MSc Electronic Engineering with Business Management MSc Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics. We welcome overseas, professional or occupational qualifications and consider them on an individual basis. Mobile Internet Research MSc Telecommunications & Internet Technology MSc Telecommunications Research MSc Second class honours degree in electronics, electrical engineering, computer science, applied mathematics or physics.

Telecommunications & Internet Technology MSc Gives students a general understanding of all aspects of telecommunications networks and the internet. The programme covers techniques, mechanisms, protocols and network architectures. The course starts from covering basic principles of communications systems and extends to architectural aspects and design of future packetswitched networks. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Telecommunications Research MSc Provides a deep understanding of techniques, mechanisms and network design and operation of current, emerging and future IP-based mobile broadband networks. Emphasis is given to both theoretical and practical aspects of broadband networks. This includes network analyses, design methods, implementations and experiments. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery Directly descended from the world’s first professional school of nursing established by Florence Nightingale at St Thomas’ Hospital in 1860, we are one of the UK’s longestestablished providers of postgraduate education in nursing. Consistently rated as one of the top nursing research departments in the UK, we produce high quality research which is recognised both nationally and internationally.

student Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 95

About the School • We develop leading-edge managers and practitioners able to deliver worldclass healthcare in the UK and across the world. • We are specialists in delivering taught postgraduate programmes and have been doing so for over 25 years. • The School incorporates the National Nursing Research Unit, which carries out a programme of research mainly funded by the Department of Health. • Highly regarded by leading NHS Trusts, private healthcare providers and a member of the King’s Health Partners Academic Health Science Centre.

‘The postgraduate research students in the School of Nursing & Midwifery join a vibrant and intellectually stimulating environment with a global reputation for excellence in teaching and research. Staff involved in the research degree programmes are committed to supporting students and to ensuring that the balance of rigorous study and professional and personal life should not be incompatible. Having undertaken my PhD as a student in the School of Nursing & Midwifery, I can testify that a combination of sound academic supervision and opportunities to engage in a rich portfolio of development opportunities are offered by the College.’ Dr Joanne Fitzpatrick Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/ Health Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses Address Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building Waterloo Campus 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA

Contact Postgraduate Admissions Tel +44 (0)20 7848 3571/3024/3233/3705 Email postgrad-nm@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/nursing

• We offer a supportive and intellectually stimulating environment to all our students.

Induction & training

Facilities

Research students participate in a School induction event as well as a Graduate School induction to King’s. Alongside the Advanced Research Methods modules, a programme of masterclasses and an annual research symposium offered by the School, research students can benefit from the Graduate School Researcher Development Programme throughout their studies. Research students are allocated two supervisors and meet regularly for supervision and review of progress. Progress is also reviewed formally by the Postgraduate Research Committee at set points in the academic year.

• An integrated archive, library and IT service is provided to all students.

Student representatives co-ordinate a postgraduate student support network and play an important role in communicating students’ feedback about their learning experiences and the support infrastructure to inform ongoing programme development. Master’s and research students can also take advantage of a range of information literacy courses and other opportunities to improve their use of information tools, software and services thanks to the support offered by our Information Technology Service (ITS).

Funding Sources of funding include: ESRC/MRC, DoH, NCCSDO, Guy’s and St Thomas’ Charitable Foundation, the Wellcome Trust, the Health Foundation, NHS London, the European Union, HEFCE, Joseph Rowntree Foundation, EPSRC, the Nursing and Midwifery Council, Burdett Trust, European Oncology Nursing Society, Macmillan, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills. Funding may also be available through the Graduate School at King’s.

• Information services centres and libraries are located at all main College sites and provide access to the major services and resources that support research and learning. • Specific postgraduate zones are made available to students. • The print and electronic nursing, midwifery and health collections include books, journals, theses and reference tools, library catalogues, bibliographic and full text databases and internet resource discovery tools. • Advice on access to alternative libraries, information services and relevant professional collections including the British Library and the Royal College of Nursing. • Research students also benefit from a study suite in the James Clerk Maxwell Building, access to graduate lounges and graduate zones in the ITS centres on the different campuses.

Career destinations For taught programmes, it is expected that students will use their newly aquired skills for career progression and to build confidence in their chosen field of nursing/midwifery. Graduates also go into research, academia and government departments involved in policy. PhD graduates have been successful in obtaining academic, research and clinical posts in universities and healthcare organisations around the world.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Research opportunities • Our programmes aim to prepare students to be knowledgeable and competent researchers. • We offer research programmes for MPhil and PhD, a professional doctorate in healthcare and a master’s by research Health & Social Care (see entry under taught programmes). • Research work is divided across two research groups, Clinical Care and Service Organisation & Policy. • Research themes include Long Term & Immediate Care, Cancer, Midwifery & Women’s Health, Workforce, Work Environments and Patient Outcomes. • Each group and theme has leaders to direct the ongoing research. • There is a core research support team to assist with research projects, funding applications and statistical advice. • Research supervision is provided by expert faculty including internationally renowned researchers and practitioners. • The integration of research understanding with professional practice is an important focus of all postgraduate programmes, reflecting the needs of modern health services.

Research Programmes Entry Requirements Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/Health Studies Research MPhil/PhD Normally an upper second class undergraduate degree and a master’s degree obtained from a UK university or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard. Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC Applicants normally hold a minimum of a master’s degree obtained from a UK university or an overseas qualification of equivalent standard. In addition applicants are normally expected to: have a minimum of two years’ professional experience in healthcare following registration; demonstrate a portfolio of career-long learning experience, research and formal education; and be in a position to develop and undertake a research-based thesis.

Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/Health Studies Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: 38. Research students: 80. A centre of excellence for nursing and midwifery, achieving high scores in research and teaching quality assessments. Research income: around £1.8m per year. Research activity is funded by National Institute for Health Research (NIHR), Research Councils and a range of charities. The purpose of our research is to improve the quality of care, services and outcomes for patients and their carers.

StUDENT profile Yu Chen Nursing Research PhD

Franklin-wilkins building

‘There is a wide range of resources available at King’s which provides great opportunities to develop learning and research skills and to improve myself. High quality modules, seminars, lectures and other research activities create a wonderful environment for study. My supervisors care about me and give me a lot of help and support to undertake my PhD study. I think the great supervision experience is the foundation for success for all the PhD students. I would strongly recommend studying at King’s mainly due to its high quality teaching and research and the wonderful academic resources.’

The Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery offers a supportive and intellectually stimulating environment for postgraduate research students. The first MPhil/PhD students enrolled in the late 1970s; since then the School has steadily expanded its range of high quality graduate education programmes to meet the needs of increasingly well-educated healthcare professionals wishing to continue their education to support and develop their careers. The MPhil/PhD programme aims to prepare students to be knowledgeable and competent researchers. To this end, research supervision is provided by expert faculty including internationally renowned researchers. Research students are allocated two supervisors and meet regularly for supervision and review of progress. Progress is also reviewed formally at set points. Research students undertake training offered by the School and College and become members of various postgraduate student support networks. Head of Programme Dr Joanne Fitzpatrick, programme leader, Head of Postgraduate Research

Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC The Doctorate in Healthcare programme is aimed at experienced healthcare professionals who wish to pursue doctoral level studies relevant to professional interests. It provides advanced preparation for leadership through the enhancement of knowledge in areas such as practice, research, management and education in a chosen discipline. The programme comprises six taught modules and a research-based thesis. Duration Six years maximum PT, excluding any period of interruption. The entry month is September each year. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 97

Taught programmes • Close working links with the major teaching hospitals and NHS Trusts across London ensure that our postgraduate programmes reflect the changing environment in which healthcare is delivered. • Students are encouraged to develop the skills and knowledge to inform those changes and to lead the development and delivery of innovative practice. • Most teaching takes place at the Waterloo Campus on the South Bank. • The campus has extensive library and IT facilities and is at the heart of the public transport network. • Students also have access to nearby facilities at the Guy’s, St Thomas’ and Strand campuses, including library, IT facilities and the Clinical Skills Centre.

MASTER’S BY RESEARCH ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Health & Social Care MRes Minimum 2:1 honours degree from a UK university or international equivalent.

Health & Social Care MRes This taught programme provides multidisciplinary training in research methods within the field of health and social care. It is designed as foundational research training for individuals who wish to pursue a career in research or develop a clinical academic career. It provides a firm basis for students wishing to undertake a PhD in the future. Duration One year FT, two years PT Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses

MASTER’S & PG DIP/PG CERT ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Midwifery with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip For UK nationals: a minimum upper second class honours degree (or equivalent) in nursing or a related discipline. Must be a registered adult nurse on the NMC register with minimum six months experience as a staff nurse in the NHS or equivalent. Please note that applicants with a diploma in higher education in nursing (and no additional degree level qualification) are not eligible for this programme. For non-UK nationals: a minimum second class honours degree (or equivalent) in nursing or a related discipline. Must be a registered adult nurse in the UK with ‘indefinite leave to remain’ and minimum six months experience as a staff nurse in the NHS or equivalent. Must also meet the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) English language requirements for registered nurses, with an International English Language Test (IELTS) score of 7.0. Apply via UCAS by 30 June. Nursing with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip/MSc A second class honours degree (or equivalent) and 575 hours (approximately equivalent to four months FT) healthcarerelated experience. Five GCSEs grade C (or equivalent) including English Language, Maths and Science. Successful applicants will be asked to complete an APEL claim form (Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning). Apply via UCAS by 30 June.

Clinical Nursing MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Professional qualifications: applicants must be qualified nurses or midwives accredited by their country’s governing body. Entry with a bachelors degree: first degree, minimum 2:1 honours or equivalent. Exceptionally other relevant qualifications and experience (including those without a first degree) can be considered. Entry via the postgraduate route: applicants who have already studied at a level equivalent to a UK master’s programme will be assessed primarily on the basis of achievement at this level and would be expected to demonstrate a clear pass (55 or above). Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc/PG Dip Applicants must be qualified healthcare practitioners. NMC registrants must have been registered for a minimum of two years for the practice teacher qualification and three years for the teacher qualification. A minimum of a BSc (Hons) 2:1 or equivalent is required. Applicants also need to meet additional eligibility requirements for the Teaching & Learning for Healthcare Professionals module. Health Studies PG Cert You must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. The College cannot arrange clinical placements. A good first degree (minimum second class honours or equivalent). Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, can be considered.

waterloo campus

Staff profile Dr Louise Barriball Head of Postgraduate Taught Background: Dr Barriball is a social scientist with a professional background in adult nursing and tropical medicine. She is Head of Department of Primary & Intermediate Care, leading a team of 27 teaching and research staff. She is Chair of the School’s International Strategy Group, with a particular responsibility for developing international exchange initiatives for students and faculty and developing programmes of study for internationally registered nurses to develop their academic and professional skills. Research interests: Dr Barriball’s research programme is concerned primarily with the study of the UK and international nursing workforce, particularly professional and role development, nurses’ work and work environments and recruitment and retention.

Florence Nightingale School of Nursing & Midwifery

Clinical Nursing MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A programme for overseas qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire advanced understanding, knowledge and skills to deliver, manage, develop and research healthcare practice and education outside the UK. Optional 20 days of specially arranged clinical observation in the UK can be arranged at an additional cost of around £10,000. Duration One year FT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses. Off site clinical placements.

Midwifery with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip A midwifery postgraduate diploma in central London for qualified adult branch nurses on the NMC Register who wish to become registered midwives. You must have completed at least six months as staff nurse and possess a minimum upper second class honours degree (or equivalent). Accreditation Approved by the Nursing and Midwifery Council. Duration Eighteen months FT. Location Primarily Waterloo Campus with clinical practice in local NHS Trusts.

Student profile Cynthia Akuoko Clinical Nursing for International Students MSc ‘I received the Commonwealth Shared Award and this made it possible for me to be here, as coming from a low income family there was no way I would have been able to raise that money for my postgraduate education. I plan to go back to my department to help in the establishment of a nursing school in the university.’

Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc/PG Dip A programme for qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire advanced understanding, knowledge and skills to engage in academic practice within higher education and clinical practice. Duration One year FT, three years PT. Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years to complete part time including interruptions. Location Waterloo Campus.

Nursing with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip/MSc An innovative two-year programme which enables graduates from other disciplines to gain professional registration in adult, children’s or mental health nursing through postgraduate study. It will permit you to develop your nursing skills and build your knowledge of professional and ethical practice. Accreditation Approved by the Nursing and Midwifery Council. Duration Two years FT. Location Primarily Waterloo Campus with clinical practice in local NHS Trusts.

ADVANCED PRACTICE MASTER’S WITH SPECIALIST PATHWAYS ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Health Studies PG Cert Enables qualified healthcare practitioners to acquire knowledge and skills to meet selected competencies for advanced or specialist practice roles. May be particularly attractive to international students wishing to undertake a short programme of certificated learning. Completing students may gain advanced standing to MSc programmes. Duration One year FT (minimum period three months), two years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For specialist pathways you must normally be working in a practice role, which involves regular patient/client contact. The College cannot arrange clinical placements. The normal entry requirement for postgraduate study is a first degree (minimum second class honours or equivalent). Applicants with other backgrounds or qualifications, including those without a first degree, can be considered. If you do not meet the normal entry requirements or you have only the minimum academic standard you should pay particular attention in preparing your supporting statement and CV to ensure that you draw attention to evidence of potential success at graduate level. This might include publications, preparation of substantial reports or active participation in funded research. Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing), (Cardiac Care), (Critical Care), (Dermatology), (Diabetes Care), (Infection Control) and (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate clinical care setting for the duration of the programme.

Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert In addition to the entry criteria for the advanced practice programme, applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be qualified midwives. Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway should be working in an appropriate neuroscience care setting for the duration of the programme. Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/Community Matron/ Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a primary care setting. Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/Health Visiting/School Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert In addition to the entry criteria for the Advanced Practice programme applicants wishing to enrol on this pathway must be working in a relevant practice area or have secured sponsorship for full time study.

Staff profile Professor Emma Ream Mental Health & Specialist Care Background: Professor Ream is a registered nurse with a background in cancer nursing. She provides strategic leadership for cancer and palliative nursing education and research activity at King’s. She leads the Supportive Cancer Care Research group. Research interests: Professor Ream’s research aims to enhance supportive care provided to patients and their carers (family members/friends who share the experience of cancer with patients). Ultimately it aims to help patients maximise the benefits of treatment whilst enabling patients and their carers to live as well as possible with the effects of the disease and consequences of its treatment.

Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert A part-time study for experienced healthcare practitioners. Builds on existing skills and experience to enable you to lead and support the development and delivery of evidence-based practice. Module outcomes are mapped against the Knowledge and Skills Framework so NHS employees can identify learning to support their career progression. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 99

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing)

Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care)

MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Build on your skills and knowledge as a nurse with some experience of cancer care to lead the development and delivery of advanced cancer nursing practice.

For all health professionals working with patients who have diabetes mellitus either in specialist or primary care settings to gain the knowledge and skills needed to provide effective care.

Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT.

Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care)

Advanced Practice (Infection Control)

MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Designed to enable practitioners to consolidate and improve understanding of advanced concepts in cardiac disease and treatment and for you to gain the skills to further develop your career.

Designed for practitioners who wish to advance their clinical practice, develop their professional career and enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare in the field of infection prevention and control.

Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Builds on your existing skills and experience as a child healthcare practitioner to advance your clinical practice, develop your professional career and enhance your knowledge of research and evidencebased healthcare. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For managers and leaders employed in healthcare organisations in a practice role involving regular patient/client contact. Learn theories of leadership and develop an enhanced repertoire of leadership skills and styles. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Critical Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Builds on your skills and experience as a critical care practitioner to advance your clinical practice, develop your professional career and enhance your knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For qualified midwives. Gain knowledge and understanding of the international, social, ethical issues and political context of reproduction and maternal health policy, evidence-based practice and research methods. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Dermatology Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For all nurses and allied healthcare professionals seeking to develop enhanced theoretical and clinical skills in dermatology. Builds on existing skills and experience to enable the practitioner to lead and support the development and subsequent delivery of evidence-based practice.

Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For neuroscience practitioners to build on their experience, advance their clinical practice, develop their professional career and enhance their knowledge of research and evidence-based healthcare.

Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT.

Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/Community Matron/ Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert For experienced community nurses who wish to achieve the competencies to work as advanced nurse practitioners or to work in advanced case management roles. The programme meets recognised international and national standards for nurse practitioner roles. Modules taken include core research modules, advanced assessment and independent non-medical prescribing. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Especially useful if you intend to become, or are already, a clinical nurse specialist, keen to develop palliative care nursing services and be engaged in the practice or the preparation of others. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses; core Palliative Care Nursing module includes sessions at St Christopher’s Hospice.

Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/ Health Visiting/School Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Intended for experienced nurses who wish to gain entry to part three of the NMC nursing register as a health visitor or school nurse. Core modules include public health leadership, evidence-based practice and healthcare research and child protection. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Develops and enhances specialist clinical skills in sexual and reproductive health assessment, screening, contraception, sexually transmitted infection management, communication and leadership, to provide a comprehensive and accessible service. Duration Typically students take one year to complete a certificate, two years for a diploma and three years for an MSc. Maximum of six years PT. Location Waterloo and Guy’s campuses.

Institute of Psychiatry The Institute of Psychiatry (IoP) is one of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest postgraduate centres for research and teaching in psychiatry, psychology and allied disciplines, including basic and clinical neurosciences. In the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise, the IoP was judged to have the highest research power of any UK institution within the areas of clinical psychology, neuroscience and psychiatry. World renowned for the quality of our research, for psychiatry and psychology, we are the most cited research centre outside the US, and the second most cited in the world, as ranked by Thomson ISI Essential Science Indicators.

staff Profile

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 101

About the Institute • Highest research power of any UK institution in the area of neuroscience, clinical psychology and psychiatry (2008 RAE). • For psychiatry and psychology, the Institute is the second most cited research centre in the world, and the single largest outside the US. • First class facilities including the largest library in Europe dedicated to psychiatry and related disciplines. • Students benefit from access to a huge clinical population and a variety of clinical placements through partnership with South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust and King’s Health Partners.

‘Our department is Europe’s leading psychiatric neuroimaging centre. Our cutting-edge research environment and modern premises, with clinical and research scanners on site and thriving student forum, makes our department a great place to study and work. The contents of the Neuroimaging MSc are very much built on the research and clinical work of our department. Research interests of the academic staff range from new MRI, PET and EEG methods, through sophisticated image analysis techniques to applications in autism, Alzheimer’s disease and Asperger’s (and that’s just those areas beginning with A). The course has a particular focus on practical neuroimaging with the aim of providing an excellent foundation for work and further study.’ Dr Andy Simmons Chair, Department of Neuroimaging Teaching Committee Location Denmark Hill Campus Address Institute of Psychiatry, King’s College London De Crespigny Park, Denmark Hill, London SE5 8AF Contact Robina Cloralio Tel +44 (0)20 7848 0335 Email iop.educationsupport@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

• Great opportunities to network with international leaders in the field and to attend a wide range of symposia, workshops and conferences as part of your studies.

Induction & training There is an induction day for all new students on the first day of term. An induction programme for research students is held during the first week of term and subsequent training sessions are run to support research students during their studies. A variety of training courses are held throughout the year.

Funding PhD studentships are advertised at: www.kcl.ac.uk/iop/research/pgr/ phdstudentships Graduate School: www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Facilities •T he Institute shares the same site as the world famous Maudsley Hospital, which is part of the South London and Maudsley (SLaM) NHS Foundation Trust – one of the largest mental health providers in Europe. •R esearch Centres at the Institute include the Medical Research Council Social, Genetic and Developmental Psychiatry Centre; the Centre for Neuroimaging Sciences (includes three of the latest functional magnetic resonance imaging machines); the Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour; the MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research and the Psychosis Centre (which brings together experts in the fields of schizophrenia, Bipolar Disorder, Alzheimer’s Disease and Motor Neurone Disease). •K ing’s is committed to translational research and is the only university in the country to host three National Institute for Health Research Biomedical Research Centres (BRCs) and six Medical Research Council (MRC) centres.

• We partner with SLaM to host the only specialist BRC for Mental Health in the UK working towards better treatment, earlier diagnosis and individualised healthcare. • The IoP is also part of King’s Health Partners, a pioneering collaboration between King’s College London, Guy’s and St Thomas’, King’s College Hospital and SLaM. • There is an extensive range of training courses available at the IoP and across King’s. • Students have access to the largest library in Europe dedicated to psychiatry and related disciplines and are also entitled to use facilities and libraries at the other King’s campuses. • Group study areas are available for interactive/peer-led learning and flexible revision space is available for peak study periods. • There is a dedicated suite for imaging research and one-way mirror rooms for clinical case presentations.

Career destinations For taught programmes, it is expected that students progress onto careers within their chosen field or go onto further research at PhD level. Some programmes also lead to work in the development of policy and practice or advisory roles for government or non-governmental organisations and agencies. Research students pursue a variety of careers, many in academia but also senior positions within the NHS, policy organisations, industry, continued research in the UK or overseas. Others enter scientific publishing.

102

Institute of Psychiatry

Research opportunities • There are over 350 PhD/MPhil students at the IoP, who come from a wide range of backgrounds. • Research covers the broadest spectrum: from molecular genetics and biology, to neuroscience, neuroimaging, clinical research studies, psychological studies and new treatments; from longitudinal studies, clinical trials, bio-statistics, epidemiology and health services research, to transcultural studies. • Students have access to a large clinical population and benefit from close guidance from supervisors, many of whom are involved in ground-breaking research. • King’s offers the MD(Res) qualification to practising clinicians and also runs an outstanding Researcher Development Programme, designed to meet the individual training needs of our research students. • The programme has been developed to ensure we produce the most qualified, experienced and employable researchers.

Entry Requirements Addictions MPhil/PhD Child & Adolescent Psychiatry MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Clinical Neuroscience MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Forensic & Neurodevelopmental Science MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Health Service & Population Research MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Neuroimaging MPhil/PhD Neuroscience MPhil/PhD Old Age Psychiatry & Dementia MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Psychological Medicine MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Psychology MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Psychosis Studies MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Social Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Minimum of an upper second class honours degree (2:1) from a UK university or the overseas equivalent. Applicants whose qualifications have been gained outside of the United Kingdom will be checked by the Health Schools Admissions Centre to establish equivalency with these standards before an offer is sent and applicants will need to demonstrate at interview that their background and experience, general education and scholarship are appropriate. Biostatistics MPhil/PhD Applicants should possess a minimum of an upper second class honours degree or master’s degree from a UK university, or the overseas equivalent in a subject with a clear quantitative component. Applicants whose qualifications have been gained outside the UK need to demonstrate that their background and experience, general education and scholarship are appropriate. Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy Minimum 2:1 in psychology from a UK university or overseas equivalent. Degrees in a different discipline will be considered where the candidate has achieved GBC status with the British Psychological Society via a conversion diploma. The programme does not accept applications from those still undertaking their undergraduate degree or conversion course. Relevant full-time or part-time clinical experience, either paid or voluntary, is essential. Information on English language requirements and how to apply can be found on the Clearing House for Postgraduate Courses in Clinical Psychology website at: www.leeds.ac.uk/chpccp/12Institute.html

Addictions MPhil/PhD Research profile Number of academic staff: 40 academic and research staff. Number of research students: 9. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

The Addictions Department, also known as the National Addiction Centre (NAC), is one of Europe’s leading research centres in addiction science. As a Clinical Academic Group the Addictions Department has close links with the South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation Trust. The emphasis of our research is on what works in the prevention and treatment of substance related problems and over the last 40 years we have developed a body of research evidence that has informed the evidence base for the UK treatment system and development of new treatment services for alcohol, smoking and drug problems. PhD projects are available in areas related to the development and evaluation of new treatments for alcohol, smoking and drug problems and includes studies seeking to understand the underlying psychological and biological bases and change processes of addictive behaviours, as well as policy-driven and workforce development projects and treatment trials. Head of Programme Professor John Strang

Biostatistics MPhil/PhD Research profile Number of academic staff: 5. Number of research students: 2. Current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

Biostatistics and the King’s Clinical Trials Unit undertake much collaborative and applied statistical research spanning therapeutic trials, experiments and observational studies. Methodologies of current interest include statistical learning applied to imaging, electrophysiological and psychological marker data, mixture modelling of developmental trajectories and robust causal analysis methods for analysing therapeutic mechanisms in trials. Head of Programme Professor Andrew Pickles denmark hill campus

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 103

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Child & Adolescent Psychiatry MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Research profile Number of staff: 11. Number of research students: 8. Recent publications and projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

The Department’s research includes basic and applied clinical studies, with a particular focus on common and rarer but severe disorders beginning in childhood and often persisting into adulthood. The disorders studied include: autism spectrum disorders, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, conduct disorder, affective disorders, substance misuse, obsessive compulsive disorder, intellectual disability and eating disorder as well as parenting problems and deliberate self harm. Projects use a range of investigational strategies and academic staff have expertise in epidemiology, behavioural and molecular genetics, neuroimaging, clinical trials and health services research methods. There is a particular emphasis on integration across a range of different methods and increasing investigation of biological and cognitive markers of disorder and treatment response. We are unique for the breadth of research interests, methodologies applied and close links with clinical services. Head of Programme Professor Emily Simonoff Research groups Autism & Related Disorders Research group leader: Professor Patrick Bolton Developmental Neuroimaging Research group leader: Professor Katya Rubia Disorders of Childhood Clinical Academic Group Research group leader: Professor Emily Simonoff Mental Disorders in Intellectual Disability Research group leader: Professor Emily Simonoff Mood & Developmental Sciences Research group leader: Dr Argyris Stringaris Parenting & Conduct Problems Research Research group leader: Professor Stephen Scott

Clinical Neuroscience MPhil/PhD/ MD(Res) Research profile Number of staff: 60. Number of research students: 15. Current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

The Department of Clinical Neuroscience is one of the leading academic units for clinical neuroscience in the UK. Research in the Department is focused on neurodegenerative disorders, epilepsy, health services research, brain injury and stroke, and builds on collaborations with the Departments of Neuroscience, Neuroimaging and Psychology. Research programmes within the Department include: Motor Neurone Disease (MND) and related disorders. The Department hosts the

King’s MND Care and Research Centre, one of the world’s leading centres for MND research and the development of new treatments; movement disorders (particularly atypical Parkinsonian syndromes such as PSP and MSA); epileptology, with particular interest in developing new electrophysiological, neuroimaging and cognitive approaches to understanding epilepsy; neurogenetics, particularly linkage studies and complex genetics in MND, Parkinsonian disorders and epilepsy; Acute brain injury. Head of Programme Professor Mark P Richardson Research groups/Associated Centres Epilepsy Research Research group leader: Professor Mark Richardson Experimental Neurology Research group leader: Professor Ammar Al-Chalabi Neurodegeneration Research group leader: Dr Jean-Marc Gallo Neuropathology Research group leader: Dr Safa Al-Sarraj Population Neurology Research group leader: Professor Leone Ridsdale Stroke & Brain Injury Research group leader: Professor Lalit Kalra Centre for Neurodegeneration Research Head of Centre: Professor Christopher Shaw MRC Brain Bank Co-ordinator: Dr Clair Troakes

Forensic & Neurodevelopmental Science MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Research profile Number of staff: 8. Number of research students: 9. Recent publications and projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

One of the few teams in the world bringing together experts in brain development and antisocial behaviour, our research team members sit on national and international steering and advisory groups (including UK government task forces on ADHD, autism and offenders). We hold numerous project and programme grants from the EU, MRC, Wellcome Trust and NIH (USA). Our work has led to: the development of new reliable and accurate diagnostic biomarkers for neurodevelopmental disorders associated with abnormalities in social behaviour; the first in vivo studies of infant brain myelination and the effect of maternal stress and mental illness on this process; innovative methods for measuring the development of brain connectivity; understanding how abnormalities in this lead to deficits in language/empathy and to antisocial behaviour; the strongest evidence yet that psychopathy is a distinct neuro-developmental subgroup of anti-social personality disorder (ASPD), using evidence from MRI scans. Head of Research Professor Declan Murphy

Health Service & Population Research MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Research profile Number of staff: 27. Current number of research students: over 50 PhD. Recent publications: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

Student profile Chesmal Siriwardhana Health Services & Population Research MPhil/PhD ‘I am currently conducting research in migration and mental health in the section of epidemiology. My previous and current experience of education at King’s is very rewarding and nurturing, greatly enhancing my skills and exposing me to world leaders in my academic field. I plan to make an academic/research career in mental health and I think the education I receive at King’s will be of great use for a successful future.’

Established in 1999, the department promotes and conducts mental health services and epidemiological research in the local community, the UK and internationally. It comprises three research centres and aims to conduct high quality health service and population research in mental health, relevant to policy and practice, nationally and internationally; enable and encourage service user and carer involvement in mental health research; provide teaching and training in health service and population research skills; and communicate research findings to those able to benefit from this knowledge. The Health Service & Population Research Group has been honoured with the Queen’s Anniversary Prize for Higher and Further Education 2009. Head of Programme Professor Graham Thornicroft Research groups Centre for Innovation & Evaluation in Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Sube Banerjee Centre for Public Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Martin Prince Centre for the Economics of Mental Health (CEMH) Research group leader: Professor Paul McCrone Estia Centre for Mental Health & Learning Disability Research group leader: Professor Tom Craig Section for Recovery Research group leader: Professor Mike Slade Section of Community Mental Health Research group leader: Dr Claire Henderson Section of Epidemiology Research group leader: Dr Rob Stewart Section of Mental Health & Ageing Research group leader: Professor Sube Banerjee Section of Mental Health Nursing Research group leader: Professor Len Bowers

104

Institute of Psychiatry

In the most recent Research Assessment Exercise (2008), the IoP had the largest number of world leading or internationally excellent research activity units for Psychiatry, Clinical Psychology and Neuroscience in the UK.

Section of Mental Health Policy (including WHO Collaborating Centre for Research & Training in Mental Health) Research group leader: Professor Rachel Jenkins Section of Primary Care Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Andre Tylee Section of Women’s Mental Health Research group leader: Professor Louise Howard Service User Research Enterprise (SURE) Research group leader: Professor Til Wykes and Dr Diana Rose Social Psychiatry Research group leader: Dr Craig Morgan

Neuroimaging MPhil/PhD Research profile Number of academic staff: 11. Number of research students: 15. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

The Department provides interdisciplinary research with world-leading application-oriented brain imaging, analysis and clinical expertise for the definition, diagnosis and treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders. It is embedded in The Centre for Neuroimaging Sciences, a state-of-theart research facility with direct access to five MR scanners and to an EEG lab. Current research projects span neurodegeneration, epilepsy, stroke, pain, psychosis, affective disorders, developmental disorders and normal brain function, using a battery of neuroimaging techniques including perfusion, diffusion, functional and structural imaging. Basic scientific research is performed in models of neuropsychiatric disease, using neuroimaging techniques in conjunction with non-MR methods such as electrophysiology, microscopy and autoradiography. Complementary research in imaging physics and analysis supports these. Head of Programme Professor Steve Williams

Neuroscience MPhil/PhD Research profile Number of academic staff: 15. Number of research students: 23. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

The world-leading Department of Neuroscience at the Institute of Psychiatry conducts research into the cellular and molecular basis of neurodegenerative and neurodevelopmental disorders including Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Batten disease, motor neurone disease, schizophrenia, depression and autism spectrum disorder. Our principal achievements have centred around: derivation, characterisation and application of neural stem cells; understanding genetic and molecular mechanisms that underlie neurodegenerative and psychiatric disorders; identifying impairments of synaptic signalling common to both early Alzheimer’s disease and schizophrenia. Head of Programme Professor Noel Buckley Research groups Centre for Cellular Basis of Behaviour (CCBB) Research group leader: Professor Jack Price Centre for Neurodegeneration Research Research group leader: Professor Chris Shaw

Members of the Department carry out biological and clinical research that we believe will have an important impact upon our understanding of dementia and other mental illnesses that affect older people and lead to the development of better treatments. We do this by working in close collaboration with the IoP’s Department of Neuroscience, MRC Centre for Neurodegeneration Research and the NIHR Biomedical Research Centre for Mental Health. Our research into the basic biology of Alzheimer’s disease, the clinical features and aetiology of psychosis in later life and the conduct of randomised controlled trials, is internationally regarded. We have a particular commitment to the conduct of high quality independent clinical trials because the results of these can impact positively upon the availability of effective treatments. Head of Programme Professor Robert Howard

Psychological Medicine MPhil/PhD/ MD(Res) Research profile Number of academic staff: 22. Number of research students: 48. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

Staff profile

The Department of Psychological Medicine focuses on the interface between psychiatry and medicine, psychiatry and occupation, psychiatry and the military and psychiatry in different settings. The disorders of interest are those of the common mental disorders, such as depression, anxiety, perinatal psychiatry, eating disorders and stress-related disorders. The principal research methodologies used within the department are epidemiological, clinical and psychological research, including cross-sectional studies, cohort studies and randomised controlled trials. We also have a strong interest in experimental medicine studies, using methodologies such as neuroimaging, neuroendocrinology and immunology, to investigate biological correlates and biomarkers of these disorders.

Professor Simon Wessely Professor of Psychological Medicine

Head of Programme Professor Simon Wessely

Section of Neuroscience Research group leader: Professor Noel Buckley

Old Age Psychiatry & Dementia MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Research profile Number of academic staff: 28. Number of research students: 8. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

Expertise: Boundaries of medicine and psychiatry; new illnesses and treatment – Gulf War illness, chronic fatigue syndrome (ME), etc; general aspects of psychological medicine; psychiatry and psychiatric treatment; stress/trauma. Research Interests: Unexplained symptoms/syndromes; military health; epidemiology.

Research groups Affective Disorders Research group leader: Professor Anthony Cleare Cancer Research UK Promoting Early Presentation Research group leader: Professor Amanda J Ramirez King’s Centre for Military Health Research Research group leader: Professor Simon Wessely Eating Disorders Research group leader: Professor Ulrike H Schmidt General Hospital Psychiatry Research group leader: Professor Matthew Hotopf

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 105

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Neuropsychiatry Research group leader: Professor Michael D Kopelman Perinatal Psychiatry & the Stress, Psychiatry & Immunology laboratory (SPI Lab) Research group leader: Professor Carmine Pariante

Psychology MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) Research profile Number of academic staff: 42. Number of research students: 31. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

The Department represents one of the world’s largest groupings of clinical and health psychologists. It has established a strong and multi-stranded international reputation for its research in clinical, health, forensic and neuropsychology and its pioneering development of cognitive behavioural therapy for the prevention and treatment of neurosis, psychosis and physical illness. The clinician psychologists in the Department also offer an expert service to the South London and Maudsley, Guy’s and St Thomas’ and King’s College Hospital NHS Foundation Trusts. Head of Programme Professor Veena Kumari

Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy

Psychosis Studies MPhil/PhD/ MD(Res) Research profile

Research profile

Number of academic staff: 90 staff, including 5 professors, 4 readers, 10 senior lecturers, and 12 lecturers. Over 100 visiting staff. Number of research students: 55. Recent publications: over 1300 journal articles in the last five years. Current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop

Number of academic staff: more than 100 staff members, of which 28 are academic faculty staff. Number of research students: 34 PhD students. Recent publications and current research projects: details at www.kcl.ac.uk/iop Facilities: the Centre moved into its new £17m building in 2003, which includes state-of-the-art molecular genetic laboratories.

The Department of Psychosis Studies is one of the world’s largest research groups focused on psychosis, comprising over 100 staff. These include leading academics with expertise in the application of genetics, epidemiology, psychopathology, neuroimaging, cognition and psychopharmacology. The Department has received the highest possible rating in the UK Research Assessment Exercise (5*and 4*) in the last two reviews 2001 and 2008 and attracts students and staff from all over the world. Research carried out by the Department is focused on understanding the causes of psychosis and the mechanisms underlying psychosis, and includes work on all forms of psychosis, including subclinical symptoms, high risk groups and schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. The direct integration of this research activity with high quality clinical services for psychosis ensures that clinical practice is informed by the latest research findings and that research and teaching reflect current clinical priorities.

Approved by the Health Professions Council and accredited by the British Psychological Society, the DClinPsy programme (current intake is 20 per year) values the scientist-practitioner model for clinical psychology – first developed here at the Institute of Psychiatry.

Head of Programme Professor Philip McGuire

There is strong emphasis on the integration of theory, research and practice. The programme takes cognitive-behavioural therapy as its main modality and has particular strengths in family therapy, mindfulness-based interventions, and in neuropsychology.

First Episode Studies

Programme team and clinical academics all provide clinical sessions within the NHS and many practice placement supervisors teach on the programme and undertake research. The programme curriculum is developed and kept up-to-date through partnership with local NHS colleagues. Students who take up places via the Clearing House system are funded by and employed within the NHS. International applicants are self funded. Head of Programme Professor Paul Chadwick

Social Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MPhil/PhD

Research groups Clinical Trials Treatment & Recovery Cognitive & Neurobiological Processes Studies in High Risk Populations Risk Factors & Genetic Studies

The Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry (MRC) Centre’s scientific goal is to undertake interdisciplinary research and training, bringing together developmental, genetic and environmental strategies in order to understand how nature and nurture interact in the development of complex behavioural disorders and dimensions. Research focuses on key common mental health problems that are most likely to profit from a developmental nature-nurture interdisciplinary strategy, including: emotional disorders (especially anxiety and depression), disorders involving disruptive behaviour (including attention deficit hyperactivity disorder) and disorders involving cognitive problems (including problems related to theory of mind, executive function and language). Head of Programme Dr Fruhling Rijsdijk

Staff profile Professor Francesca Happé Head of Department and Director for the MRC Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry (SGDP) Centre Research interests: Professor Happé’s research focuses on Autism Spectrum Disorders. She has conducted research into the neurocognitive basis of typical and atypical social cognition. She is also actively engaged in studies of abilities and assets in people with autism, and their relation to detail-focused perceptual and cognitive style. As well as cognitive methods, her research involves functional imaging, study of acquired brain lesions, family studies of the broader phenotype and, most recently, behaviour genetic methods.

106

Institute of Psychiatry

Taught programmes • The Institute offers the widest range of mental health postgraduate programmes in the UK. • Specialised postgraduate programmes are taught in small groups by staff with research and clinical expertise. • Taught programmes are offered on a full-time or part-time basis, and range from short courses to master’s degrees. • Some programmes have been designed for mental health professionals including psychiatrists, psychologists, therapists, mental health nurses and substance abuse workers and others have been designed for health science postgraduates who wish to pursue further study in the mental health field in an academic research environment, or to seek employment in an academic, clinical or pharmaceutical organisation.

MSC & PG DIP/CERT Entry Requirements

A degree (2:1 or higher preferable) in medical science or a biological subject with a neurobiological component.

Addiction Studies MSc/PGCert

Medical students can intercalate the course after completing three years of medical studies.

First degree (2:1) or equivalent (in either medicine or psychology; or in any subject related to the addictions followed by a relevant health-related postgraduate diploma or certificate). Candidates without a first degree but with a professional qualification or demonstrable significant professional experience may be considered with the following requirements: a) submission of a written essay; b) initial enrolment onto the PG Certificate in Addiction Studies (60 credits encompassing modules 1, 2 and 3) with subsequent progression onto the MSc dependent upon completion of the PG Cert with a pass with merit average across the fundamental modules. Advanced Care in Dementia MSc Relevant first degree, minimum 2nd class honours or equivalent. Exceptionally other relevant qualifications and experience (including those without a first degree) can be considered (see below for further details). Applicants who have already studied at a level equivalent to a UK master’s course will be assessed primarily on the basis of achievement at this level and would generally be expected to demonstrate a clear pass (55 or above). Applicants without a first degree will be expected to be health or social care practitioners with a specialism relevant to the programme or be able to demonstrate a commitment to future work in this area.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies PG Dip A professional mental health qualification (eg clinical psychologist, RMN) or other relevant professions (eg counselling, social work) with relevant postgraduate clinical experience. Preference to candidates with demonstrable experience in systematic therapies with a commitment to the CBT approach. Access to suitable CBT training cases, ie straightforward depression and anxiety, is compulsory. Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Psychosis PG Dip/PG Cert All applicants need to demonstrate the ability to work effectively at master’s level, and an interest in and enthusiasm for psychological approaches to working with people with psychosis. PG Dip and Clinical PG Cert applicants must also have a recognised professional mental health qualification obtained by a formal examination, with post qualification experience of working with people with severe and enduring mental health problems, and be based in the NHS (or equivalent) with access to suitable clients. Epilepsy MSc A 2:1 degree from a UK university, or an overseas equivalent, in a science subject.

CBT Informed & Carer Supportive Practice in Psychosis Grad Cert/Grad Dip

However, candidates with substantial work experience who possess alternative qualifications will be considered.

All applicants need to demonstrate the ability to work effectively at graduate level and an interest in and enthusiasm for psychological approaches to working with people with psychosis and their carers.

Family Therapy MSc/Grad Cert

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc Medical qualification with graduate experience or qualification in psychology/paediatrics/clinical psychology plus three years postgraduate experience working with children with mental health problems, or working in paediatrics/psychiatry/ psychology. Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip Open to experienced practising clinicians working with forensic patients, eg psychiatrists (ST4+, staff grade, consultants), chartered psychologists, experienced mental health nurses, occupational therapists and social workers. Minimum 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) in first degree or equivalent in a relevant subject. If you do not meet the normal entry requirements, please provide evidence of potential to succeed at graduate level. Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC) with the British Psychological Society (BPS). Psychology degree (minimum 2:1). Applicants should also have a minimum of one year’s clinical or forensic experience. Students who are applying from outside the UK, or who do not have a BPS accredited degree in Psychology, must check with the BPS to see if they qualify for GBC.

denmark hill campus

Clinical Neuroscience MSc

First degree in a relevant subject such as psychology, medicine, social work, social science, nursing studies or education and/or professional qualification in a mental healthrelated programme. Significant clinical experience and for the MSc, an intermediate qualification in family therapy is required. Forensic Mental Health MSc/PG Dip A good 2.1 honours degree (minimum) or the equivalent, including an introduction to empirical research, in a relevant subject, eg medicine, biology, mental health nursing, occupational therapy, psychology, neuroscience, criminology. Non-graduates (eg nurses with a Diploma) will be asked to provide evidence of their capacity to study at postgraduate level and will be expected to have considerable relevant work experience since qualifying. For pathway specific entry criteria please check our online prospectus for details. Forensic Mental Health Research MSc Minimum 2:1 UK degree/overseas equivalent. Genes, Environment & Development MSc A minimum 2:1 degree or equivalent in psychology or related disciplines (behavioural, biological or mathematical sciences). Applications from those working in medicine or professions allied to medicine are also welcome. Students with degrees in other subjects will be considered on an individual basis.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 107

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Global Mental Health MSc

Psychiatric Research MSc

At least an upper second-class honours degree of a UK university, or an overseas qualification of an equivalent standard, or a registerable qualification in medicine, appropriate to the programme.

A 2:1 degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject (eg psychology, social science or health science); or a registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine or overseas equivalent; or a professional mental health qualification.

A background in a mental health-related field is desirable but not essential. Applications with an appropriate technical qualification or equivalent qualification and experience from overseas are also welcomed. Any student who does not meet the minimum entry requirement above but who has relevant professional experience may still be eligible for admission. They should contact the programme leader who can advise on their eligibility to apply. Health Psychology MSc A psychology degree (minimum 2:1) accredited by the British Psychological Society (BPS). Students who are applying from outside the UK, or who do not have a BPS accredited degree in Psychology, must check with the BPS to see if they qualify for Graduate Basis for Chartered Membership (GBC).

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc Minimum 2:1 (or overseas equivalent) first degree in behavioural, biological or mathematical sciences, or an appropriate qualification in medicine or an appropriate professional qualification. War & Psychiatry MSc Applicants should hold a first degree or equivalent in medicine or psychology; or a 2:1 first degree in any subject; or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate an ability to undertake the programme.

Addiction Studies MSc/PG Cert

A first degree or equivalent in psychology (at least a 2:2), mental health nursing or medicine; or a first degree in any subject, followed by a relevant health-related postgraduate diploma or certificate; or other qualifications and experience which demonstrate an ability to undertake the programme.

The MSc Addiction Studies provides advanced postgraduate education in the addictions, focusing upon recent biological, psychological and socioenvironmental advances in the conceptualisation of drug use and addiction and its effective prevention and treatment. Throughout the course, theoretical advances and evidence are positioned within the context of policy development and treatment, while emphasis is placed upon facilitating the transfer of knowledge and skills to the workplace or individual career aspirations. Students have a unique opportunity to learn within an environment of high level clinical service and research expertise.

Mental Health Service & Population Research MSc

Duration One year FT, two years PT.

International Programme in Addiction Studies MSc First degree (upper second) or equivalent (in either medicine or psychology; or in any subject related to the addictions followed by a relevant health-related postgraduate diploma or certificate); or other qualifications and experience with demonstrable ability. Mental Health in Learning Disabilities MSc

A 2:1 degree or overseas equivalent in an appropriate subject (psychology, social science or health science); or a registerable qualification appropriate to the programme in medicine or overseas equivalent; or a professional mental health qualification. Mental Health Studies MSc Applicants should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1) or an equivalent professional qualification. Experience working in the mental health field is desirable but not essential. Neuroimaging MSc A minimum 2:1 degree or equivalent in biomedical or related sciences, psychology, neuroscience, physics, engineering, computer science, mathematics or in another scientific subject. Applications from those working in medicine or professions allied to medicine are also welcome. Neuroscience MSc An upper second class honours degree in a biological discipline, a medical degree (MBBS), an overseas qualification of an equivalent standard or, for medical students, as an intercalated MSc. Applicants with a non-biological degree or with a lower class will be considered. Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology MSc Applicants should hold a relevant first degree (minimum 2:1) or an equivalent professional qualification. Experience in the workplace is desirable but not essential.

Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Accreditation The programme will make a small contribution towards BABCP supervision/training requirements necessary for registration as an accredited CBT therapist, but considerable further training will be required for accreditation. Duration Grad Cert 8 months PT; Grad Dip 16 months PT. September 2013-August 2014 with January and October starts (attendance is one day only at the Institute of Psychiatry; can be delivered off campus if travel is paid and numbers are sufficient). Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc For international and UK-based psychiatrists, paediatricians and psychologists to develop knowledge, research and clinical skills in the field of child and adolescent mental health. Taught modules include content on research methodology, study design and statistics, child development, range of disorders, therapeutic modalities, service development and evaluation. Students complete a research project and have clinical placements. Leads to enhanced skills and knowledge in child mental health. Accreditation This course has acquired credit internationally. Graduates are able to obtain accreditation with statutory bodies in their home countries to work clinically in child mental health. Duration One year FT, September to September, two years PT for UK-based clinicians working in CAMH settings. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical Forensic Psychiatry

Advanced Care in Dementia MSc

MSc/PG Dip

Equips students interested in health and social care with the knowledge and high-level analytical skills needed to critically assess research evidence and practice for delivery of high quality dementia care. Students will be able to identify and implement changes based on research evidence within a health and social care setting across a multidisciplinary team, and be able to manage and deliver research independently.

Aims to produce expert clinicians in the field of forensic mental health. Exceptional opportunities for clinical and research training with a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Clinical attachments can be arranged for overseas students on this pathway to complement the academic programme. Students should apply for the Forensic Mental Health MSc and can then move onto this pathway.

Duration One year FT, two years PT.

Duration One year FT (overseas applicants only), two years PT, September to September.

Location Denmark Hill Campus and Waterloo Campus.

CBT Informed & Carer Supportive Practice in Psychosis Grad Cert/Grad Dip Provides training in engagement, assessment and brief structured interventions for people with psychosis and their carers. Suitable for both mental health professionals and students with an interest in the field but no mental health qualification. Teaching comprises workshops, clinical role plays and case discussions. Each module comprises eight days of teaching and a day of assessments, delivered over a 10 week period. The certificate is made up of two modules; one compulsory, one selected from a choice of specific interventions. The diploma comprises four modules.

Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc Equips psychology postgraduates with the skills necessary to work with mentally ill offenders. Emphasis on evidence-based and reflective practice. Exceptional clinical and research training from a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Ideal step towards chartered forensic or clinical psychology training. Placement two days per week in a clinical forensic setting. Students should apply for the Forensic Mental Health MSc and can then move onto this pathway. Accreditation Accredited by the Division of Forensic Psychology, British Psychological Society. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus; placements take place at various locations.

108

Institute of Psychiatry

STUDENT PROFILE: Sarmi Sri, Neuroscience MSc ‘We cover a broad range from minute molecular pathways to gross anatomical anomalies, and apply them to clinical problems. Although the course is somewhat demanding, the interesting nature of the content and the immense help and support offered by the teaching staff makes it worthwhile. What grasped my particular interest was the ability to specialise in a region of neuroscience which interested me the most, allowing me to gain an in-depth knowledge on the current progress within the neurodegenerative field.’

Clinical Neuroscience MSc

Epilepsy MSc

Forensic Mental Health Research MSc

Gain a unique understanding of the underlying principles of neurological symptoms, signs, investigations and diseases. Emphasis is given to translation from basic science to clinical practice. Suitable for: further training in clinical neuroscience and related fields; preparation for a PhD.

A multidisciplinary programme covering topics related to all aspects of human epilepsy, from underlying neurobiological mechanisms to clinical aspects and psycho-social consequences. Compulsory modules and a research project include practical experience in clinical or research departments.

For psychiatrists or graduates in psychology, neuroscience, mental health nursing or similar disciplines. Develops necessary skills for scientific work on aetiology and effective treatment of mentally disordered offenders. Exceptional opportunities for research training with teaching from a distinguished multidisciplinary team. Ideal step towards a PhD. Research attachments offered. Students should apply for the Forensic Mental Health MSc and can then move onto this pathway.

Duration One year FT, September to August. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies

Location Denmark Hill Campus.

PG Dip This course is designed for mental health practitioners seeking post-qualification specialist training in CBT. Develop your practical skills and critical understanding of the theoretical and empirical base of CBT. A nested PG Cert pathway is also available. Accreditation This course meets full requirements necessary for BABCP accreditation. Successful completion of this course enables graduates to be eligible for registration as an accredited cognitive behavioural therapist with the BABCP. Duration One year FT, 18 months PT. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Psychosis PG Dip/PG Cert The PG Dip programme provides a critical understanding of psychological models of psychosis and their evidence base, and advanced postqualification training in the clinical skills required for mental health professionals to become skilled and creative practitioners and trainers in cognitive therapy for psychosis. PG Cert programmes are available in Clinical Skills in CBT for Psychosis, for clinicians who wish to specialise in delivering high quality therapy, and in the Theoretical Background to CBT for Psychosis, for non-clinical staff. Accreditation This programme contributes to but does not fulfil the BABCP supervision/training requirements necessary for registration as an accredited CBT therapist. Duration PG Dip 16 months PT, eight months fast-track FT also available. PG Cert programmes one year PT. Programmes start January 2013 (attendance is Thursdays only at the Institute of Psychiatry). Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Family Therapy MSc Comprehensive clinical training in family therapy leading towards registration with UK Council for Psychotherapy as a systemic family therapist. Includes supervised clinical work with families in both adult and child mental health settings; strong focus on training professionals to work within multidisciplinary environments. Accreditation Leads towards registration with UK Council for Psychotherapy as a systemic family therapist. Duration One year FT, September to September, two years PT.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Genes, Environment & Development MSc Provides interdisciplinary postgraduate training in a range of behavioural genetics topics and research methods relevant to psychology and psychiatry, in three compulsory modules and a research project that will cover the broad range of subject areas that are considered fundamental to an understanding of behavioural genetics. Duration One year FT.

Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Family Therapy Grad Cert

Global Mental Health MSc

For professionals working in a mental health setting, including: nurses, GPs, paediatricians, psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists who wish to complete an intermediate level programme in family therapy, or aim to incorporate systemic work in existing clinical practice.

Provides a unique programme of study for students wishing to gain a sound understanding of the issues around the new discipline of global mental health research. Taught jointly by leading researchers at the Institute of Psychiatry and London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine. Enables students to gain knowledge and skills required to initiate, develop and implement policies in low resource settings and to conduct and critically evaluate research. Excellent preparation for careers in policy, research and work in international agencies.

Accreditation Accredited at intermediate level by the Association for Family Therapy and Systemic Practice (member organisation the UK Council for Psychotherapy). Duration One year FT, September to June; two years PT.

Duration One year FT, two years PT.

Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Location Denmark Hill Campus and London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine.

Forensic Mental Health MSc/PG Dip

Health Psychology MSc

A flexible postgraduate programme with a wide range of optional modules designed for students with a professional and/or academic interest in forensic mental health, taught by a multi-disciplinary team of clinicians and researchers. Ideal step towards clinical psychology training, or a PhD. Students enrol on a specified pathway or for maximum flexibility take the generic programme. Accreditation MSc Clinical Forensic Psychology pathway: accredited by the British Psychological Society Division of Forensic Psychology for Stage 1 chartered forensic psychology training. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Study with our dedicated health psychology section, pioneers of postgraduate training in this discipline since 1987. Intended for graduate psychologists who want to go on to obtain British Psychological Society recognition as a chartered health psychologist. Combines classroom teaching, individual study, practical work in statistics and a supervised research project. Students are provided with placement opportunities. Accreditation British Psychological Society as Stage One training towards becoming a Chartered Health Psychologist (accreditation submitted). Duration One year FT, September to September (two days per week plus additional clinical placement sessions). Location Teaching is at the Psychology Unit, Guy’s Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 109

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

International Programme in Addiction Studies MSc Delivered entirely online and operated by three of the top research institutions in addictions: Institute of Psychiatry, King’s College London; Virginia Commonwealth University; University of Adelaide. The programme is unique amongst master’s programmes offered in the UK, with emphasis placed on the translation of research into practice and substance abuse policy. Apply via Virginia Commonwealth University at www.vcu.edu/idas/IPAS Duration One year FT, two years PT, August to August. Location Online, with access to facilities at King’s, University of Adelaide and Virginia Commonwealth University.

Mental Health in Learning Disabilities MSc This programme focuses on intellectual and other developmental disabilities, such as autism spectrum disorder and ADHD, in adults. The programme aims to provide graduates with the knowledge and skills needed for research and clinical work in this or an allied mental health field. The programme also aims to develop and enhance the analytical skills required for service development. This course is being re-developed for 2013 entry. To receive further information please email margaret.glover@kcl.ac.uk Duration One year FT, two years PT, October to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Mental Health Service & Population Research MSc Provides rigorous training in the scientific principles, methods and practical skills that are the foundation of mental health and population-based research. Offers opportunities to specialise in particular methodologies. Develops knowledge, skills and confidence needed to carry out independent, high quality research: from formulating research questions to dissemination of findings. Excellent preparation for PhD, DClinPsy and enhanced careers in mental health as clinicians, managers and policy makers. Departmental scholarships available. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology MSc Student profile Anthony Harrison Mental Health Services & Population Research MSc ‘Having worked as an Assistant Psychologist for four years prior to the course, I chose the Institute of Psychiatry because it is highly reputed for research. The programme gave me the opportunity to find out about psychiatric epidemiology and clinical research methodologies, providing a useful starting point to embark on robust translational research. I particularly enjoyed the qualitative methods and economic evaluation modules, which were taught by very friendly academic staff, who provided a comprehensive overview.’

Among few courses of its kind in the UK and Europe, this programme draws on contemporary psychological, psychiatric and organisational theory to examine the causes, effects and consequences of mental ill health in the workplace and to consider strategies and interventions to improve organisational and individual mental health. It leads to careers in HR or organisational consultancy. Accreditation Programme has achieved British Psychological Society CPD approval. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Mental Health Studies MSc

Psychiatric Research MSc

Enables successful applicants to develop their knowledge and experience within the field of mental health and to examine one area in more depth, through empirical research in the form of their dissertation. The programme offers career enhancement through involvement in research work; continuing professional development for practitioners; preparation for a career in clinical psychology, research assistant and PhD positions at the Institute of Psychiatry.

Develops advanced skills in psychiatric and psychological research methods. Hypothesis formulation, study design, data gathering, research management, data analysis and protocol design. NHS volunteer programme available for students interested in gaining clinical experience. Ideal step towards a PhD or Doctorate in Clinical Psychology.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, October to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Neuroimaging MSc The Department of Neuroimaging has pioneered work in functional MRI, diffusion tensor imaging, pharmacological MRI, EEG and advanced image analysis techniques. Drawing on this breadth of expertise, this programme offers comprehensive and practical training in the science and methodology of neuroimaging techniques in tandem with their application to neuroscience, psychology, psychiatry, neurology and beyond. Duration One Year FT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Neuroscience MSc The programme aims to transform students’ theoretical and practical knowledge of the neurosciences especially those that are relevant to psychiatry, psychology and neurology, through taught compulsory modules and a choice of optional, specialised modules, both taught and research. Students may graduate with an MSc Neuroscience in a speciality. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc The first year of a four-year programme, leading to a PhD. Includes training in social, genetic (both quantitative and molecular), developmental and cognitive approaches to psychiatry and psychology, as well as a module in statistical genetics. The programme includes continuous involvement in centre research on such topics as antisocial behaviour, anxiety, autism, depression and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Duration One year FT, September to September. Upon successful completion of the MSc, students will be expected to register for MPhil/PhD, which will last another three years. Location Denmark Hill Campus.

War & Psychiatry MSc Allows students to develop skills and knowledge about the way individuals respond to psychological trauma. Drawing on multidisciplinary expertise, students can compare the experiences of different nations to identify both theoretical and practical elements. The programme is ideal for careers in military psychiatry and related NGO, emergency and anti-terrorist services. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Location Denmark Hill Campus; Strand Campus.

School of Social Science & Public Policy The School of Social Science & Public Policy is one of the largest university policy-orientated research and teaching groupings in the UK. Our variety of specialisms and approach to working in multidisciplinary teams enables us to develop insights from a wide range of perspectives, to tackle some of the most important social, political and ethical issues of our time.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 111

About the School • Comprises the departments of Education & Professional Studies, Geography, Management, Political Economy, Defence Studies, War Studies, Social Science, Health & Medicine (including the Institute of Gerontology) and King’s Policy Institute. • We address global issues such as: urban sustainability and climate change; new security uncertainties and risks; the changing nature of war and conflict; age and ageing; the ethics of biomedical innovation; scientific literacy and cultural inclusion; social cohesion in multi-faith societies; inequalities in health and education; public service reform and the future of the professions.

‘These are exciting times to work on East Asian security and history as this is currently one of the most dynamic regions of the world, and one where an understanding of how strategy has developed through history is crucial in resolving the issues we are faced with today. My plan for the near future is to work with other departments at King’s to examine untapped archival evidence from the East Asian region in order to strengthen our understanding of different traditions in strategy and the conduct of war.’ Dr Alessio Patalano Lecturer in the Department of War Studies, Director of the Asian Security & Warfare Research Group and Research Associate at the King’s China Institute

Location Strand Campus Address School of Social Science & Public Policy King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS Contact Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Tel +44 (0)20 7848 1977/7206 Email sspp-graduateadmissions@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/sspp

• Staff are regularly appointed to influential positions within international scholarly communities, eg as editors of major social science journals and members of Research Council review panels. • Our Waterloo and Strand campuses are in the heart of London, with easy access to the policy community and the cultural and intellectual heart of the city. • The Defence Studies Department is based at the Defence Academy in Shrivenham, where it provides academic support to the Joint Services Command and Staff College.

Induction & training

Facilities

The School’s constituent departments each run a tailored induction and training programme for new students. Research students also benefit from a series of induction events and the researcher development programme. Research students will agree and review a programme of training with their supervisor at the start of each academic year.

• Postgraduate-only facilities at the Strand and the Waterloo graduate lounges offer study and social areas, PCs and lockers (at Waterloo).

Funding Sources of funding are diverse and in some cases discipline specific. All of the doctoral programmes within the School are eligible for funding by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC). In addition, our students are funded by the ESRC to undertake projects in collaboration with non-academic partners. Our students are also funded by several other UK research councils (including NERC, EPSRC and AHRC), as well as by major charities (eg Wellcome Trust, Leverhulme) and through research grants held by staff from a wide range of organisations including UK and overseas governments, the European Union, NATO and the US National Science Foundation. Overseas students are often supported by British Council scholarships, Commonwealth Studentships, as well as by their home governments and the Commonwealth Foundation. Each year, a significant number of new students within the School are awarded funding by the College’s Graduate School.

• Two laboratories dedicated to the Environmental Monitoring & Modelling research group. • A dedicated Experimental Hydrology and Geomorphology Laboratory, equipped with a sand fall flume, an 8m3 soil test facility and a cloud-chamber for simulating moisture conditions within tropical cloud forests. • An extensive range of field equipment for atmospheric, land surface and sub-surface investigations. • Access to the collections at the Liddell Hart Centre for Military Archives, a leading repository for research into modern defence policy in Britain.

Career destinations Graduate destinations are as varied as the areas covered by the School. These include career enhancement in areas such as education, the environment and general management, but also more specialist areas such as ministry, the armed forces and geriatric medicine. Many of our programmes are appropriate for policy development positions as well as further research or academia. Research graduates commonly progress onto academic careers, but given the varied and specialist subject areas within the School, students also use research to progress their careers in their chosen field.

112

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Research opportunities • A thriving and vibrant community of around 650 research students. • Students work under the supervision of faculty members and are affiliated with at least one academic research group within their home department. • Work with supervisors who are internationally renowned for their interdisciplinary and policy-orientated research. • Research students are strongly encouraged to develop their interests in working with a wide range of collaborators elsewhere in the College and beyond. • Current doctoral projects are taking place in collaboration with local authorities, the Imperial War Museum, Age Care, Ealing PCT, King’s College Hospital and the UK Met Office. • Some PhD research is offered jointly with Hong Kong University, National University of Singapore and Humboldt University (Berlin). • The Centre offers training for all social scientists at King’s, regardless of their ‘home’ School of study, creating a cross-discipline hub of expertise and support for social scientists researching at King’s. • There are at least 15 dedicated studentships to be awarded to new MPhil/PhD students with suitable research projects. • Further information on research themes and studentships can be found on the KISSDTC website: www.kcl.ac.uk/kissdtc

Entry Requirements Defence Studies Research MPhil/PhD Master’s degree with high merit (or overseas equivalent), and a 2:1 honours degree at the bachelors level (or overseas equivalent). It is highly desirable but not essential to have taken courses in this field at postgraduate level before undertaking research work in the Defence Studies Department. Extensive practical experience in a relevant field (eg military, diplomatic, humanitarian or developmental) may be taken into account when evaluating an application. Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies EdD, DrPS

Language, Discourse & Communication MPhil/PhD option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS Minimum 2:1 first degree in a subject appropriate to the research area and an appropriate master’s degree or an approved professional or other qualification. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Management Research MPhil/PhD 2:1 undergraduate degree in a relevant subject or equivalent for overseas students.

Master’s degree from UK/overseas equivalent and evidence of the study of education or a related social science at graduate level.

Students should have completed a master’s degree before undertaking a PhD in the department.

At least four years’ professional experience.

Political Economy Research MPhil/PhD

Doctorate in Theology & Ministry DThMin

Master’s degree in a subject appropriate to the research area with a minimum high merit (or overseas equivalent).

Master’s degree in a subject related to theology and ministry and three years’ or equivalent experience in the practice of ministry. If you have a master’s degree in a subject unrelated to theology and ministry you may be considered provided you can demonstrate graduate study and relevant experience.

Politics Research MPhil/PhD Master’s degree in a subject appropriate to the research area with a minimum high Merit (or overseas equivalent). Public Policy Research MPhil/PhD Social Science, Health & Medicine Research MPhil/PhD

Education & Professional Studies Research MPhil/PhD Interdisciplinary Policy Studies (Education) MPhil/PhD

Master’s degree in a subject appropriate to the research area with a minimum high merit (or overseas equivalent).

Minimum 2:1 first degree in a subject appropriate to the research area.

Theology & Ministry MPhil/PhD

Also, one or more of the following: a teaching qualification or equivalent experience; two or more years of research in education; an appropriate master’s degree; an approved professional or other qualification.

Master’s degree in a subject appropriate to the research area with a minimum high merit (or overseas equivalent).

Geography Research MPhil/PhD, or option of joint PhD with HKU/Humboldt/NUS

Master’s degree with high merit (or overseas equivalent), and a 2:1 honours degree at the bachelor’s level (or overseas equivalent).

Minimum 2:1 undergraduate degree (or their equivalent) and/or a good master’s degree. Those applying for the joint degree are encouraged to contact an academic at King’s to develop research links with the partner institution. Gerontology Research MPhil/PhD Master’s degree in a subject appropriate to the research area with a minimum high Merit (or overseas equivalent).

strand campus

War Studies Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS

It is not essential to have taken courses in this field at postgraduate level but we advise students to consider taking our MA or a similar course elsewhere before undertaking research work in the Department of War Studies. Extensive practical experience in the relevant field (eg military, diplomatic, journalistic, humanitarian or developmental) may be taken into account when evaluating an application.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 113

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Defence Studies Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Academic staff: over 40. Research students: approximately 50.

Based at Shrivenham, where it provides academic support at the Joint Services Command and Staff College, the Defence Studies Department’s (DSD) core business is provision of professional military education to the armed forces. DSD has a thriving research culture in subjects across the range of military and naval history, defence policy and international security studies, reflected in the publication of high-quality monographs and articles in peer-reviewed journals as well as in the provision of policy advice and consultancy activities. The Department has recently launched its own postgraduate research programme, which has approximately 50 students taking advantage of DSDs unique combination of research expertise, strong links to other departments of King’s and close interaction with the Armed Forces and the Ministry of Defence. We are keen to receive applications from students whose research interests complement those of members of staff and of our research groups. Head of Programme Dr Tim Benbow Research groups Centre for Military Education Outreach Corbett Centre for Maritime Policy Imperial, Diplomatic & Military History International Defence Ethics

Staff profile Professor Ashley Jackson Professor of Imperial & Military History Research interests: • British and European Imperial/Colonial History. • Modern British Military and Naval History. • The Second World War. • ‘Wider World’ history, especially Africa, Asia and the Indian Ocean. • The Commonwealth. • Contemporary African and Indian Ocean Security. • Counterinsurgency. Teaching: PhD supervision in the areas of: • British Imperial history 1750 to the present. • African history. • The Indian Ocean. • British Military and Naval history. Current projects: • He is on the editorial board of the journal Global War Studies and chairs the King’s Imperial, Diplomatic & Military History Research Group. • He co-convenes the joint King’s College London-Oxford Brookes University ‘International and Military Studies’ seminar series and the Defence Studies Department’s Lunchtime Seminar Series, and oversees the Department’s distinguished visiting fellowship programme. • He is a member of the Development Group and the Academic Advisory Panel of the Soldiers of Oxfordshire Trust museum project.

Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies EdD/DrPS Significantly different from the traditional doctorate and more attuned to the professional seeking to develop their career through enhanced research capacity. It promotes understanding of the nature, development and evaluation of professional knowledge, develops critical awareness and high level research skills. Duration maximum seven years part-time. Location Waterloo Campus.

Staff profile Professor Meg Maguire Professor of Sociology of Education Research interests: • Sociology of education, urban education and policy. • Issues of class, race, gender and age in teachers’ social and professional worlds. Teaching: • MA Education, Policy & Society. • MA Education & Professional Studies. • MA Child Studies. • MPhil/PhD research training programme.

Doctorate in Theology & Ministry DThMin Enables you to study with leading, internationally renowned figures in theology and religious studies. Participate in a vibrant and cutting edge research community with a focus on the relationship between theology, ministry and contemporary society. Develop an on-going peer group and participate in a wider learning community. Duration Maximum seven years part-time. Location Waterloo Campus.

Education & Professional Studies Research MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE 2008 score: joint third in the UK. Research income: around £1m per annum. Academic staff: over 40. Research students: over 150.

Our highly-rated department provides extensive research training and supervision on a range of themes relating to education and professional studies including: curriculum, pedagogy and assessment, education management, school improvement, higher education, student and teacher identities, informal and workplace learning, inequality and social justice, the nature of professional expertise, the intellectual, emotional, social and spiritual aspects of personal experience and professional development, and the evolving practices and policy contexts of professional work. Students are mainly supervised by staff in one or more of the four Research Centres in the host department but may, where appropriate, be cosupervised by staff from other research centres in the College. The host department, the department of Education & Professional Studies, comprises the Centres for Theology, Religion & Culture; Public Policy Research; Language, Discourse & Communication; Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics Education. Head of Programme Reverend Professor Alister McGrath Research groups Campaign History Research Centre for Language, Discourse & Communication Research group leader: Professor Ben Rampton Centre for Public Policy Research Research group leader: Professor Alan Cribb Centre for Research in Education in Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics Research group leader: Professor Justin Dillon Centre for Theology, Religion & Culture Research group leader: Professor Alister McGrath

114

School of Social Science & Public Policy

King’s Interdisciplinary Social Sciences Doctoral Training Centre (KISS-DTC) was awarded more than £5.2 million in 2011 by the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) to support postgraduate studentships and training in the social sciences.

Geography Research MPhil/PhD, or option of joint PhD with HKU/Humboldt/NUS Research profile Research income: £2.28m (2007-8). Academic staff: 42. Research students: around 100. Postdoctoral: 17.

Student profile Myung Ae Choi Geography MPhil/PhD ‘For my PhD journey, I thought of no other university but King’s, not only because of its world-renowned reputation but also because of my personal experience here studying for my MSc. King’s is an institution not made from grey academics and brick buildings, but from well established academic knowledge, curiosity for the unknown world and a search for a better alternative; not to mention brilliant students and inspiring academics from all over the world.’

The Department of Geography is currently rated as one of the top 10 departments in the UK and has a vibrant community of scholars. A key strength of our staff is their interdisciplinary expertise which extends across the natural and social sciences and the humanities. There are four main research groups: Cities; Environment, Politics & Development; Environmental Monitoring & Modelling; Hazards & Risk. Much of our research crosses these group specialisms and students are supervised both by staff in research groups and between them. There is an extensive seminar programme linked to these groups with many renowned speakers visiting the Department on a regular basis.

Gerontology Research MPhil/PhD

MPhil/PhD

Research profile Academic staff: 8. Research staff: 8. Visiting professors and fellows: between 10 and 15 at any time. Research income: £1.3m between Dec 2008 – July 2011, including £335,000 from the Economic and Social Research Council. A wide range of funding sources are open to us including NGOs, charities and government.

STUDENT profile Jonathan Guillemot Gerontology PhD ‘Initially what I found most attractive about King’s was its central location. Over time, I have come to see that the staff availability and open-mindedness is King’s greatest asset. Beyond King’s great reputation, I found the Institute of Gerontology to be among the most highly regarded ageing research centres in Europe, both for its innovative research and long-lasting history. At King’s I have been given the chance to discuss a partnership with a private company for a PhD. King’s gave me the necessary time and advice for this project to be initiated successfully.’

Research groups Cities Research group leader: Professor David Green

The Institute of Gerontology has a long-established research programme with a strong emphasis on multidisciplinary and multi-method research. MPhil/ PhD students at the Institute of Gerontology are researching ageing from a wide range of disciplinary perspectives. Those with an interest in pursuing a programme of work within our key areas of research are encouraged to apply: 1) Ageing policy, health and healthcare: investigating the factors that lead to better physical, mental and social health throughout the life course and how we can optimise services throughout the life course to improve health and well-being at older ages; 2) Communities, work and family life: examining how changes in work and family life have affected the lives of older people and intergenerational relations; and 3) Global ageing: studying how governments should be preparing for the rapid ageing of populations around the world.

Environment, Politics & Development Research group leader: Professor Frances Cleaver

Head of Programme Dr Karen Glaser (Director/reader in gerontology)

Head of Programme Professor Raymond Bryant (PhD tutor)

Environmental Monitoring & Modelling Research group leader: Dr Nick Drake Hazards & Risk Research group leader: Dr Henry Rothstein

Interdisciplinary Policy Studies Research profile RAE 2008 score: joint third in the UK. Research income: around £1m per annum. Academic staff: over 40. Research students: over 150.

Our highly-rated department offers extensive research training and supervision on a wide range of policy related themes, including: user and practitioner experiences and perspectives in health and social care, culture and the arts, youth work and education, equality and social justice, identity and social change, professional values and ethics and public sector reform. There is a particular emphasis on rigorous interdisciplinary and critical perspectives with staff and students working in and across a range of disciplines, eg sociology, social policy and applied philosophy. Students are mostly supervised by staff in the Centre for Public Policy Research but may, where appropriate, be co-supervised by staff from other research centres in the host department and the College. The host department, the Deptartment of Education & Professional Studies, comprises the centres for Public Policy Research; Theology, Religion & Culture; Language, Discourse & Communication; Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics Education. Head of Programme Professor Alan Cribb

Language, Discourse & Communication MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS Research profile Academic staff: over 25 research active academics. Research students: 40-50. Research income: around £120,000 a year.

The Centre for Language Discourse & Communication, which is hosted in the Department of Education & Professional Studies, works across the Schools of Arts & Humanities and Social Science & Public Policy. It has research strengths in educational linguistics; literacy studies; sociolinguistics; text and discourse analysis; psycholinguistics and cognitive linguistics; historical linguistics; corpus linguistics and second language acquisition. Research focuses on the dynamics of language and literacy within globalisation and intercultural contact, on language, literacy and discourse in everyday interaction, in education, literature and popular culture, in new and mass media and in medical and workplace settings. Head of Programme Professor Ben Rampton

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 115

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Management Research MPhil/PhD Research profile International: the department has a high international profile in our core areas of research through which our academic staff have made a major contribution to the shaping and development of management theory and practice. Research income: we attract a substantial amount of research income, from both research councils (ESRC, EPSRC, AHRC) and from other institutions such as the Leverhulme Trust, EU, CIPD, CIMA, RPSGB and several government bodies

strategic research centres and groupings which are inclusive, encouraging cross-group membership, multidisciplinarity, and wide collaboration. Research groups Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management Research group leader: Professor Jill Solomon Human Resource Management, Employment Relations & Organisational Behaviour Research group leader: Professor Janet Walsh International Business, Comparative Management & Marketing Research group leader: Professor Pervez Ghauri

Student profile Philipp Kern Management MPhil/PhD ‘My studentship, co-sponsored by the ESRC and the Graduate School, allows me to commit fully to my PhD research and stay focused on my studies. King’s offers a friendly and engaging support network that has helped me to feel at home in the wider academic community. With all the support I receive at King’s, I am confident that my PhD research will be a successful first step in my academic career.’

Public Services Management Research group leader: Professor Alison Wolf Work, Interaction & Technology Research group leader: Professor Christian Heath

Public Policy Research MPhil/PhD Political Economy Research MPhil/PhD Politics Research MPhil/PhD Research profile

STUDENT profile Oyindalmola Asekun Management MPhil/PhD ‘I chose to undertake my postgraduate research study at King’s primarily because the university is synonymous with excellent research nationally and internationally. Furthermore, staff members in the Department of Management have published several leading papers in my field and as such I remain excited about utilising and contributing to such an outstanding body of research. On my programme, I frequently enjoy stimulating discussions with my supervisor who is a leading expert in my specialist area. I am especially grateful for the regularity with which I am able to meet with and receive feedback from my supervisor within a genuinely warm and supportive environment.’

The Department of Management was ranked joint fifth of all UK management departments in the 2008 Research Assessment Exercise. With highly regarded and internationally recognised scholars and research groups, students are provided with a stimulating and friendly intellectual environment within which to undertake doctoral research. Very broadly, members of the Department undertake research in the areas of work, organisation and governance. Their research includes projects funded by the UK Research Councils, the EU IST Programmes and various UK Government Departments. Many of these projects involve close collaboration with academic partners and with public and private sector organisations in both the UK and abroad. The Department is part of the King’s ESRC Doctoral Training Programme in the Social Sciences. Research is built around a number of

Staff profile Professor Brian Salter Deputy Head, Department of Political Economy and Professor of Politics

Head of Programme Professor Christian Heath

RAE score: this department was created in 2010 therefore does not have a score for the 2008 RAE. Research income: £850,000. Academic staff: 19. Research students: 19.

The Department of Political Economy is the only political economy department in the UK. We welcome applications for postgraduate research in political economy, economics, politics, and public policy. Particular areas of strength in the department include Austrian economics, the politics of emerging economies, political theory, public policy, public choice and health technology. Our research uses a range of methodological approaches and includes European governance, regulation and economic decision-making; political theory, political philosophy and the history of political thought; the political economy of distributive justice; microeconomic and macroeconomic policy; democratic theory, elections and parties; political science, comparative politics and political sociology; public policy and policy analysis; resilience and disaster relief; and international relations and foreign policy analysis. Forthcoming appointments will strengthen and expand these areas of expertise. Admission to the PhD programme is highly selective and requires a good match between PhD topic and supervisor capabilities. To discuss which programme would be most suitable for your requirements, please contact the Director of PhD Programmes – Dr Adrian Blau. Director of PhD Programmes: Dr Adrian Blau

Professor Brian Salter is the Research Convener for the Department of Political Economy and is responsible for its research strategy. He is the Director of the Global Biopolitics Research Group. Research areas: These include the governance of the global bioeconomy; global politics of biomedical innovation; US hegemony and the emerging economies and politics of bioethics. Teaching: PhD doctoral programmes and teaching on the MA Public Policy programme modules Science Policy, Innovation & Society and Global Health Policy. Current projects: • ESRC’s Rising Powers programme: ‘State strategies of governance in global biomedical innovation: the impact of China and India’, explores how these emerging economies are using their own ideas of how innovation should be supported and governed to challenge the traditional dominance of the West in the making of new medical biotechnologies. • Global Biopolitics Research Group: An international, interdisciplinary group of academics conducting research projects and consultancy work in global biopolitics.

Social Science, Health & Medicine Research MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE Score: this department was created in 2012 therefore does not have a score for the 2008 RAE. Academic staff: 13. Research staff: 15. Visiting Professors and Fellows: around 20 per annum.

Research in the Department of Social Science, Health & Medicine (established January 2012) focuses on the social, political, economic, legal and ethical factors shaping developments in biomedicine, disease and healthcare and their implications. We have research priorities in the following areas: global health inequalities; mental health, psychiatry and neuroscience; biomedicine, bioscience and society; developments in health and medical technologies, social science and ageing; health policy and health economics; bioeconomies and commercial and economic factors in medical developments and health care; the problems of translational research; the definition and measurement of health and social outcomes by governments, insurers, professionals and patients. Head of Programme Professor Nikolas Rose RESEARCH GROUPS Ageing & Society Bioethics & Society Emerging Biosciences & Biotechnologies: Translations Governance Global Health Global Mental Health  Health, Disease & Security Oncopolitics

116

School of Social Science & Public Policy

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Theology & Ministry MPhil/PhD Research profile RAE 2008 score: joint third in the UK. Research income: around £1m per annum. Academic staff: over 40. Research students: over 150.

Our highly-rated department offers extensive research training and supervision on a wide range of related themes in theology and ministry including apologetics, science and theology, contemporary ecclesiology, congregational studies, faith based organisations, Christian education, feminist theology, youth ministry, theology and politics, contemporary worship and practical theology. There is an emphasis on interdisciplinary frameworks for theological work and a focus on qualitative forms of empirical research in practical theology. Students are mainly supervised by staff in the Centre for Theology, Religion and Culture but may, where appropriate, be co-supervised by staff from other research centres in the host department and the College. The host department, the Department of Education & Professional Studies, comprises the Centres for Theology, Religion & Culture; Public Policy Research; Language, Discourse & Communication; Science, Technology, Engineering & Mathematics Education. Head of Programme Reverend Professor Alister McGrath

War Studies Research MPhil/PhD, option of joint PhD with HKU/NUS Research profile The Department is proud of its thriving community of research students. Recognised by the Arts and Humanities Research Council and the Economic and Social Research Council. Research students: nearly 200 Every year about 60 new students join the programme.

Research groups Afghan Studies Research group leader: Mr Martin Bayly Asian Security & Warfare Research group leader: Dr Alessio Patalano The Africa Research Group Research group leader: Mrs Catherine Scott Centre for Defence Studies Research group leader: Professor John Gearson Centre for Military Health Research Research group leader: Professor Simon Wessely and Professor Christopher Dandeker.

Student profile Benjamin Barton War Studies with Hong Kong University MPhil/PhD ‘The conditions for studying are ideal, the expertise within the Department and/or School are of the highest order, whether in terms of dynamism, knowledge or guidance. The library resources are not only wide-ranging but are kept within an ideal setting; the recurring high-profile events and speakers provide students with the opportunity to broaden their horizons by networking or engaging with high calibre practitioners – all this within the focal-point that is the city of London.’

The Department has an excellent reputation as a graduate training institution. All MPhil/PhD candidates undertake a tailored programme of research training and development through all three years of the programme. The MPhil involves a 60,000-word thesis, plus minimum two years registration (four years part-time). Students can upgrade to PhD, involving a 100,000-word thesis, and minimum two-year registration (four years part-time). The PhD thesis must form a distinct contribution to knowledge of the subject and afford evidence and originality. The maximum length of the programme is four years, seven part-time (each including a formal writing-up year). The department is especially interested in receiving applications from students planning their research projects in fields that will enhance the strength of the department’s research groups, centres and programmes (see the departmental website for further information, www.kcl.ac.uk/warstudies) and assumes that normally research students will be attached to one or more of these. Head of Programme Professor Guglielmo Verdirame

Centre for Science & Security Studies Research group leader: Professor Wyn Bowen Centre for the Study of Political Community Research group leader: Professor Vivienne Jabri Conflict, Security & Development Research group leader: Professor Mats Berdal European Centre for Energy & Resource Security (EUCERS) Research group leader: Prof Friedbert Pflüger Foresight: Early Warning & Preventative Policy Research group leader: Professor Christoph O Meyer History of Warfare Research group leader: Professor Joe Maiolo Insurgency Research group leader: Dr David Betz Intelligence & International Security Research group leader: Dr Michael S Goodman, Dr Claudia Hillebrand The International Centre for the Study of Radicalisation & Political Violence (ICSR) Research group leader: Professor Peter Neumann and Dr John Bew International Political Sociology Research group leader: Professor Didier Bigo Laughton Naval History Unit Research group leader: Professor Andrew Lambert Marjan Centre for the Study of Conflict & Conversation Research group leader: Professor Mike Rainsborough The Russian & Eurasian Security Research Group Research group leader: Dr Ruth Deyermond, Dr Natasha Kuhrt, Dr Domitilla Sagramoso and Amb. Denis Corboy. War Crimes Research group leader: Professor James Gow and Dr Rachel Kerr

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 117

Taught programmes • Degrees recently introduced include: MSc Medicine, Science & Society; MA European Public Policy; MA International Child Studies and MA South Asia & Global Security. • The Department of War Studies offers 14 specialised MA programmes, including two ground-breaking online degress. • The MA Public Policy, along with a range of postgraduate programmes with public policy components, reflects our commitment to developing public policy as a multidisciplinary field and to integrating it with the expertise of sector specialists from across the College.

TWO-YEAR INTERNATIONAL MASTER’S

Inclusive Education & Technology MA

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip

Normally a minimum of two years’ relevant work experience: teaching, healthcare, social care etc – candidates with appropriate alternative experience will also be considered.

Minimum 2:1 undergraduate honours degree or overseas equivalent.

Language & Cultural Diversity MA

We are looking for a background which demonstrates excellent academic potential and will consider applications from students with a non social science background.

2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or equivalent qualification) in linguistics, applied linguistics, English language, a modern Language, or other similar and relevant degree.

You should have a GPA of 3.25 or above and will also need to show that you have the minimum standard of English for this programme, which is currently an IELTS score of 6.0 (with no skill below 5.5), or TOEFL equivalencies of a minimum of 18 in reading, listening and writing, and 20 in speaking with an overall minimum score of 80.

MA in linguistics, applied linguistics, English language, a modern language, or other similar and relevant degree (as alternative to BA).

All language qualifications are valid for 2 years only. Direct progression to the second year for those who meet the required standard.

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip An interdisciplinary programme for international students from a range of academic backgrounds who wish to study at MA or PhD level in the Departments of Geography, War Studies and Political Economy in the School of Social Science & Public Policy. This is a unique pathway that ensures students achieve and master the skills required for the successful completion of their chosen graduate degree. It combines study of key social science and international studies theories with the development of linguistic, study and critical thinking skills. Duration Grad Dip one year FT, September to June. Location Strand and Waterloo campuses.

EDUCATION ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Minimum 2:2 first degree.

Masters in Teaching & Learning MTL Minimum 2:2 first degree, plus PGCE or equivalent. Applicants must be in full-time employment as a classroom teacher, or be a newly appointed responsibility post-holder. Interested individuals must check with their current school to see if they will receive the necessary support from them in terms of time and an in-house coach. Postgraduate Certificate in Education PGCE Minimum 2:2 degree (usually in the subject you wish to teach) or a qualification recognised as equivalent by the University of London. Knowledge and understanding of the subject you intend to teach. GCSE grade C or above, or an equivalent qualification, in English language and mathematics. Applicants without these English or mathematics qualifications at the time they apply may be considered, but they must obtain them, or pass an equivalent test set by King’s, before the course starts. Applicants for Modern Foreign Languages need to offer two languages, either French and German or French and Spanish, with qualifications equivalent to at least AS-level in the subsidiary language. Classics applicants need to have the equivalent of at least AS-level Latin. ICT applicants must have experience enabling them to teach ICT theory and practice to GCSE and A-level. It is normally a requirement that all entrants to the course have some prior experience of observation or teaching in a state secondary school; where possible, applicants should try to arrange this before the time of interview.

Child Studies MA International Child Studies MA Normally a 2:1 undergraduate honours degree or an equivalent qualification in a subject relevant to work with children and/or substantial professional work experience in a relevant field. Education in Arts & Cultural Settings MA Minimum 2:2 first degree in an area relevant to culture or education, or some work experience in the cultural sector. Applicants who do not meet this entry requirement will be required to successfully complete a qualifying examination. English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA A good honours degree in a relevant subject, although those with other qualifications may be considered. Applicants should also have experience equivalent to three years’ full-time in language teaching or a related post. Further Education Management MBA Normally a good honours degree, although those with other qualifications may be considered.

strand campus

In addition, a minimum of three years relevant work experience in either FE, VET or a training and development related post.

Child Studies MA Designed for professional, personal and academic development. The programme offers a multidisciplinary approach to childhood issues within the context of current policy and practice developments in children’s rights, health and development and protection. Students come from a variety of disciplines and professions including medicine, education, law, psychology and sociology. Accreditation Royal College of Paediatrics & Child Health and Law Society CPD points. Duration Two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

118

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Commited to advancing social science scholarship to help tackle some of the most important social, political and ethical issues of our time.

Education in Arts & Cultural Settings

International Child Studies MA

Underpinned by a children’s rights framework, this is a multidisciplinary programme designed to promote a rigorous academic and analytical approach to contemporary issues in childhood which are of relevance to those working or intending to work with vulnerable children. Sociological perspectives encourage students to examine children’s experiences internationally, the ways in which childhood is socially and culturally constructed, and to reflect upon how such constructions manifest in policy and practice globally.

Offers an exciting opportunity to study at one of the world’s leading arts organisations as well as being taught by leading academics in education research and teaching at King’s. The programme is taught jointly by the Learning and Participation programme at Southbank Centre and the Department of Education and Professional Studies at King’s. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Waterloo Campus, Southbank Centre.

English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA For experienced EFL teachers wanting to learn more about current ELT/ESL research, theory, pedagogy and practice. A great opportunity to develop your career in TEFL/TESOL and develop expertise in specialist fields such as language assessment and testing, materials development, teaching EAP, becoming a teacher educator, management and evaluation and ESOL. Duration One year FT, two years PT. Fast track four terms attendance plus dissertation. Starts September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Further Education Management MBA Aimed at those employed in the Further Education (FE) and Vocational Education and Training (VET) sectors, to assist in the development of a critical and constructive understanding of FE management. Will appeal to both HR professionals and others responsible for managing training provision or workforce development within commercial organisations. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Inclusive Education & Technology MA A unique programme taught by researchers who work closely with leading practitioners. Block teaching enables you to attend for part of the year and then study from home. Taught modules: Enabling e-Inclusion; ICT & Literacy; Social Justice & Education Policy and an extended dissertation. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus or online using the King’s elearning service.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Language & Cultural Diversity MA Examines the complex relationship between language and cultural diversity and equips students with an advanced knowledge of major approaches to linguistic aspects of culture. Training will be provided in the research skills and knowledge relevant to further study in empirical and applied linguistics.

Postgraduate Certificate in Education PGCE We work in close partnership with schools in designing, delivering and assessing our programme. You have the opportunity to work with tutors who are actively engaged in research and are encouraged to take a critical view of policies and practice. Specialist Areas Biology, Chemistry, Classics, English, Information & Communications Technology with Computing, Mathematics, Modern Foreign Languages, Physics with Mathematics, Physics, Religious Education. Accreditation Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) is the accreditation which enables individuals to teach in state-maintained and special schools in England and Wales, recognising the attainment of a formal set of skills and qualities candidates require to be effective teachers. Duration 36 weeks FT, September to end June. Location College sessions at Waterloo Campus; teaching placement in schools in London and the Home Counties.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

EDUCATION – MODULAR PROGRAMME

Location Strand and Waterloo Campuses.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Master’s in Teaching & Learning MTL

Assessment in Education MA

Designed to support career development for teachers. The practice-based programme helps extend teaching skills; the focus of the learning is on the classroom and school, deepening expertise as classroom practitioners. The programme is a development of a nationally agreed programme which leads to a full master’s award after three years of part-time study. Duration Three years PT. Location Waterloo Campus-based; the majority of teaching takes place close to participants’ workplaces and online.

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA Education Management MA Education & Professional Studies MA Education, Policy & Society MA English in Education MA ICT Education MA Language, Ethnicity & Education MA Mathematics Education MA Modern Foreign Languages Education MA Religious Education MA Science Education MA Minimum 2:2 first degree (or equivalent). Although teaching experience is highly recommended (especially when related to the subject focus of the MA you are applying for), applicants with an appropriate academic qualifications are invited to apply. Up to 60 credits from appropriate PGCE study may be recognised as contributing towards this MA.

Assessment in Education MA Aims to develop participants’ knowledge and understanding of key aspects of assessment, evaluation and measurement for educational purposes, as well as their critical judgement in identifying and analysing problems in assessment provision, policy and practice. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 119

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA

Education, Policy & Society MA

Mathematics Education MA

Reflect on your professional practice and extend your knowledge. Develop awareness of significant developments in contemporary pedagogical policy and practice. This MA provides you a unique opportunity to study at Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. Aimed at UK based practitioners, mostly teachers in both primary and secondary English and/ or drama teachers.

An interdisciplinary programme drawing on sociology, political science, economics and history to address the challenges of education policy and provision. Study educational policy and processes in relation to issues of race, social class, gender and changes such as globalisation and new managerialism. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT.

Rooted in your practical experience, it emphasises the theoretical study of education. With up-to-date research and evidence-based information about mathematics learning, teaching, assessment, use of technologies and practice, you reflect on current and future mathematics education practices, policies, mathematics curriculum technologies, problems and innovations.

Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September.

Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September.

Location Waterloo Campus and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

English in Education MA

Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Education & Professional Studies MA Enables you to reflect on your professional practice and extend your knowledge. Develop awareness of significant developments in contemporary pedagogical policy and practice. Broad-based programme that suits your specific professional needs and research interests through taught modules plus a research project. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Student profile Urvanshi Narain Mahbubani Education & Professional Studies MA ‘King’s is a prestigious university with an excellent reputation around the world. The MA modular programme is set up in a way that allows students a vast choice of classes, not only at King’s but also at other University of London Colleges. The Waterloo Campus has a state of the art, well-equipped library with quiet areas and private study rooms which really come in handy, especially for group work. The teaching staff are very informative, helpful and eager to share their knowledge and expertise. I am very impressed at how involved staff members are in ensuring their students have a great experience while attending King’s.’

Education Management MA For professionals who teach, lecture or organise educational provision at any level. Choose from over 25 modules. The programme combines problem solving and critical perspectives and makes extensive use of exploration of practical education management problems. You can learn from staff with international reputations. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

For secondary teachers of English, advisors, and teacher educators wishing to follow a programme of advanced study after a period of classroom experience. Equips students with essential theoretical and research knowledge to enhance teaching practice. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA Reflect on current modern foreign language provision in the light of past and present policy decisions and evaluate current research and curricular innovations with up-to-date knowledge and evidence-based information about modern foreign language education practice and pedagogical developments.

ICT Education MA

Duration One year FT, two to six years PT.

Draws on the latest research in elearning/ technologically enhanced learning. Develop a critical understanding of using digital technologies and your practical capabilities by designing and evaluating digitally-based activities using a variety of approaches.

Location Most courses are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Modules are taught using a combination of face-to-face sessions at the Waterloo Campus, and online (synchronous) seminars using King’s e-learning service.

Language, Ethnicity & Education MA Enables you to become conversant with ethnicity and multilingualism in urban education. The programme transcends conventional notions of bilingualism, in order to study contemporary multilingualism. Develop a theoretical understanding of how globalisation affects language use and ethnicity; research interests in language, ethnicity and education. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

Religious Education MA Focus on current issues, themes and approaches to religious education in the context of historical development and schools and society in multifaith Britain. Taught by internationally recognised authorities on religious education who have initiated and contributed to a range of debates about religious education. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus: teaching is flexible; if there is suitable demand it may be in blocks at weekends.

Science Education MA For those who teach, lecture or organise science provision in educational settings. This dynamic programme is constantly redesigned in line with changing ideas and practice. Taught from one of the leading research institutions in science education, it offers students excellent opportunities in a supportive environment. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Most modules are taught at the Waterloo Campus.

120

School of Social Science & Public Policy

STUDENT PROFILE: Luciana Ludlow Paz, Global Environmental Change MSc As master’s students we have exclusive access to facilities created especially for us, such as the common room, the computer laboratory and computer rooms in the Maughan Library (within a five minutes walk from the Strand). Seminars at the department are organised on a weekly basis and are always followed by a reception which helps us to get to know more of the students in the department. There is also a weekly pub trip to which all are invited, professors and students.’

GEOGRAPHY ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Aquatic Resource Management MSc Minimum 2:1 first degree or equivalent in biological or environmental sciences, chemistry, geography or other science subject. Cities MA/MSc Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc Environment & Development MA/MSc Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA/MSc Geography MA/MSc

Cities MA/MSc Explore the nature of cities, their conflicts, complexity and diversity and the policy implications of contemporary urbanisation. Options range from applied internship to more theoretical modules. Construct your own framework for understanding cities, the processes of urbanisation and their impact on the environment. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA

Creative Cities MA/MSc

Sustainable Cities MA/MSc

See page 42.

Tourism, Environment & Development MA/MSc Water: Science & Governance MSc Minimum 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc Minimum 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US University, with preference given to geography, natural sciences (such as environmental science, physics, chemistry and biology) and engineering subjects.

Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc Takes a social development perspective and includes human vulnerability and response to natural and technological hazards and to climate change. Access to a broad range of modules. Leads to careers in research and policy development on disaster risk management and development programming for adaptation.

Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Mature candidates will be considered favourably.

Location Strand Campus.

Global Environmental Change MSc

Environment & Development MA/MSc

Minimum 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.3 from a US University, with preference given to geography, natural sciences (such as environmental science, physics, chemistry and biology) and engineering subjects. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Risk Analysis MA/MSc Minimum 2:1 degree or international equivalent, eg GPA of 3.25 from a US University. Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered. Mature candidates will be considered favourably.

Aquatic Resource Management MSc Taught jointly with the University Marine Biological Station at Millport and with major input from the UK water industry, environmental regulators and aquatic scientists. Includes a 12-week internship. Unique mix of freshwater, estuarine and marine science and management. Close collaboration with outside organisations active in aquatic management. Accreditation Extensive links with governmental and private sector organisations dealing with aquatic resource management who provide placement (internship) opportunities and visiting lecturers. An external advisory board of senior water management personnel and aquatic scientists advises on curriculum development and delivery. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; marine modules at University Marine Biological Station Millport, Scotland; internships in UK and overseas.

Enables you to gain an advanced understanding of the relationship between development problems and environmental issues, grounded in differing regional contexts. Involves the critical appraisal of paradigms generated in the North from the viewpoint of the South and the detailed study of paradigms emerging in the South. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA/MSc A unique combination of theoretical and policy relevant modules that draws on the environmental expertise of staff and internships with participating environmental organisations. Students will gain in-depth knowledge and critical awareness of the politics and geographies shaping contemporary and past environments. The programme includes local case studies and global environmental issues, politics and policies. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc Enables you to gain a deeper understanding of environmental processes and techniques for managing environmental change. Study how to assess the causes and manage the consequences of environmental, climatic and land use change. Students choose to take either a research or a consultancy stream. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Geography MA/MSc This programme can be tailored to your interests. The MA focuses on human geography, including: environment and development; environmental policies and politics; geopolitics; urbanisation; globalisation. The MSc focuses on physical geography, particularly modules available on the Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management programme. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA A unique, multidisciplinary programme taught by renowned academic authorities. Rooted in geopolitical analysis but includes aspects of international law and international relations theory. Makes extensive use of London’s resources for researching historic and contemporary aspects of international boundary questions and territorial disputes. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Global Environmental Change MSc Study the scientific background and approaches deployed in studying Earth’s environmental changes over the past, present and near future, together with the societal implications of our current research. Choose either a science or a policy stream to help prepare for careers in environmental change research, consultancy and/or policy development. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 121

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Nineteenth-Century Studies MA See page 53.

GERONTOLOGY ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Risk Analysis MA/MSc

Ageing & Society MA/MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Has a unique focus on the societal, health, safety and environmental (not financial) aspects of risk. Gain knowledge and understanding of: social science theories, concepts, techniques and organisational approaches to risk assessment, management, governance and communication. Career prospects for graduates are excellent in this rapidly developing field.

Research Methods for Social Science & Health PG Cert

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

In these circumstances we will usually admit a student to our certificate or diploma programmes, possibly with a view to the student transferring to the master’s programme if they successfully pass their first two examined subjects.

Location Strand Campus.

Sustainable Cities MA/MSc Unique in the UK as the only master’s programme to explicitly address sustainable cities. The programme has two pathways, Natural Science MSc and Social Science MA. Provides critical insights into the political, technological and cultural challenges of urban sustainability and the governance of the sustainable city. Internships are available. Leads to careers in: international organisations, agencies, consultancies, national and city governments, charities, research organisations and academia. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Tourism, Environment & Development MA/MSc Study the complex relationships between tourism, the environment and development. Explore the advantages and disadvantages of tourism as a form of development and examine its environmental impact. Develop your own particular interests in tourism by choosing from a wide range of systematic and regional modules. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Water: Science & Governance MSc Combines pure and applied research methods from the social and environmental sciences. Gain an advanced understanding of the many contemporary, and often controversial, perspectives on water resource allocation and management. Examples from the UK and Europe, diverse water environments and differently evolved political economies worldwide. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Minimum 2:1 honours degree (or overseas equivalent). We may consider candidates with a lower second class degree or with professional qualifications from a recognised institution if they can show relevant work experience and/or relevant professional qualifications, can demonstrate that they are highly motivated and have referees from their university or employment strongly supporting their admission onto a master’s level programme.

Relevant professional qualifications will be taken into account. Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Minimum 2:1 honours degree (or overseas equivalent). We may consider candidates with a lower second class degree or with professional qualifications from a recognised institution if they can show relevant work experience and/or relevant professional qualifications, can demonstrate that they are highly motivated and have referees from their university or employment strongly supporting their admission onto a master’s level programme. In these circumstances we will usually admit a student to our certificate or diploma programmes, possibly with a view to the student transferring to the master’s programme if they successfully pass their first two examined subjects. Relevant professional qualifications will be taken into account. Holders of the Diploma in Geriatric Medicine (DGM), Royal College of Physicians are exempt from 60 credits, and may therefore fast track and omit one-third of the MSc.

Ageing & Society MA/MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Aimed at social scientists who wish to develop their knowledge and understanding of the experience of ageing, ageing societies and policies for an ageing world. The MSc pathway focuses on quantitative research methods and data analysis and the MA pathway on qualitative research methods and data analysis. Duration One year FT, or two years PT, September to September. Location Strand/Waterloo Campus.

Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert The study of gerontology at one of the world’s leading centres. Students draw on a wide range of expertise, including geriatricians, clinicians, demographers, policy analysts and sociologists, to gain awareness of cross-national and national perspectives on ageing and the lives of older people. Duration MSc: One year FT, two days teaching per week, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Research Methods for Social Science & Health PG Cert Aimed at professionals and practitioners who need to develop their understanding and practical application of quantitative and qualitative research methods, especially those from health, policy, NGO and government sectors, including researchers and those who manage and/or commission research. No prior knowledge of research methods is necessary. Duration 10 months FT, January to October, 22 months PT. Location Strand Campus.

HEALTH ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Bioethics & Society MA A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. If an applicant possesses an undergraduate degree below 2:1 standard, subsequent postgraduate qualifications may be taken into account. Health & Society MSc Health Promotion MSc Minimum 2:2 honours degree and/or a registerable professional qualification appropriate to the programme, eg in nursing. Medicine, Science & Society MSc Minimum 2:1 honours degree (or overseas equivalent). We may consider candidates with a lower second class degree or with professional qualifications from a recognised institution if they can show relevant work experience and/or relevant professional qualifications, can demonstrate that they are highly motivated and have referees from their university or employment strongly supporting their admission onto a master’s level programme. Relevant professional qualifications will be taken into account.

Bioethics & Society MA This interdisciplinary program offers advanced philosophical and social science training in key theories, methods and concepts necessary to address the difficult ethical issues arising from contemporary developments in biomedicine. It introduces the theoretical frameworks from law, philosophy and social science to enable analysis of these problems in the context of medical practice, biomedical research and public health. Duration One year FT, two years PT (September to September). Location Strand Campus.

Health & Society MSc Uses participatory teaching and learning methods to encourage involvement and use of experience and understanding. Praised by external examiners for the depth of reflection it encourages. Draws on the expertise of leading researchers and teachers in a range of health-related fields, including sociology and ethics. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

122

School of Social Science & Public Policy

Health Promotion MSc Enables you to develop and enhance knowledge, understanding and critical reflection on theories and ideologies central to the notion of health, and appreciate the social influences and context of health and health related practice. It will also help you explore what it might mean to be engaged in health promotion at the level of policy, practice or research. Duration One year FT, two to six years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Medicine, Science & Society MSc Addresses the nature and implications of developments in health and medicine in an international context and from a social science perspective. It examines the social, economic, political, legal and ethical implications of recent developments in advanced biomedicine and biotechnology. Duration One year FT, two years PT (September to September). Location Strand Campus.

MANAGEMENT ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management MSc Minimum good 2:1 honours degree, 65 per cent or above, in a social science related area (eg management, economics, sociology or other relevant subject) or equivalent overseas qualification.

Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management MSc Managers in international companies require an understanding of accounting and financial management. Gain an appreciation of economic, technical and institutional foundations of accounting and financial management and the importance of accountability and information, corporate governance and ethics in global financial markets.

For graduates and professionals seeking to develop advanced knowledge and skills in people management and/or work as human resource experts. The MSc presents a contemporary and international perspective on key developments in the management of human resources and the analysis of organisations for the 21st century. Accreditation The optional Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD) accredited element of the programme provides the academic and related practical knowledge and skills that form the basis for membership of the CIPD. Students seeking to obtain the CIPD professional qualification will be expected to undertake additional study including organisational visits and workshops designed to develop core skills and knowledge. Duration One year FT, two years PT (PT teaching scheduled during the day – Monday year one; Tuesday year two), September to September.

International Management MSc

A first or high (65 per cent or above) 2:1 degree in social sciences (management, economics, sociology or other appropriate social science subject) or an equivalent overseas qualification.

Location Waterloo Campus.

Student profile

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc

A good 2:1 first degree in the social sciences. You may be considered with a degree in another discipline, particularly if you have relevant work experience.

International Marketing MSc

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Location Waterloo Campus.

A first or high (65 per cent or above) 2:1 honours degree in social sciences (eg management, economics, sociology or other appropriate social science subject) or equivalent overseas qualification.

Prepares you to handle environmental, cross cultural and political risks that are involved in international marketing. Suitable for students who want to work in marketing and media-related organisations.

Duration One year FT, September to September.

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc

International Management MSc

International Marketing MSc

Veronica Mart International Marketing MSc ‘I chose King’s because of my strong desire to understand the implications of various social factors on the business environment. The course has taught me how to link critical thinking with the challenges of developing a multi-faceted way of thinking and, on reflection, I think these are the best assets I have gained from my master’s at King’s. My time at King’s also allowed me the chance to develop my leadership skills by taking on new responsibilities, such as the role of Student Representative.’

Public Services Policy & Management MSc Comparative and international in focus, the MSc equips you to understand and evaluate policy options for organising and delivering contemporary public services. The programme is for both midcareer managers and recent graduates planning to enter public and voluntary sector non-governmental organisations. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Managers in international companies increasingly need to develop global perspectives on business, informed by a deep understanding of the different national and cultural contexts. The programme aims to generate an integrative understanding of these issues preparing you for a successful career in the world of international business. Duration One year FT, September to September. Location Waterloo Campus.

Public Services Policy & Management MSc Minimum 2:1 in a social science subject or relevant experience in public sector management.

Student profile Ting-Yao Yu International Management MSc ‘King’s is among the most prestigious universities in the world. I very much enjoyed the diversity of students in my MSc International Management classes with over 10 nationalities in a class. Moreover, King’s lessons provide an advanced global perspective which is undoubtedly beneficial in enhancing relevant capabilities in industry. For me, the most attractive factor in King’s favour is the employment opportunities. If you are searching for quality teaching and studying, King’s won’t let you down.’

Student profile Naheed Chaudhry Public Service Policy & Management (part-time) MSc ‘The distinguished faculty in the Department of Management made King’s an obvious choice for my postgraduate aspirations. I was extremely fortunate to have benefited first hand from the teachings of professors David Guest, Ewan Ferlie and Alison Wolf OBE, who are not only excellent academics but also continue to influence government policy at the highest level both at home and abroad. I highly recommend this course to anyone working within the public sector. I’ve worked full time in local government whilst studying part time at Kings and loved the duality of learning the theory and living the reality of public policy and practice.’

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 123

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

POLITICAL ECONOMY ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Political Economy (subject to approval) MSc 2:1 undergraduate honours degree in political science/ government, economics, or any relevant social science from a British or overseas university. Public Policy MA A relevant UK honours degree of 2:1 standard or overseas equivalent. Applicants with degree/professional qualification and at least three years’ experience in government or NGO service may also be eligible.

Public Policy & Ageing

Contemporary Ecclesiology MA

MA/PG Dip/PG Cert For students interested in government, policy, politics, NGOs, voluntary sector, development work, comparative studies and ageing to develop specialist understanding of policymaking for old age and ageing populations. Combines theoretical studies of public policy with multidisciplinary studies of ageing and later life.

A unique combination of academic and vocational focus: it can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. The modular structure provides an unrivalled range of programme content. Team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Accreditation Can be accredited to an ordination training programme.

Location Strand Campus. This degree is jointly run with the Institute of Gerontology.

Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

Public Policy & Ageing MA/PG Dip/PG Cert Minimum 2:1 undergraduate honours degree (or the equivalent from an overseas university).

THEOLOGY & MINISTRY

We may consider candidates with a lower second class degree or with professional qualifications from a recognised institution if they can show relevant work experience and/or relevant professional qualifications, can demonstrate that they are highly motivated and have referees from their university or employment strongly supporting their admission onto a master’s level programme.

ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

Contemporary Ministry & Apologetics MA

Relevant professional qualifications will be taken into account.

Usually second class honours degree or professional qualification or experience of working in a church context equivalent to three years full-time employment.

Bible & Ministry MA Christian Education MA Contemporary Ecclesiology MA Contemporary Worship MA Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA Youth Ministry MA

European Public Policy MA See page 48. This degree is jointly run with the Department of European & International Studies.

Political Economy MSc (subject to approval) One of the few opportunities to study advanced political economy in the UK, this degree analyses the ability of political and market processes to address economic and ethical problems with a particular focus on comparative institutions analysis. Topics include microand macro-economic policy, trade and development, global governance, crime and punishment, institutional resilience and distributive justice. Duration One Year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Public Policy MA The flagship programme of the Department of Political Economy. It is a broad-based programme, that emphasises the theories and concepts of policy analysis needed to understand the workings of the policy process in contemporary societies. There are opportunities to take specialist modules in different policy areas, including education, health policy and foreign policy.

Contemporary Worship MA A unique combination of academic and vocational focus: can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. The modular structure provides an unrivalled range of programme content. Team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training. Accreditation Can be accredited to an ordination training programme. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September.

Bible & Ministry MA

Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

A unique combination of academic and vocational focus: it can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. The modular structure provides an unrivalled range of programme content. It is team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training.

Contemporary Ministry & Apologetics

Accreditation Can be accredited to an ordination training programme. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT.

MA A unique combination of academic and vocational focus: it can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. Modular structure provides an unrivalled range of programme content. Team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training.

Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

Accreditation Can be accredited to an ordination training programme.

Christian Education MA

Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September.

A unique combination of academic and vocational focus: can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. Modular structure provides an unrivalled range of programme content. Team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training. Accreditation Can be accredited to an ordination training programme.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

124

School of Social Science & Public Policy

STUDENT PROFILE: Kristiane Roe Hammer, Non-Proliferation & International Security MA ‘Studying war studies generally and non-proliferation specifically there really is nowhere better. I had always been intrigued by the existence of nuclear weapons and with my MA at King’s I could really focus on the topic and get an insight that was also very technical. Some of us started ‘Students of International Security at King’s’ where we invited professors, PhD-students or others to come and talk about certain topics in the news or issues of international security. It was an excellent way to gain more insight into our field through good discussions, as well as very social!’

Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA A unique combination of academic and vocational focus: it can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. Modular structure provides an unrivalled range of programme content. Team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training. Accreditation Can be accredited to an ordination training programme. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

Youth Ministry MA A unique combination of academic and vocational focus: and can be taken independently or accredited to an ordination training programme. The modular structure provides an unrivalled range of programme content. It is team-taught across two departments: the programme exemplifies the King’s tradition of excellence in both research and professional training. Duration One year FT, two to four years PT, September to September. Location Waterloo and Strand campuses.

WAR STUDIES ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Air Power in the Modern World MA Minimum 2:1 undergraduate honours degree or GPA above 3.3 (USA) in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject. Degrees in other subjects, or candidates with lower awards than those above, may be considered. Strong references and personal statements are an important part of the application, as is relevant working experience. An alternative professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination may be approved.

International Peace & Security MA Minimum 2:1 first degree in law, history, political science, or international relations, or overseas equivalent. South Asia & Global Security MA Minimum 2:1 first degree or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university. Professional qualifications and experience will be taken into account.

Conflict, Security & Development MA History of Warfare MA Intelligence & International Security MA International Conflict Studies MA International Relations MA Non-Proliferation & International Security MA Science & Security MA Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.3 (USA). Applicants must have English language competence. However, we offer a two year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes and incorporating dedicated English language tuition.

Aims to provide postgraduate students worldwide with a comprehensive and up-to-the-minute understanding of military theory and operations between 1945 and today, with special reference to the role of air power in integrated (joint) contexts. Online delivery allows students to study from anywhere in the world.

Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.3 (USA).

Other requirements Applicants will also require: regular access to a reasonably high-specification computer with a broadband internet connection; good time-management skills; and confidence in using computers.

Candidates who do not achieve a 2:1 but have professional or voluntary experience will also be considered.

Duration Minimum one year, maximum six years.

Mature candidates will be considered favourably. Applicants must have English language competence. However we offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War Studies Online Programmes) and incorporating dedicated English language tuition.

Location Fully online.

Terrorism, Security & Society MA

War in the Modern World MA Minimum 2:1 undergraduate honours degree or GPA above 3.3 (USA) in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject. Degrees in other subjects, or candidates with lower awards than those above, may be considered. Strong references and personal statements are an important part of the application, as is relevant working experience. An alternative professional or other qualification obtained by a formal examination may be approved. Prior experiential learning can also be taken into consideration by the admissions panel. Where alternative professional or other qualifications are not available, evidence will be required that a candidate can undertake academic study to the level required. If necessary, candidates will be asked to submit a sample of written work.

Conflict, Security & Development MA Explores the conceptual, historical and policy issues surrounding security and development and how these manifest themselves in the wider context of contemporary warfare and international security. Provides an advanced and comprehensive understanding of the complex linkages between issues of security and development in contemporary international relations. Encourages students to explore the conceptual, historical and policy issues surrounding security and development and how these manifest themselves in the wider context of contemporary warfare and international security. The compulsory module is Security & Development. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

War Studies MA Minimum 2:1 first degree in history, international relations, political science, economics or other appropriate subject or an equivalent qualification from a British or overseas university; GPA must be above 3.3 (USA). Applicants must have English language competence. However, we also offer a two-year programme built around the department’s existing MA programmes (excluding War Studies online programmes), and incorporating dedicated English language tuition.

Prior experiential learning can also be taken into consideration by the admissions panel. Where alternative professional or other qualifications are not available, evidence will be required that a candidate can undertake academic study to the level required. If necessary, candidates will be asked to submit a sample of written work.

Air Power in the Modern World MA

Staff profile Richard Ned Lebow Professor of International Political Theory Research Areas: International relations, conflict prevention and management, psychology of decision-making, ancient and modern political theory. Teaching: MA in International Relations. Associations & Membership: James O. Freedman Presidential Professor Emeritus, Dartmouth College, American Political Science Association, International Studies Association, European Consortium for Political Research, Columbia International Affairs Online.

History of Warfare MA Encompasses more than what usually falls into the category of military history to include war from the viewpoint of combatants, societies, economies and cultures across the landscape of modern history. With close links to the Department of History and the Institute of Contemporary British History, students study aspects of the history of armed conflict and society from the late medieval period to the present day. The compulsory module, History of Warfare, focuses on research and analytical skills supported by two-three options addressing individual aspects of the history of warfare over time, across a wide geographical and thematic range. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 125

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Intelligence & International Security

Terrorism, Security & Society MA

Interdisciplinary programme involving history, political science, international relations, sociology, social psychology and risk studies. The focus will vary from a strong emphasis on security and counterterrorism issues through to a critical social science approach and analysis of societal response and adaptation. Provides a comprehensive understanding of one of the most contested concepts in contemporary discourse.

Examines the trends that continue to shape intelligence and geo-strategic developments in the 21st century. Provides a framework in which to understand the nature and role of intelligence in its relationship to wider issues in war and international security; an understanding of the processes, practices and institutions that have characterised intelligence in the modern era; an understanding of the problems connected with intelligence collection, assessment and ability to predict events in world affairs; and an appreciation of the particular ethical concerns generated by intelligence related phenomena. The compulsory module is Intelligence in Peace & War plus two-three options. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Conflict Studies MA Combines intellectual endeavour and practical policy implications emerging from approaches used in the study of conflict at regional, transnational and global levels of interaction. Examines the impact of globalisation on present-day conflict; the politics of identity; the relationship between security, insecurity, between language and violent conflict and gender difference in relation to conflict and peace. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

International Peace & Security MA A broad-based multidisciplinary curriculum, focusing on law and conflict in international society and contemporary security issues. Combines strengths of law and war studies departments to provide an integrated study of international law and international politics relevant to the contemporary world. Ideal for careers in international organisations; government departments; political risk and financial sector. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Student profile May Wong International Relations MA ‘What sets a university apart, aside from its top-notch facilities, are students and professors of outstanding calibre and King’s certainly has that. The academic staff at King’s have shown professionalism and knowledge in their fields and, as a student, they have certainly inspired and enlightened me. The professors, especially at the War Studies Department, have encouraged students to be critical thinkers as they challenge our views and offer different perspectives in tackling issues. I could not have chosen a better university because the master’s of International Relations programme is certainly of a world-class standard and international repute.’

Enables students to examine the causes, processes and effects of weapons proliferation, the evolution and effectiveness of the international non-proliferation regime and the way in which proliferation influences other key issues in international relations, including the causes of war and peace, military doctrine and strategy and the rise (and possible decline) of the state as the central actor in international relations. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

Science & Security MA Designed to provide an integrated understanding of science and international politics to cope with the demands of the emerging security agenda. Topics include nuclear and biological weapons, the weaponisation of space, the verification of arms control agreements, cyber security and terrorism, as well as the knowledge and tools from science and security studies needed to analyse these issues.

Dr Brooke Rogers Senior Lecturer in Risk and Terror Research Areas: Responding to Terrorism; Violent radicalisation. Teaching: MA in Terrorism, Security and Society and NATO. Associations & Membership/Links to the field: Health Protection Agency (HPA), the Royal United Services Institute (RUSI), Home Office, the Cabinet Office (CCS) and the Royal Society Advisory Committee on Scientific Aspects of International Security (SAIS).

War in the Modern World MA Provides postgraduate students worldwide with a comprehensive and up-to-the-minute understanding of military theory and operations between 1945 and today. Online delivery allows students to study from anywhere in the world. Other requirements Applicants will also require: regular access to a reasonably high-specification computer with a broadband internet connection; good time-management skills; and confidence in using computers. Duration Minimum two years, maximum six years. Location Fully online.

Location Strand Campus.

War Studies MA

International Relations MA

Provides a focused understanding of the interrelationships between the history, theory and contemporary practice of security-led issues in South Asia (including Afghanistan) post-1947. It incorporates history, thematic analysis and case studies taught by academics from War Studies and the King’s India Institute. It also draws on policy leaders, military professionals and experts in the private sector.

Location Strand Campus.

Staff profile

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

South Asia & Global Security MA

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Location Strand Campus.

Non-Proliferation & International Security MA

Location Strand Campus.

Explores globalisation, ethics, human rights, the international political economy, war, political violence and security in the context of contending discourses in politics and international relations, philosophy and social theory. Students have the opportunity to engage with contemporary thought in the social sciences and humanities and its use in unravelling the dynamics of change in social and political relations.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September.

Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus; some projects may take place on non-campus locations.

Deepens understanding of the complexities of war, sharpening intellectual skills and challenging your perceptions of one of the most concerning realities of our world today. The multi-disciplinary nature of the programme gives you a broad base on which to develop your studies. Designed for students from a wide range of backgrounds including politics, history and strategic studies, as well as professionals in the areas of defence, diplomacy and foreign affairs. Duration One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location Strand Campus.

126

King’s Learning Institute

King’s Learning Institute King’s Learning Institute was established in 2001 by the College in response to the HEFCE teaching and learning enhancement agenda. We engage in high quality research, teaching and consultancy in all aspects of learning in academic and professional work, providing learning opportunities informed by research of an international standard. We offer a wide range of accredited programmes in academic and professional learning, from certificate through master’s to doctoral study. Our research has three major complementary themes – academic identity and role, higher education policy and students’ learning.

Induction & training

Entry Requirements

All Institute programmes commence with an induction session.

Academic Practice in Higher Education MA/PG Dip

Funding

Academic Practice in Higher Education PG Cert

Self-funded.

Relevant first degree and current teaching role at higher education level or equivalent.

Facilities

Clinical Education MA/PG Dip/PG Cert

The Institute is based on the College’s Waterloo Campus, in the heart of central London. For more information about the facilities available to students, please contact the Institute.

Research opportunities The Institute offers students the opportunity to undertake MPhil/PhD research degrees in aspects of higher education. Institute staff have a wide range and depth of expertise and are able to support students in their examination of national and international higher education issues related to academic practice. Entry Requirements Higher Education Research MPhil/PhD Minimum of 2:1 degree in an appropriate academic discipline.

Higher Education Research MPhil/PhD Research profile Research income: £195,803. Current number of academic staff: 14. Recent publications: see website for details www.kcl.ac.uk/learningteaching/kli Current research projects: funded by the Centre for Distance Learning, Higher Education Academy, Leadership Foundation in Higher Education, London Deanery and Society for Educational Studies.

Location Waterloo Campus Address King’s Learning Institute King’s College London James Clerk Maxwell Building 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA Contact Mr Sean Taylor Tel +44 (0)20 7848 3119 Email kli@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/study/learningteaching/kli

Postgraduate Certificate in Academic Practice or equivalent.

The Institute’s research activity explores a wide range of national and international higher education issues. Participants may examine topics of a generic nature such as learning, assessment and quality, higher education policy and issues stemming from teaching and learning in their own academic disciplines. Head of Programme Professor Paul Blackmore

Taught programmes The Institute provides taught programmes which explore academic practice in the student’s own work environment as well as in a broader context. For those students who are healthcare professionals, there is a specific programme which addresses issues related to clinical pedagogy.

Relevant first degree and a minimum of three years’ professional experience in a clinical environment.

Academic Practice in Higher Education MA/PG Dip The MA in Academic Practice in Higher Education has been designed to actively engage participants in the theory-informed enhancement of their own academic practice. At the PG Diploma level it focuses on improving practice through reflection on, and analysis of, experience; through the critical application of theoretical understanding; and through systematic inquiry. The dissertation enables participants to demonstrate their ability to plan, carry out and evaluate a piece of research into academic practice. Duration PG Dip two years PT and MA two years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

Academic Practice in Higher Education PG Cert The Postgraduate Certificate in Academic Practice in Higher Education aims to enhance participants’ understanding of, and ability to provide and/or lead, the teaching and supervision of undergraduates and postgraduate students in the context of a research-intensive higher education institution. The programme is flexible, inquiry-led and builds on participants’ ongoing teaching experience and wider academic practice. Duration PG Cert 12 to 18 months PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

Clinical Education MA/PG Dip/PG Cert The master’s in Clinical Education provides a flexible framework in which to pursue and gain recognition for continuing professional development in aspects of learning and teaching. Provision is carefully tailored to the needs of health professionals, taking account of areas of health expertise, and is delivered in association with colleagues in health schools across King’s. Duration PG Cert one year PT, PG Dip 18 months PT, MA three years PT. Location Waterloo Campus.

English Language Centre 127

English Language Centre The English Language Centre (ELC) reflects the importance the College places on the needs of the international student body. We provide a wide range of university preparation programmes that give students the cultural, academic and linguistic platform required for successful graduate study at King’s or other top UK universities. We combine subject, language and skills teaching in an innovative and challenging way. Our Graduate Diploma Programmes, which lead directly into a wide range of master’s and PhD programmes at King’s, offer a bespoke approach to improving both your subject and linguistic skills. Our International Pre-Master’s Programme (IPP) provides a pathway into many of the UK’s top universities. The ELC is a member of BALEAP, IATEFL and AULC and is accredited by the British Council. The most recent British Council inspection awarded the Centre a total of six general areas of excellence, the highest score achieved across all Colleges of the University of London. Our teaching staff fully understand the challenges students face when coming to the UK and have extensive experience in developing and delivering focused pathway programmes. We have a strong commitment to excellence in teaching and take a learner-centred approach in all programmes. Programmes are taught through a combination of lectures and seminars. Students are typically taught in small classes and each student is assigned a personal tutor who they meet on a regular basis.

Funding All College-wide funding opportunities are available for students once they progress onto their degree. Bursaries are available for the pre-sessional programme. More bursary opportunities will be available soon so please look at our website for the latest details.

Facilities Students have access to the ELC Open Learning Centre, which has a computer suite designed to enhance language learning and study skills, and a wide range of materials to support learning in these areas. Students can also make use of a dedicated ELC student common room and have access to university facilities.

Taught programmes

Location Strand Campus Address ELC Admissions Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions Room K0.30 King’s College London Strand, London WC2R 2LS English Language Centre King’s College London 26-29 Drury Lane Strand Campus, London WC2B 5RL Contact Pathways & IPP Programmes Administrator Tel +44 (0)20 7848 7211/ 7205 (admissions) +44 (0)20 7848 1600 (ELC general) Email elc-admissions@kcl.ac.uk (admissions) elc@kcl.ac.uk (ELC general) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/elc

• Graduate Diploma programmes guarantee conditional offers for your chosen master’s and are run in collaboration with King’s Schools. Currently available for a range of master’s across the College. More pathways are being added so see our website for the latest information. • The International Pre-Master’s Programme is aimed at those areas not covered by the above programmes. Students from this programme typically progress onto graduate programmes at King’s and other top universities. • Summer pre-sessional programmes are available for those who already hold conditional degree offers but whose English is not yet at the required entry level or those who wish to prepare for their graduate programme. Successful completion of any ELC programme at the required level fulfils all linguistic entry conditions for King’s.

pre-master’s programme Entry Requirements International Pre-Master’s Programme Diploma You must have graduated from university with a good GPA (equivalent to a minimum upper second class degree) and have completed a full undergraduate degree programme. It is your responsibility to ensure that your GPA is sufficient for the postgraduate programmes you wish to apply for. There are September and January entry points. The minimum language requirement for students joining in September is IELTS 5.5 (with a minimum of 5.5 in reading and writing and 5.0 in listening and speaking) or TOEFL 71 iBT. For students joining in January, the minimum language requirement is IELTS 6.0 (with a minimum of 5.5 in all skills) or TOEFL 80 iBT (see ELC website for minimum skill levels).

International Pre-Master’s Programme Diploma The IPP is designed for international students who have graduated from university in their own country with a very good GPA. It is aimed at students who want to study at graduate level at top UK universities and who wish to improve their linguistic and academic skills. You must demonstrate evidence of a good intellectual standard, a high degree of motivation and a sufficiently high level of proficiency in English language for entry. The IPP does not automatically guarantee entry into King’s although many students do continue to study here. Duration One year FT, September to June or six months FT, January to June. Location Strand Campus.

Graduate Diploma Programmes

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip See page 59.

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip See page 117.

128

Institute of Contemporary British History

Institute of Contemporary British History The Institute of Contemporary British History was established at King’s College London in 2010, reflecting a growing interest, both nationally and globally, in this burgeoning field. The aims of the Institute are to research, develop and promote contemporary history in the UK, serving as the intellectual locus for its teaching and research. It seeks to foster co-operation with other academic and cultural institutions and raise the profile of contemporary history in the UK and around the world through its events and publications. The Institute adopts an interdisciplinary approach to its work and has particular strengths in the fields of politics and government, social welfare, finance and the City, and British foreign policy and diplomatic relations. Its portfolio of activities includes its Centre for Political and Constitutional Studies, commissioned to provide research and reports for a parliamentary inquiry into codifying the UK constitution; a partnership with Ipsos-MORI on public opinion and social research issues; its History & Policy project which puts professional historians in touch with those discussing and deciding public policy today; a series of high-profile events on the contemporary relevance of Magna Carta to celebrate its 800th anniversary; and a Witness programme of seminars and archives on oral history. The Institute offers PhD supervision and two distinctive MA programmes in Contemporary History and Politics & Contemporary History; beyond this it also plays a key role in promoting high quality research and learning to inform the present, as well as to better understand our recent past.

Induction & training Postgraduate students at King’s have access to many training programmes, services and resources to help them succeed in their studies and research, and plan their future careers. For example, the College’s Graduate School runs an induction programme and research development seminars. Students from abroad have language support facilities in academic English from the College’s Language Centre. Students are offered a 10 week Professional Skills Programme focussed on core skills relevant to a wide range of occupations and sectors.

Facilities somerset house

Location Strand Campus Address Centre for Arts & Sciences Admissions King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS contact Postgraduate Officer tel +44 (0)20 7848 7201/2574 (taught programmes) +44 (0)20 7848 7208/2555 (research programmes) Email nms-pgadmissions@kcl.ac.uk (taught programmes) casa-pgr@kcl.ac.uk (research programmes) Website www.kcl.ac.uk/innovation/groups/ich

Postgraduate students have access to outstanding facilities, both for their academic work and social recreation. The College’s Maughan Library houses a comprehensive collection of books, journals and databases supporting learning and research. Other excellent library facilities are close by including the British Library, Senate House (University of London) and the collections

of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office library. The College has a thriving student union and the Strand campus is connected to Somerset House, with its vibrant atmosphere, exhibitions and cafes overlooking the Thames. A short distance away are the Houses of Parliament, the government offices in Whitehall, the City, the Royal Courts of Justice and the British Museum.

Funding A range of scholarships are available through the Graduate School for home, EU and international students: see www.kcl.ac.uk/gradfunding

Career destinations Graduates of our taught programmes have gone onto University research, the civil service, politics, teaching, and journalism. Research students have gone on to a variety of careers, including academic fellowships and lectureships, publishing and the civil service.

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 129

How do I apply? See page 28. What about funding? See page 24.

Research opportunities There are 18 members of academic staff, including visiting fellows and professors, including Professor Vernon Bogdanor CBE FBA (Political History & Government), Professor Pat Thane FBA (Social History), Professor Robert Blackburn LLD (Constitutional Law & History), Professor Richard Roberts (Financial History), Professor Lord Kenneth O. Morgan FBA (Political History & Biography) and Professor Anthony Seldon (Political History & Biography). Whilst having a special affinity with the History Department, the Institute is highly interdisciplinary and aims to support and add value to research activities and academic studies throughout the College. For example, in 2012 a partnership was formed with the leading social research and public opinion polling company Ipsos-MORI, with its director of political analysis Roger Mortimore appointed Professor of Public Opinion & Political Analysis in the Institute, and the company’s founder Sir Robert Worcester becoming a visiting Professor. This has benefits across the College, not only for social statisticians but staff and students dealing with policy issues in areas such as politics, health, defence and the economy, particularly in designing changes for the future and in assessing the impact of changes in our recent past. Other activities with which students may participate are the Institute’s innovative History & Policy project, with its own public affairs officer and dedicated academic members of staff. This project engages with government and policy-makers to promote the research and findings of historians, with a mission to improve the quality of decisionmaking by public policy makers through a better understanding of our past. The Institute’s Centre for Political & Constitutional Studies is currently engaged in providing the House of Commons Political & Constitutional Reform Committee with impartial research into the desirability or not of codifying the UK constitution: the first official inquiry into this subject of major national importance and the first parliamentary collaboration with a University research centre. The Institute’s ‘Witness’ (oral history) seminar programme runs an annual series of on-the-record discussion by key persons who participated in an important historical event, with transcripts made available.

Entry Requirements Contemporary History MPhil/PhD The candidate should have achieved, or be expected to achieve, a merit in a master’s degree in history, politics, public policy, or a relevant discipline, with proven ability (such as in an undergraduate dissertation) for conducting extended research and writing. Candidates who do not meet these criteria may still be considered where there is a convincing case based upon the candidate’s broader work experience.

Contemporary History MPhil/PhD Research profile Current number academic staff: 18. Current number of research students: 22. Partner organisations: recent research or events activities include those with the House of Commons Political and Constitutional Reform Committee (UK constitutional codification), Ipsos-MORI (social research and public opinion analysis), Cambridge University (history and policy), Rothschild Archive (financial history), Lombard Street Research (economic policy), Official Monetary and Financial Institutions Forum (central banking), Magna Carta 2015 800th Anniversary Committee (citizenship), 10 Downing Street (history website articles), Joint Service Command and Staff College, Shrivenham (defence studies), Foreign and Commonwealth Office (oral history), Cabinet Office (official histories of the civil service); and joint projects with the Science Museum, Institute of Advanced Legal Studies, Royal College of Medicine and the Churchill Archive Centre.

The Institute of Contemporary British History offers a wide range of supervisor expertise in contemporary (recent) history, including politics, government, economics, law, gender, demography and social history. Head of Programme Professor Richard Roberts

Taught programmes The postgraduate MA programmes of the Institute are flexible in the modules students may choose to study. In addition to the core elements of each programme, there is a wide number of optional modules available for students to choose from, either those offered by the Institute or relevant modules offered in other departments of the College such as history, political economy, war studies, public policy, law and the global institutes. In addition to normal teaching, students are invited to attend a wide number of public lectures and seminars organised by the Institute, and attend its conferences on subject of topical signficance. Entry Requirements Contemporary History MA Politics & Contemporary History MA The basic entry requirements are a recognised first degree of at least upper second class honours (or equivalent overseas qualification) in history, politics or a relevant discipline, eg public policy, law or social science. Evidence of achievement of an academic level comparable to at least upper second class honours standard through past studies, and where previous study, work or experience (for example, in government or NGO service) has made the applicant a suitable candidate, will also be considered.

Staff profile Professor Robert Blackburn Director Research areas: • Constitutional affairs. • Elections and voting. • Parliamentary reform. • The monarchy. Teaching: • The Evolution of Government since 1945. • The British Constitution in Crisis 1910-2010. • UK Government & the Constitution: Reform & Modernisation. Current projects: • Codifying the UK Constitution.

Contemporary History MA The MA in Contemporary History provides training in and experience of historical analysis of important issues in the understanding of contemporary British society, politics, culture and economics. It focuses upon the study of British history over the past century and assumes that British history must be understood in relation to other countries and regions, in particular the Commonwealth, Europe and North America. Students take two core modules, one in the History of Britain since 1900 and one in Contemporary History in Practice, which covers historiographical and methodological issues, and they prepare a supervised research dissertation. Students then select other optional modules (totalling 80 credits) from those offered by the Institute or in a related programme offered by the College. Duration: One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location: Strand Campus.

Politics & Contemporary History MA The MA in Politics & Contemporary History aims to provide students with an advanced critical study of the government and politics of contemporary Britain. It requires students to undertake a supervised research dissertation, and take two core modules on The Evolution of British Government since 1945 and on British Political History since 1945. Students then select other optional modules such as British Political History 1885-1945, The British Constitution in Crisis 1910-2010, The European Union: History, Institutions, Identities; AngloAmerican Relations since 1945; Voters & Political Culture in Britain since 1945; History & Policy; and UK Government & the Constitution: Reform & Modernisation. It is possible for students to choose other relevant modules offered in the College with the programme leader’s approval. Duration: One year FT, two years PT, September to September. Location: Strand Campus.

130

Index

Index Taught programmes

ER PD*

Cardiovascular Research MSc

81 81

Abrahamic Religions MA

51 51

CBT Informed & Carer Supportive Practice in Psychosis Grad Cert/Grad Dip

118 119

Intelligent Systems MSc

118 119

International Business Law LLM

73 74

Child & Adolescent Mental Health MSc 106 107

Eighteenth-Century Studies MA

52 53

International Child Studies MA

117 118

Electronic Engineering with Business Management MSc

International Conflict Studies MA

124 125

93 93

International Financial Law LLM

73 74

Endodontics MSc

68 68

International Management MSc

122 122

51 51

Endodontology MClinDent

66 66

International Marketing MSc

122 122

120 120

Engineering with Business Management MSc

93 93

International Peace & Security MA

124 125

English in Education MA

118 119

International Political Economy MA

48 48

English Language Teaching & Applied Linguistics MA

117 118

English: 1850-Present MA

126 126

Accounting, Accountability & Financial Management MSc

122 122

Christian Education MA

Addiction Studies MSc/PG Cert

106 107

Christianity & the Arts MA

Advanced Computing MSc

Child Studies MA

117 117

China & Globalisation MSc

38 38

Cities MA/MSc 106 107 91 91

123 123

Classical Art & Archaeology MA

48 49

Classical Studies Grad Dip

48 49

Classics MA

48 49

Advanced General Dental Practice MSc 68 68

Clinical Dermatology MSc

83 84

Advanced Minimum Intervention Dentistry MSc

Clinical Education MA/PG Dip/PG Cert 126 126 68 68

Advanced Musical Studies PG Cert

46 46

Advanced Paediatrics MSc

83 83

Advanced Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 98 98

Clinical Forensic Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip 106 107 Clinical Forensic Psychology MSc

106 107

Clinical Neuroscience MSc

106 108

Clinical Nursing MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 97 98

Advanced Practice (Cancer Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

98 99

Advanced Practice (Cardiac Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

Clinical Pharmacology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

98 99

Clinical Sciences (Clinical Engineering) MSc

Advanced Practice (Child Health) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

98 99

Advanced Practice (Critical Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

98 99

Advanced Practice (Dermatology) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

98 99

Advanced Practice (Diabetes Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

98 99

Advanced Practice (Infection Control) 98 99 Advanced Practice (Leadership) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert Advanced Practice (Midwifery) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

98 99 98 99

Advanced Practice (Neuroscience Care) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 98 99

81 82

121 121

Air Power in the Modern World MA

124 124

51 52

EU Competition Law MA/PG Dip

75 75

48 48

Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Psychosis PG Dip/ PG Cert

48 48

106 108

European Union Law MA/PG Dip

50 51

Language, Ethnicity & Education MA

118 119

75 75

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies Grad Dip

49 50 49 50

Life Writing MA

47 47

Family Therapy MSc

106 108

ER PD*

Master’s in Teaching & Learning MTL

117 117

Complex Systems Modelling – From Biomedical and Natural to Economic and Social Sciences MSc

92 92

Computer Science (Research) MSc

91 91

Computing & Internet Systems MSc

91 92

Computing & Security MSc

91 92

Computing, IT Law & Management MSc 92 92

Film Studies MA

46 47

Financial Mathematics MSc

92 92

Fixed & Removable Prosthodontics MClinDent

68 68

Forensic Mental Health MSc/PG Dip

106 108

Forensic Mental Health Research MSc

106 108

Master of Laws LLM

73 73

Mathematics Grad Dip

92 92

Mathematics MSc

92 92

Mathematics Education MA

118 119

Maxillofacial & Craniofacial Technology MSc

67 67 68 68

Forensic Science MSc/MRes

59 60

French Literature & Culture MA

49 49

Conscious Sedation for Dentistry PG Dip 67 67

Further Education Management MBA

117 118

Maxillofacial Prosthetic Rehabilitation MSc

Construction Law & Dispute Resolution MSc

ER PD*

Medical Engineering & Physics MSc

81 82

Genes, Environment & Development MSc

Medical Ethics & Law MA

74 74

106 108

Medical Humanities MA/MSc

50 51

Geography MA/MSc

120 120

Medical Imaging Sciences MRes

81 82

Geopolitics, Territory & Security MA

120 120

German & Comparative Literature MA

49 49

Medical Immunology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

83 84

Medical Law MA

74 75

Conflict, Security & Development MA

48 48 124 124

Contemporary Ecclesiology MA

123 123

Contemporary History MA

129 129

Contemporary India MRes

38 39

Contemporary Ministry & Apologetics MA

123 123

Contemporary Worship MA

123 123

Creative Arts in the Classroom MA

118 119

Creative Cities MA/MSc

42 42

Critical Methodologies MA

49 49 42 42 ER PD*

German & Comparative Literature MRes 49 50 Gerontology MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

121 121

Global Environmental Change MSc

120 120

Global Ethics & Human Values MA

74 74

Global History MA

52 53

Global Mental Health MSc

107 108

Governance in Contemporary China MSc

38 39

Dental Public Health MSc

67 67

Dietetics MSc/PG Dip

83 84

Greek Tradition MA

49 50

Digital Asset Management MA

46 47

ER PD*

Digital Culture & Society MA

46 47

Health & Social Care MRes

97 97

Digital Humanities MA

46 47

Bible & Ministry MA

123 123

Digital Information & Asset Management MA

46 47

Disasters, Adaptation & Development MA/MSc

120 120

Drug Development Science MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

History MRes

60 61

History of Philosophy MA

Drug Discovery Skills MSc

59 59

History of Warfare MA

ER PD*

Brazil in Global Perspective MA

Language & Cognition MA

106 108

ER PD*

Biopharmaceuticals MSc

117 117

Family Therapy Grad Cert

59 59

ER PD*

Language & Cultural Diversity MA

73 73

61 61

60 60

Competition Law LLM

Aviation Medicine MSc

Biomedical Sciences & Scientific English Grad Dip

51 52

Late Antique & Byzantine Studies MA

52 52

Biomedical & Molecular Sciences Research MSc

Jewish Studies MA

ER PD*

Ancient History MA

91 91

ER PD*

121 121

73 74

49 49

59 60

Bioinformatics MSc

International Tax Law LLM

Comparative Literature MA

59 59

Bioethics & Society MA

106 108

Ethical Leadership MA

European Studies MA

Analytical Toxicology MSc

Biblical Studies with pathways (Language and Literature; Theology) MA 51 51

120 120

European Public Policy MA

Analytical Science for Industry MSc

118 118

117 117

Environmental Monitoring, Modelling & Management MSc

106 108

Cultural & Creative Industries MA

Assessment in Education MA

International Studies & Academic English Grad Dip

120 120

Cognitive Behavioural Therapies PG Dip/PG Cert

38 38

120 120

Environment, Politics & Globalisation MA/MSc

73 73

American Studies MA

Aquatic Resource Management MSc

124 125

52 53

75 75

Ageing & Society MA/MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

107 109

International Relations MA

European Law LLM

Advanced Practice (Specialist Community Public Health Nursing/ Health Visiting/ School Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 98 99

68 68

47 47

European History MA

Advanced Practice (Palliative Care Nursing) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 98 99

Aesthetic Dentistry MSc

127 127

Environment & Development MA/MSc 120 120

Clinical Sciences (Medical Physics) MSc 81 82

Conflict Resolution in Divided Societies MA

Advanced Software Engineering MSc 91 91

International Pre-Master’s Programme Diploma

93 93

International Programme in Addiction Studies MSc

Epilepsy MSc 82 82

Advanced Practice (Nurse Practitioner/ Community Matron/Case Manager) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 98 99

Advanced Practice (Women’s Healthcare) MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 98 99

73 74

Intelligence & International Security MA 124 125

Education, Policy & Society MA

Academic Practice in Higher Education PG Cert

Advanced Care in Dementia MSc

Education in Arts & Cultural Settings MA 117 118

Intellectual Property & Information Law LLM

Education Management MA

126 126

83 83

97 98

106 107

Academic Practice in Higher Education MA/PG Dip

Advanced (Neuromusculoskeletal) Physiotherapy MSc

Education for Healthcare Professionals MSc/PG Dip

59 60

Early Modern English Literature: Text & Transmission MA

47 47

38 38

Early Modern History MA

52 53

Economics for Competition Law MA/PG Dip Education & Professional Studies MA

75 75 118 119

Medicine, Science & Society MSc

121 121

Medieval English: Sex, Gender & Culture MA

47 47

Medieval History MA

52 53

Medieval Studies MA

52 53

Mental Health in Learning Disabilities MSc

107 109

Mental Health Service & Population Research MSc

107 109

Mental Health Studies MSc

107 109

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies MA

48 48

Midwifery with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip

97 98

52 53

Mobile & Personal Communications MSc

93 93

50 50

Mobile Internet Research MSc

93 93

Health & Society MSc

121 121

Health Promotion MSc

121 122

Health Psychology MSc

107 108

Health Studies PG Cert

97 98

Human & Applied Physiology MSc

Medical Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert 83 84

124 124 61 61

Modern Foreign Languages Education MA 1 18 119 Modern Greek Studies (Interdisciplinary) MA

49 50

Human Resource Management & Organisational Analysis MSc

122 122

Modern Greek Studies (Literature) MA 49 50

ER PD*

Modern Greek Studies (Sociolinguistics) MA

49 50

ICT Education MA

118 119

Modern History MA

52 53

Immunology MSc

81 81

Inclusive Education & Technology MA

117 118

Modern India MA

38 39

Molecular Biophysics MRes

60 60

Music MMus

46 47

www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus for full programme details 131

ER PD*

T & U

ER PD*

Neuroimaging MSc

107 109

Tax Law MA

74 75

Defence Studies Research MPhil/PhD

112 113

Neuroscience MSc

107 109

Telecommunications & Internet Technology MSc

42 45

93 93

Dentistry & Oral Science (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Palaeography & Manuscript Studies MPhil/PhD

64 64

Diabetes & Nutritional Sciences (Research Division) MPhil/ PhD

Pharmaceutical Science (Institute of) MPhil/PhD

56 58

78 79

42 45 88 88

Nineteenth-Century Studies MA

52 53

Non-Proliferation & International Security MA

124 125

Nuclear Medicine: Science & Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

83 84

Telecommunications Research MSc

93 93

Theatre & Performance Studies MA

47 48

Digital Humanities Research MPhil/PhD 43 43

Philosophy Research MPhilStud/MPhil/PhD

Theology & Religious Studies Grad Dip

51 52

Doctorate in Clinical Psychology DClinPsy 1 02 105

Physics Research MPhil/PhD

Doctorate in Education/Professional Studies EdD/DrPS

Political Economy Research MPhil/PhD 112 115

Terrorism, Security & Society MA

124 125

Nursing with registration (graduate entry) PG Dip/MSc

97 98

Theology, Politics & Faith-Based Organisations MA

Nutrition MSc/PG Dip

81 81

Theoretical Physics MSc

92 92

ER PD*

Organisational Psychiatry & Psychology MSc

Tourism, Environment & Development MA/MSc

120 121

107 109

123 124

112 113

Doctorate in Healthcare (Nursing) DHC 96 96 Doctorate in Theology & Ministry DThMin

112 113

Translational Cancer Medicine MRes

81 81

ER PD*

82 82

Education & Professional Studies Research MPhil/PhD English Research MPhil/PhD

ER PD*

42 43

Robotics MPhil/PhD

88 90

S, T & W

ER PD*

UK, EU & US Copyright Law MA/PG Dip 75 75

Paediatric Dentistry MSc

67 67

Ultrasound in Emergency & Critical Care PG Cert

83 85

ER PD*

Vascular Ultrasound MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

83 85

Forensic & Neurodevelopmental Science MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

ER PD*

French Research MPhil/PhD

42 44

ER PD*

82 83

Periodontology MClinDent

66 66

Pharmaceutical Analysis & Quality Control MSc

59 60

Pharmaceutical Technology MSc

59 60

W & Y

Pharmacology MSc

59 60

War & Psychiatry MSc/PG Dip

107 109

War in the Modern World MA

124 125

Pharmacy Practice MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

61 61

War Studies MA

124 125

Philosophy MA

50 51

Water: Science & Governance MSc

120 121

Philosophy of Medicine MA

50 51

Web Intelligence MSc

91 92

Philosophy of Mental Disorder MSc

50 51

World History & Cultures MA

52 53

Philosophy of Psychology MA

50 51

Youth Ministry MA

Physics Grad Dip

92 93

Physics MSc

92 93

Physiotherapy (pre-registration) MSc Political Economy MSc

83 84 123 123

Political Economy of the Middle East MA 48 48

123 124

56 57

Public Health MPH/MSc

82 83

Asthma, Allergy & Lung Biology (AALB) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

78 78

ER PD*

Bioinformatics MPhil/PhD

88 88

Regenerative Dentistry MSc

67 67

Religion in Contemporary Society MA Religious Education MA

51 52 118 119

Research Methods for Social Science & Health PG Cert

121 121

Rheumatology MSc/PG Dip

83 84

Risk Analysis MA/MSc

120 121

Robotics MSc

93 93

ER PD*

Science & Security MA

124 125

Science Education MA

118 119

Shakespeare Studies MA

47 48

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MSc

107 109

South Asia & Global Security MA

124 125

Space Physiology & Health MSc

Biostatistics MPhil/PhD Byzantine & Modern Greek Studies Research MPhil/PhD

56 56

102 102 42 43

112 114

Higher Education Research MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) History Research MPhil/PhD

126 126 42 44

Human & Aerospace Physiological Sciences, Centre of (CHAPS) MPhil/PhD 56 57

ER PD*

Imaging Sciences & Biomedical Engineering (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

78 79

Immunology, Infection & Inflammatory Disease (DIIID) (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

78 80

ER PD*

78 78

Language, Discourse & Communication MPhil/PhD

112 114

Cancer Studies (Research Division) MPhil/PhD Cardiovascular (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Law Research 78 79

Cell & Molecular Biophysics (Randall Division of) MPhil/PhD MD (Res) 56 57 Child & Adolescent Psychiatry MPhil/PhD/MD (Res)

102 102

Chinese Studies Research MPhil/PhD

36 37

Classics Research MPhil/PhD

42 43

Clinical Neuroscience MPhil/ PhD Comparative Literature Research MPhil/PhD

102 103 42 43

Computer Science Research MPhil/PhD 88 89 Contemporary History MPhil/PhD

129 129 36 37

49 50

42 43

Special Care Dentistry MSc

67 67

51 52

Gerontology Research MPhil/PhD

112 114

Culture, Media & Creative Industries Research MPhil/PhD

Systematic Theology MA

42 44

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies MA

120 121

German Research MPhil/PhD

Brazilian Studies Research MPhil/PhD 36 36

61 61

Sustainable Cities MA/MSc

112 114

Interdisciplinary Policy Studies (Education) MPhil/PhD

Contemporary India Research MPhil/PhD

Specialist Ultrasound Practice PG Cert 83 85

78 79

Geography Research MPhil/PhD

102 103

Analytical & Environmental Sciences MPhil/PhD

81 82

Genetics & Molecular Medicine (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

Health Service & Population Research MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

66 66

Radiopharmaceutics & PET Radiochemistry MSc

42 45

ER PD*

107 109

ER PD*

112 115

Spanish, Portuguese & Latin American Studies Research MPhil/PhD

102 102

Psychiatric Research MSc

102 103

Prosthodontics MClinDent

122 122

102 105

Social Science, Health & Medicine Research MPhil/PhD

Addictions MPhil/PhD

American Studies Research MPhil/PhD 36 36

Public Services Policy & Management MSc

Social, Genetic & Developmental Psychiatry MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

78 79

117 118

123 123

42 44

ER PD*

Age-Related Diseases (Wolfson Centre for) MPhil/PhD

Public Policy & Ageing MA/PG Dip/PG Cert

ER PD*

Health & Social Care (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

129 129

123 123

F Film Studies Research MPhil/PhD

Postgraduate Certificate in Education PGCE

Public Policy MA

European Studies Research MPhil/PhD 42 44

Research programmes

Politics & Contemporary History MA

102 105

Psychosis Studies MPhil/PhD/MD(Res) 102 105

112 113

Translational Medicine MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

82 82

102 104

Psychology MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

112 115

67 67

Palliative Care MSc/PG Dip/PG Cert

112 115

Psychological Medicine MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

Public Policy Research MPhil/PhD

Orthodontics MSc

Pain: Science & Society MSc

Politics Research MPhil/PhD

72 72

ER PD*

Management Research MPhil/PhD

112 115

Mathematics Research MPhil/PhD

88 89

Medical Education (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

78 80

Middle East & Mediterranean Studies Research MPhil/PhD

42 44

MRC Centre for Developmental Neurobiology MPhil/PhD

56 58

Music Research MPhil/PhD

42 45

ER PD*

Neuroimaging MPhil/PhD

102 104

Neuroscience MPhil/PhD

102 104

Nursing Research/Midwifery Research/ Health Studies Research MPhil/PhD 96 96

ER PD*

Old Age Psychiatry & Dementia MPhil/PhD/MD(Res)

102 104

Telecommunications MPhil/PhD

88 90

Theology & Ministry MPhil/PhD

112 116

Theology & Religious Studies Research MPhil/PhD

42 45

Transplantation Immunology & Mucosal Biology Research MPhil/PhD War Studies Research MPhil/PhD Women’s Health (Research Division) MPhil/PhD

78 80 112 116 78 80

General information Accommodation 30 Alumni 7 Applying 28 Campuses 20-23 Careers service 18 Chaplaincy 19 Clubs & societies 14 Commercial opportunities 16 Cost of living 26-27 Counselling services 18 Dates of terms inside back cover Disabled students 19 Disclaimer inside back cover Employability 16, 18 English language requirements 29 Entertainment 8, 9, 14, 15 Entry requirements 28 Equal opportunities 19 Fees, funding & finance 24 Foreign language study 17 Graduate School 10 - 11 Halls of residence 30 Health 19 International students 12 IT facilities 18 Libraries 18 London 8 Map 20-23, Inside back cover Open days Inside front cover Part-time study 10 Qualifications 10 Religious provision 19 Research 4, 10, 16-19 Scholarships 13, 24 - 27 Sports 14 Students’ Union 14 Tuition fees 24 Welfare 18-19 Working 15, 16, 18, 27 *Entry Requirements Programme Description

College statement on equality and diversity

Term dates

King’s College London recognises that equality of opportunity and the recognition and promotion of diversity are integral to its academic and economic strengths. The following principles apply in respect of the College’s commitment to equality and diversity:

The provisional dates are (please check the website for any changes):

• To provide and advance equality of opportunity in all areas of its work and activity. • To recognise and develop the diversity of skills and talent within its current and potential community. • To ensure that all College members and prospective members are treated solely on the basis of their merits, abilities and potential without receiving any unjustified discrimination or unfavourable treatment because of a protected characteristic. • To provide and promote a positive working, learning and social environment which is free from prejudice, discrimination and any forms of harassment, bullying or victimisation. • To foster good relations between individuals from different groups tackle prejudice and promote understanding. For further information and advice on equality and diversity contact Debbie or Sandra at: Equality & Diversity Unit King’s College London Room 7.38/G37 James Clerk Maxwell Building Waterloo Campus 57 Waterloo Road London SE1 8WA Tel +44 (0)20 7848 3830/3767/3378 Fax +44 (0)7848 3366 Email equality@kcl.ac.uk Website www.kcl.ac.uk/equality

Abbreviation key The following abbreviations are used in the programme entries: FT = full-time PT = part-time DL = distance learning

This prospectus is available in alternative formats Contact the Marketing Department, King’s College London, tel +44 (0)20 7848 3997

CBP00011450409124107

23 September to 13 December 2013 6 January to 28 March 2014 28 April to 6 June 2014

Designed by: Leonie Bonar/Alice Clarke at HSA Consultancy Edited by: the External Relations Department, King’s College London Photography by: Alfredo Falvo, Julian Anderson, Patrick Barth, Richard Cook, Suki Dhanda, Sam Dobson, Greg Funnell, Andrew Hamilton, Conor Masterson, Ed Park, Ingrid Rasmussen, Phil Sayer, Naresh Verlander, Chris White and others. Every effort has been made to contact all copyright holders. The publishers will be glad to make good in future any errors or omissions brought to their attention. Printed by: Sterling Press Printed by an ISO 14001 printer using vegetable inks on FSC certified stock (50 per cent recycled). The paper content is carbon balanced, as facilitated by the ecological society The World Land Trust, thereby supporting the preservation of critically endangered rainforest.

King’s central London campuses RD

Barbican

GATE

LONDON WALL

TE GA PS

AR K BR ID GE RD

SO UT HW

PO ZE

GREATM A

HH IGH

RD BR ID G E

Wolfson House

AR K

Great Dover Street Apartments

Y LIS

BLACKFRIARS ROAD

HARMSWORTH PARK

E RO AD

EDER

The Shard

Y ST

RD S PL CI BA EN AN TA RD GA

LACE RD

SN OW SF IEL

R ILG

H B IS P A R H O P ’S K

DSE

ARC

MON

SO UT HW

JU BI LE E GA RD EN S

L EHAL

W H IT

VIC TO RIA EM BA NK ME NT

LONDON BRIDGE

BOROUGH

T NS

R TH AM

BER

AR S RO HA AD LS E

MES

HMS Belfast

New Hunt’s House & Library

STO

M IL LB A

Guy’s Campus

RIVE

R THA

Southwark Cathedral

GE OR GE Imperial War ’ S R R D Museum OA D

MA R S H A M

E A S T C HE

LOWE

MONUMENT

K ST GT SU F

BET

DLE

CANNON STREET

Moonraker Point

UNION ST

BOROUGH

LAM

The Rectory

STRE

ARK

SOUTHWARK

PO C O C

NEE

LOND ON B R ID G E

THW

EAD

T CU

Old Vic Theatre

LAMBETH NORTH

TON

St Thomas’ House Library

N IN G

ALL

KEN

WATERLOO

SOU

RNW

St Thomas’ Campus

THR

UTH WA B R ID R K GE

BFI Imax

WE S TMI N ST E R BRID GE

RD MFO

Stamford Street Apartments ER

London Eye

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre Tate Modern

STA

MILLENNIUM BRIDGE

Royal Festival Hall

Westminster Abbey

BLACKFRIARS BRIDGE

ER F BR ORD IDG E

ON W ALL

COR NHI LL NON

MANSION HOUSE

Franklin-Wilkins Building & Library

Southbank Centre NG

UPP

BANK

THAMES ST

UPPER

OXO Tower N D OU

Waterloo Campus

National Theatre

VIC

RIA

Houses of Parliament

EMBA NKME NT

RDS

EGUA

HORS

ARU

QUEEN VIC TO RIA STR EET

VI CT OR IA

S ID E

St Paul’s Cathedral

BLACKFRIARS

TEMPLE

OO E RL TE IDG WA BR

H IL L

CAN

WESTMINSTER ST

LUDGATE

ES RIVER THAM

EMBANKMENT

Trafalgar Square

BELV

ST MA RT IN’ S LA NE

ST JAMES’S PARK

Y DW

CHEAP

ST PAUL’S

FLEET ST

Strand Campus

D AN STR Courtauld London Transport Institute Museum Somerset House ND ST

CHARING CROSS

National Gallery LL

Coliseum

The Maughan Library

Royal Courts of Justice

LEICESTER SQUARE

KIN

Royal DR UR Opera W E YL LL AN House IN E

COVENT GARDEN

E TH

English Language Centre

Y CER AN CH LANE

TOTTENHAM COURT ROAD

National Portrait Gallery

LOND

MOOR

HOLBORN

PICCADILLY CIRCUS

LIVERPOOL STREET

MOORGATE

H O LB O

CHANCERY LANE N

D ON R

British Museum H IG H

BARBICAN FARRINGDON

BIS

D ’S

IN G D

BAL

FARR

O THE

NEW

Brian Creamer House

ELEPHANT & CASTLE

KEN

T RO AD

LA MB ET H BR IDG E

NEW KEN T ROA D

NKME

RT EM BA

M IL LB A

Central location

ING

NN KE

ALBE

Take a Virtual Tour

N a single square mile beside the River Thames King’s is the most central university in London. Four of our five campuses are within TO ING NN between Westminster Bridge and London Bridge. Find transport routes between sites at www.kcl.ac.uk/about/campuses/transport E K

Have a look around King’s from your home www.kcl.ac.uk/tour

Disclaimer The following message contains some very important information. Please read it before you use this prospectus. This prospectus was printed in the autumn of 2012. It contains information on the postgraduate programmes that King’s College London intends to run for students who are planning to start university in the autumn of 2013. The College has made reasonable efforts to ensure that the information provided is both helpful and accurate as at the date of publication. However, this information is subject to change over time. For this reason, it is particularly important that you should check the website for updates (www.kcl.ac.uk/prospectus) or contact the College using the contact details contained within this document. Some circumstances (such as staff changes, resource limitations and other factors over which the College has no control, such as industrial action) or the level of demand for a particular programme or module may result in the College having to withdraw or change aspects of the programmes, modules and/or student services detailed in this prospectus. This could include, but not necessarily be limited to, programme/module content, staffing, the location where the programme/module is taught or the manner of teaching delivery and the facilities provided to deliver or support the programme. The College reserves the right to amend or withdraw without notice and at its entire discretion any of the programmes, modules, services, facilities or other matters contained or referred to in this prospectus; where this is necessary, the College will take reasonable steps to reduce any disruption to enrolled students. Prospective candidates should note that, in the event of such circumstance occurring, the College cannot accept liability for any complaints or claims for costs, losses or damages made by a student resulting from a service disruption or closure, or any change to, or withdrawal of, a programme/module that he/she had intended to study.

www.kcl.ac.uk King’s is ranked in the top 30 universities worldwide* and based in the heart of London. With nine Schools and six Medical Research Council centres, King’s offers world-class teaching and research. Our extensive range of subjects includes humanities, law, medicine, dentistry, nursing, mathematics; natural, biomedical, social and management sciences. *QS World University Rankings, 2012

Main College address King’s College London Strand London WC2R 2LS United Kingdom Tel +44 (0)20 7836 5454